Postgraduate Prospectus 2015

Loughborough University

Postgraduate Prospectus 2015

InspiringWinners InspiringYou

MichaelCotter Sociology PhD Student

‘My PhD has helped me develop skills across a variety of different research methods, and being able to teach on several modules has given me invaluable experience in lecturing and leading seminars.’

Sophie-LouiseHyde English and Drama PhD Student

‘My project, The Student Wordsmith, has just won the University’s Graduate Enterprise award – it wouldn’t have been possible without the University’s Enterprise Studio’s support!’

JosephChing MSc Exercise Physiology

‘Studying in Loughborough inspired me to be a lifelong learner. The more I learnt, the more questions I found in the scientific world.’

ZoeGeorge MSc Advanced Chemical Engineering with IT and Management

‘I have enjoyed being taught by lecturers who are experts in their field and are passionate about their area of work and research.’

ChrisBekakos MSc Automotive Systems Engineering

‘Many lecturers on the course come from the best automotive companies and have access to the latest technologies available in the field.’

LinhNguyen MSc Ergonomics (Human Factors)

‘I’m always learning in a positive environment and being pushed to be the best I can be.

Also, it’s awesome to have London and the rest of the UK just a train ride away.’

One University, Two Inspiring Locations.

At Loughborough we are extremely proud of our reputation for providing the very best in teaching, research and enterprise, with a unique student experience. And now, with the opening of a new exciting postgraduate campus in the heart of the innovation quarter in London, there are two great choices‌

Loughborough Situated on a beautiful 438 acre single-site green campus, everything is within easy reach. Close to the cities of Nottingham and Leicester, the University is home to over 4,000 postgraduate students.

London Based on Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park, the home of the 2012 Olympic Games, Loughborough University in London provides cosmopolitan living with some of the city’s best transport links.

A new London campus for 2015 2015 is a very exciting year for us as in September of that year we will be opening the doors to a new second campus based on Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park in London. Our presence in London will enable us to diversify and expand the high quality education we offer to both postgraduate students and those looking to advance their professional development.

It will also provide the University with opportunities to further enhance its pioneering research and innovation that help to drive social change and boost prosperity. Loughborough prides itself in doing research that matters and makes a difference. Our new campus in London underpins this important aspect of the University’s endeavour, in parallel with new taught programmes.

The opportunities available at Loughborough University in London are detailed in a dedicated section within this prospectus, please see page 38.

www.lboro.ac.uk

Welcome Inspiration can come from many different areas in life. At Loughborough we are extremely proud of our reputation for providing the best student experience and this prospectus goes some way into highlighting what is so special about Loughborough.

More importantly, we are proud of the fact that we inspire winners and that these winners go on to inspire others. With superb links to industry, commerce and the professions and our long history of internationally acclaimed ‘research that matters’, we aim to provide you with the best university experience bar none.

A leading University Surveys and league tables confirm our enviable position. We are consistently rated highly in the National Student Survey and have received awards for our Outstanding Support for Students. We are also proud to have been voted England’s Best Student Experience for six consecutive years.

A research-intensive university, Loughborough is renowned for the relevance of its work. Our interdisciplinary approach is driven by society’s need for applied solutions to real-world problems, which help to improve people’s quality of life. Research and teaching are integrated at every opportunity to provide the highest quality learning experience, and our teaching has consistently been rated as excellent in independent assessments.

The University has a tradition of working closely with business and industry, and benefits from extensive partnerships with companies of all sizes.

Professional institutions and businesses regard our programmes highly, and our graduates are consistently targeted by top recruiters.

Our students form the heart of the University and are a vibrant, global community that extends throughout our worldwide alumni network. There is a real pride in Loughborough that touches everyone associated with it, and a commitment to excellence that permeates everything we do. In choosing to study at Loughborough you will be joining an outstanding university, and contributing to our success.

I wish you all the very best with your future studies. My colleagues and I hope we will soon be welcoming you to Loughborough or London.

Professor Robert Allison Vice-Chancellor and President of Loughborough University

InspiringWinners InspiringYou

5

Loughborough University General Information Aerial View of Campus The University Outstanding Loughborough Campus Research that Matters Quality Teaching

8-9 10-11 12-13 14-17 18-19

Life at Loughborough Accommodation Sport and Recreation Arts and Entertainment

20-21 22-23 24-25

International Students General Information Funding Opportunities Entry Requirements Guidance

26-27 28 29

Student Services Support During Your Studies University Library IT Services Mathematics Learning Support Centre Careers and Employability Centre Student Support Centre Counselling and Disability Service Centre for Faith and Spirituality Medical Centre Additional Support for Research Students

30-33

Further Details Fees and Financing Your Studies Degree Structures and How to Apply Index

34-35 36-37 142-144

Academic Schools and Departments Aeronautical and Automotive Engineering 56 Arts (The) 59 Business and Economics 62 Chemical Engineering 74 Chemistry 77 Civil and Building Engineering 81 Computer Science 89 Design 92 Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering 96 English and Drama 103 Geography 107 Materials 111 Mathematics 114 Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering 118 Physics 124 Politics, History and International Relations 128 Social Sciences 132 Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences 136

Loughborough University in London Life in London An Innovative Approach to Study 38 The Park 40 London 41 Accommodation and Finance 42 Research and Enterprise 43 Alumni Q&A 53

Institutions and Programmes Enterprise Development Design Innovation Digital Technologies Media and Creative Industries Sport Business

44 46 48 50 52

Loughborough University Campus

Site for new National Centre for Sport and Exercise Medicine

Main Entrance

50m Swimming Pool

The campus is a safe and pleasant place to spend time, with good facilities for all aspects of student life.

The Guardian

Loughborough University Science and Enterprise Parks

University Library

Postgraduate Student Accommodation

National Cricket Performance Centre

Glasgow 60 min

In the heart of the UK, at the centre of it all

Edinburgh 75 min

Newcastle 180 min

Mileage Chart

Belfast 60 min

Approximate travelling distances by road from Loughborough

Leeds 100 min

Manchester Dublin

130 min

Liverpool 120 min

Nottingham

Derby

60 min

Birmingham

Leicester

Oxford

90 min

London

Cardiff

90 min

Bristol

12 miles (19 km)

Nottingham

15 miles (24 km)

Birmingham

38 miles (61 km)

Manchester

75 miles (121 km)

London

110 miles (177 km)

Cardiff

156 miles (251 km)

Edinburgh

295 miles (474 km)

180 min

Exeter

Leicester

Loughborough

East Midlands International Airport 45 min

Southampton

Dover

Loughborough University Originally founded in 1909 as a Technical Institute, Loughborough University was granted its Royal Charter in 1966.

We have a long tradition of teaching and research that is highly relevant to industry, business and the professions.

Loughborough has always been at the forefront of engineering and technology, but has strengths in many other areas including; sport and sports technology, art and design, business studies, the sciences, social sciences, and the humanities.

Loughborough University comprises 18 academic schools and departments which support 16,000 students, 4,000 of whom are postgraduates. We have over 140 research institutes, centres and groups, and six interdisciplinary research challenges. With well over 130 taught postgraduate programmes and an array of research degrees, we offer an excellent choice for anyone looking to pursue their studies and further their career.

Our long-established partnerships with industry, Government and the professions are the envy of other institutions. Their scope and the benefits they bring to our core activities of teaching and learning, research and technology transfer, are felt across campus. These partnerships also contribute to the outstanding employment prospects of our graduates.

Students with an entrepreneurial streak who have business ideas of their own can supplement their learning and research by taking full advantage of our dedicated enterprise education, activities and facilities. Whether you want to set up on your own or just want to learn more about how businesses work, our Enterprise team can help you turn your big ideas into great achievements.

World-class research Our success in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) in 2008, confirmed our standing as one of the country’s top 20 universities for research. Each of our schools and departments was found to be undertaking research that is internationally recognised, and The Times Higher Education named Loughborough as one of three rising stars among research-intensive universities. Further testament to the quality of research carried out at the University is the award of seven Queen’s Anniversary Prizes, with only Oxford having more.

Teaching excellence Loughborough has consistently scored highly for teaching quality in all of the Government’s External Subject Reviews and national league tables. We were rated top three by the Quality Assurance Agency for teaching quality and, since the introduction of the National Student Survey in 2005, Loughborough has always been placed amongst the top universities in the UK.

League table leader The University regularly features in the Top 20 of The Times, The Sunday Times and The Guardian university league tables, and many of our schools and departments are ranked in the Top 10. We are consistently among the top universities for graduate employment and do exceptionally well in employer surveys because we produce graduates that business and industry want.

The University has also been rated for excellence and achieved the maximum 5* overall in the QS Stars University Ratings 2014. Loughborough was also awarded five stars in Employability, Research, Teaching, Learning Environment, Internationalization, Innovation, Facilities, Access and Specialist Criteria.

Number one for student services In the 2013 independently-run International and UK Student Barometer survey, Loughborough came first out of all participating universities. The survey covered four overarching areas: the services provided to students on their arrival, the academic learning experience, the support services available, and the university experience outside the lecture room. Over 90% of Loughborough students said they were satisfied and 92% said they would recommend Loughborough to others considering applying to university.

Unrivalled links with employers The University has an international reputation for its partnerships with companies of all sizes in both the commercial sector and many new high-tech industries. Our longestablished partnerships help generate an exceptionally high level of industrial funding, and help support teaching, research and consultancy activities that meet the needs of industry and commerce. We are also proud of our innovation and enterprise activities which support students and graduates from all disciplines.

Companies sited on campus include the Henry Ford College which covers management and retail training of Ford employees, over 30 spin-out companies nurtured by the University and up to 40 companies housed in our Innovation Centre. Loughborough postgraduates are highly successful in finding work or further study.

Number one for sport Significant and on-going capital investment in world-class facilities means our community enjoys unrivalled sporting opportunities and support infrastructure.

Home to the English Institute of Sport and many national sports governing bodies, not to mention countless elite athletes, Loughborough is an exciting place for sports enthusiasts and performers of all levels.

www.lboro.ac.uk/about

11

Loughborough University is a great place to study, boasting internationally acclaimed research, outstanding teaching, and enviable facilities – all set in an attractive green campus.

First-rate facilities We offer exceptional academic, guidance and welfare systems. In terms of facilities, the campus is well placed to serve the needs of students, including a purpose-built teaching facility for postgraduate students, a well-resourced library and state-of-the-art IT network.

There are numerous cafés, bars, restaurants and shops as well as a health centre, optician, dentist and nursery.

In addition to the wide range of clubs and societies provided by our Students’ Union, the University provides plenty of arts and creative activities to enjoy on campus including drama, drawing, music, painting and photography. We also have a thriving choir, orchestra and concert band.

The Graduate School The Graduate School seeks to foster intellectual and social links between postgraduate students across the disciplines, both to enhance the postgraduate experience at Loughborough, and to support you in reaching your full potential. Working closely with the Postgraduate Officer in the Students’ Union, we promote a sense of community through a range of academic and social activities.

One of our most important activities is providing research students with the skills they need both during their time here and subsequently. This includes not only formal training, but also opportunities such as support for attendance at international conferences and similar high-level events.

At a glance Voted England’s Best Student Experience six years running The UK’s Best University for Sport – The Times 2014 Ranked 1st in UK and International Student Barometer 92% of UK/EU postgraduates in employment or further study – 2013 Awarded the maximum 5* in the QS Stars University Ratings 2014

“The campus has a great feel to it, and there is a great student community.”

Lauren Beeslee, MA English

Outstanding Loughborough Campus The superb 438 acre (177 hectares) single-site campus is the University’s most glorious asset. Academic buildings, student accommodation and the Students’ Union are surrounded by plenty of open space, gardens and sports areas which offer great facilities for every aspect of student life.

The campus is a lively home to students and staff from over 100 countries. There is a strong sense of community and a real buzz – just what you would expect from a university that continues to be popular in national and international student polls. Loughborough Students’ Union is the on-campus focus of student social life and activity. Its numerous societies and sports clubs, plus nightly entertainment will ensure that your free time will be anything but dull. We have a wide variety of shops, cafés and eateries across campus, offering everything from takeaway snacks to world foods and home cooked meals. There are lots of places to sit outdoors and study, talk with friends, and simply relax.

Great location Loughborough has easy access by road, rail and air to every part of the UK and Europe. The M1 motorway is just over a mile (2km) away and the town has regular express coach services to the rest of the UK and a dedicated bus stop on campus for the National Express London service. The town’s railway station is also situated on the East Midlands train line offering regular services between Sheffield and London St Pancras International station. East Midlands Airport is only 15 minutes away and easily reached by the 24/7 bus service from Loughborough. The Airport is home to chartered and budget airlines flying to Europe, the USA and Africa.

www.lboro.ac.uk

13

Eating Loughborough and the surrounding area boasts a wide variety of cuisine. Indian, Chinese, Australian, Mexican, Thai, Italian, English and Malaysian restaurants can be found alongside independently owned gastro pubs, cafés, delis, national chain coffee shops, fast food outlets and restaurants.

Shopping The town has all shopping needs covered, with independently owned boutiques mingled in with national chains such as Next, Topshop and Boots. For a larger choice Nottingham and Leicester are both within easy reach of Loughborough.

Loughborough offers great value for money for grocery shopping with a wide choice of shops to suit all budgets, including Tesco, Sainsbury’s, Marks and Spencer Food, Iceland and Morrisons. Local food stockists and speciality shops can also be found catering for those who wish to purchase health foods, organic produce, Asian groceries and other international cuisine.

The famous twice-weekly Loughborough market offers a wide range of fresh produce, household items, clothing and more at great prices on Thursdays and Saturdays. Annually, Loughborough has also played host to a number of speciality European markets.

At a glance Set on a beautiful 438 acre single-site green campus 10-20 minutes by train to Leicester or Nottingham 90 minutes by train to London Wide variety of shops, cafés, restaurants and bars Regular bus service across campus and into town Awarded 5* for facilities in the QS Stars University Ratings 2014

Green sustainability The Loughborough campus is not only green to look at, it is also green in the environmental sense: easily negotiated on foot, we also have miles of cycle paths around campus and town as well as plenty of lockable storage areas.

A car is not necessary in Loughborough – the University has convenient shuttle buses which operate across the campus and on into town and the railway station every 20 minutes. Students with disabilities or, in exceptional circumstances, those with other needs, are able to bring vehicles onto campus.

The University actively seeks to protect and improve the environment as far as practicable – this includes recycling, reducing waste, conserving energy and using renewable sources, and protecting wildlife on campus. Our green outlook is also an integral part of our teaching, as all of our schools/departments run degree courses that include sustainability related modules.

Living in Loughborough Loughborough is a busy market town with a vibrant history. As the largest town in Leicestershire it has a population of over 55,000. The town provides everything you could need as a student and much more. With a great choice in restaurants, entertainment and shopping, Loughborough has lots to offer.

Its location is also ideal for exploring the cities of Nottingham, Leicester and Derby as well as being close to a variety of tourist attractions such as the Peak District, Sherwood Forest and the National Space Centre. And with Charnwood Forest next door, open countryside is never far away.

14

www.lboro.ac.uk/research

Research that Matters A research-intensive institution, Loughborough University is proud of its record and reputation for internationally recognised research.

Since its earliest days, the University has produced work that has a major impact on academic disciplines, public policy, the professions, business and industry.

Our research is spread across every school and department within the University: we have more than 40 research centres and institutes, and over 100 research groups. The high quality and widespread involvement of staff in research means that postgraduate students are part of a vibrant research culture in which they are taught by academics at the forefront of their disciplines.

Postgraduates become involved in current research activities and are provided with research skills and knowledge arising from top quality research practice.

A top research university The most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) in 2008, confirmed Loughborough’s position as one of the country’s Top 20 research universities.

In all, 18% of the research conducted by schools and departments was considered to be world-leading. Two of these – the Design School and the School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences – were rated as number one in the country, according to calculations

by The Guardian and The Times Higher Education.

The latter also named Loughborough as one of ‘three rising stars’ – recognising just how far the University has progressed since its excellent results in 2001.

Our expertise in energy technologies research was acknowledged when Loughborough became the headquarters for a new Energy Technologies Institute (ETI) – in a bid to reduce the UK’s carbon footprint. The ETI is a partnership with the universities of Birmingham and Nottingham and includes some of the world’s largest companies in the energy arena.

The View The View magazine highlights the outstanding research undertaken at Loughborough University and shows just why we are one of the country’s leading research intensive universities. An online version of the magazine can be found at www.lboro.ac.uk/theview

www.lboro.ac.uk/research

15

Analysing your Emotions It is amazing what can be expressed in just 140 characters. From the mundane to the controversial, for more than 500 million people across the world Twitter is the communication tool of choice.

The research team, led by Professor Tom Jackson, has developed a new computer program that can analyse up to 2,000 tweets a second to extract from each tweet a direct expression of one of eight basic emotions: anger, disgust, fear, happiness, sadness, surprise, shame and confusion (based and extended from Ekman’s basic emotions).

Using complex software the EMOTIVE program can, through Twitter, geographically map the emotional mood of the nation and its reaction to big events.

The system can follow a specific event as it trends on Twitter and reveal how people are feeling about it.

The program can also analyse how the public mood changes over time following subsequent incidents or interventions.

There are many applications for the new system, from use by the police to track potential criminal behaviour or threats to public safety, to guiding national policy on the best way to react to major incidents.

Rising to the Challenge of Climate Control Melting polar ice caps and extreme weather events are just two examples of the effects of climate change quoted by scientists.

With legally binding carbon reduction targets now in place in the UK, the need to respond has never been greater. Improving the energy efficiency in existing homes is one way to make a significant contribution.

Project CALEBRE (Consumer Appealing Low Energy technologies for Building Retrofitting) has been a five year project co-ordinated by Dennis Loveday, Professor of Building Physics in the School of Civil and Building Engineering.

The project focused on three key areas – reducing heat demand, the efficient supply of heat and householder behaviour – with separate teams from six universities working on nine distinct but related projects across these areas. Researchers at Loughborough led projects which focused on householders’ appetite for improvement and their tolerance for change, on energy efficiency refurbishments and the technology of vacuum glazing. Loughborough academics were also a key part of the team looking at airtightness improvements and ventilation systems in domestic refurbishment.

A Driving Force for Change Surviving the demise of oil is a global challenge. In a world that is ruled by this precious finite resource, at Loughborough University the next generation of engineers are tackling this challenge head on.

The Department of Aeronautical and Automotive Engineering is home to the Doctoral Training Centre (DTC) in Hydrogen Fuel Cells and their Applications. The £5 million DTC is funded by the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) and has bases at Loughborough and the universities of Birmingham and Nottingham.

It is committed to nurturing graduates that can push forward the development of fuel cells and have the skills industry want and need.

The DTC at Loughborough is currently home to eight PhD students and is led by Professor Rob Thring.

“Fuel cells are incredibly important for two key reasons,” Professor Thring explains. “Firstly they offer a viable alternative to petrol and diesel engines – which are dependent on a finite resource that the world relies heavily on, and secondly they are, on the whole, non-polluting but to ensure their continued development and adoption by society you need to have skilled engineers who are continually developing and pushing the boundaries of this technology.”

16

www.lboro.ac.uk/research

Research Challenges At Loughborough University, the disciplinary strengths across our academic base are complemented by our research challenges, which provide a framework for enhancing interdisciplinary research; accelerating the delivery of distinctive solutions to regional, national and international challenges and becoming a catalyst for growth.

Changing Environments and Infrastructure By joining our understanding of environmental processes and their impacts on land, water and the atmosphere with our leading research on design, construction and operation of critical civil infrastructure, Loughborough is able to provide the scientific evidence base, practical skills and experience needed to identify and implement sustainable solutions.

Communication, Culture and Citizenship Research in Communication, Culture and Citizenship informs Loughborough’s other challenges, particularly in our multi-disciplinary approaches to focusing on the needs of sustainable societies, the opportunities and challenges that new forms of digital communication pose for communities and identities, and how culture and communication affect health and wellbeing.

Enabling Technologies Our research in Enabling Technologies underpins the way in which society remains best equipped to face a range of challenges, not least the reduction of scarce resources, environmental impact and an ageing population. At Loughborough, we operate across a broad spectrum of sectors, including aerospace, energy, defence, health, built environment and electronics.

Energy Energy Research at Loughborough is world-class and one of the largest concentrations of academic endeavour in the UK. Work spans the generation, supply and demand for energy and includes: the invention and improvement of new and renewable energy technologies; the efficient and flexible generation of power; nuclear energy and waste; electrical and thermal energy storage; the efficiency of conventional transport systems; transport and travel; and end-use energy demand in buildings and for travel.

Health and Wellbeing Building upon our established excellence in Advanced Manufacturing and Materials, and our heritage in Sports Science, our current and future research addresses the broad dimensions of health and wellbeing through the application of our expertise in design, engineering, sport and manufacturing to regenerative medicine and lifestyle interventions.

Secure and Resilient Societies Loughborough’s research into Secure and Resilient Societies influences decision makers across a wide range of political, commercial, military, community and public sector organisations.

The end-users of this research are those who have an obligation to ensure that their areas of responsibility are protected against significant external and internal shocks. They must also have the ability to respond effectively and rapidly to crisis situations should they arise.

“We work with state-of-the-art equipment, so our research can be right at the cutting edge.”

Nikhil Garrett PhD Aeronautical and Automotive Engineering

At a glance Every school and department undertakes internationally recognised research Recognised as a top 20 research university Awarded seven Queen’s Anniversary Prizes, only Oxford has more Expertise in interdisciplinary research Awarded 5* for research in the QS Stars University Ratings 2014

www.lboro.ac.uk/research

17

Queen’s Anniversary Prizes The Queen’s Anniversary Prizes recognise exceptional achievement at the highest level in UK universities and colleges. Launched in 1993 to promote excellence in UK higher education, they are awarded biennially.

Testament to the quality of research carried out at the University is the award of seven Queen’s Anniversary Prizes:

Research and skills development in High Value Manufacturing creating new products, processes and economic growth “Loughborough University’s exceptional research, teaching and partnerships with industry help drive the development of High Value Manufacturing across many sectors, creating new processes and products, and increasing competitiveness and economic growth.”

Queen’s Anniversary Prize citation, 2014

Reducing road traffic deaths: vehicle, road and driver safety research “The University’s applied research into vehicle safety and driver sleepiness has made an outstanding contribution to international policies aimed at reducing deaths from road traffic accidents. The work has led directly to improved in- and out-of car safety measures, better road and motorway design and new accident data collection processes. It has uniquely and specifically highlighted the problem of driver sleepiness and had a recognised impact on this major cause of road accidents.”

Queen’s Anniversary Prize citation, 2007

Evaluating and helping to develop social policy related programmes “The University’s contribution to social policy through high quality research, with a record of relevance, practical orientation and innovation, is an outstanding example of how excellence in research can be applied with wide impact and benefit. It has influenced policy makers and legislators in the UK, resulting in better targeted policy, in particular as it affects neglected and disadvantaged groups.”

Queen’s Anniversary Prize citation, 2004

World-leading role in sports research, education and development “The University has an international reputation for its pioneering research and education in sports science. Its pivotal position is enhanced by strengths in coaching, elite performance and wide-ranging participation, and is reinforced with an extensive network of partnerships with industrial companies, external agencies and major sports bodies, many located on campus.”

Queen’s Anniversary Prize citation, 2002

Optical engineering: applications and knowledge transfer “The University has played a pioneering role in developing applications of modern optics and laser technologies to find practical solutions to real-world problems. Through its skills and experience in the field over many years, the University has become a national resource, internationally respected.”

Queen’s Anniversary Prize citation, 2000

International Development Engineering: education, training, research and consultancy “The Water, Engineering and Development Centre provides outstanding support for developing countries and is internationally recognised as a leader in providing sustainable infrastructure.

Its partnerships with universities, aid agencies, non-governmental organisations and governments transcend academic, institutional and cultural boundaries in pursuit of improving quality of life for those most in need.”

Queen’s Anniversary Prize citation, 1998

Partnership with aerospace and other industries “An exemplary series of degree, diploma and research programmes for aerospace and automotive employment and commercial needs, attracting student applications on a worldwide basis. A model solution to the needs of the manufacturing industry.”

Queen’s Anniversary Prize citation, 1994

Quality Teaching The University provides students with an exceptional learning environment enhanced by the integration of teaching, research and enterprise.

Academic staff Loughborough attracts and appoints outstanding academics many of whom are expert leaders in their fields. This means that our postgraduate students can work alongside specialists who are enthusiastic about their subjects and are at the forefront of current research. To support the cutting–edge work across all schools and departments, the University has a first-rate team of staff who support both learning and research.

To learn more about the academic staff in your particular area of interest, please follow the links at www.lboro.ac.uk/departments

Inspiring enterprising students

“The staff are very student orientated. I always have high quality feedback and staff allocate a lot of time to students to meet face to face.”

Emily Clews, International Relations MSc

We provide students with plenty of opportunities to engage in enterprise education and activities, spanning competitions, forums, training and workshops. We also support their business aspirations with a range of practical services and facilities – including The Studio, a unique two-year support package for graduates taking their first steps in business. Studio members have access to the University’s specialist facilities and expertise as well as academic library and IT services. They are also based in a fully serviced office space and follow a tailored training and mentoring programme.

Our Student Enterprise Manager is always on hand to help students identify, protect and exploit the commercial potential of their work. What’s more, a number of the University’s spin-out success stories started life as ideas developed as part of student projects or research (see page 14 Research that Matters).

Further information is available at www.lboro.ac.uk/studententerprise

www.lboro.ac.uk

19

At a glance Dedicated facilities for postgraduate students Full-time, part-time and distance learning options Sustainability modules in all schools and departments Opportunities for enterprising students Awarded 5* for teaching and learning environment in the QS Stars University Ratings 2014

Facility investment

National Student Survey

Our postgraduate students enjoy purpose-built teaching facilities including lecture theatres, flexible seminar space, dedicated 24/7 computer suites and private study areas. We have also invested in state-of-the-art research laboratories and additional learning and teaching spaces. We have enhanced our teaching facilities to create a network of informal learning zones where students can work in groups or socialise.

For example, the University Library has a student learning area with cafĂŠ facilities.

Since the introduction of the National Student Survey (NSS) in 2005, Loughborough has always been placed amongst the top five universities in the UK. The survey itself seeks to measure the satisfaction levels of final year undergraduate students with regard to their degree programme and is therefore regarded as a good indicator of what it is like to study at Loughborough.

Students also benefit from access to specialist equipment and facilities in our state-of-the-art research areas. Wifi is available across campus in all major teaching and learning centres, academic and student support departments, cafÊs and the Students’ Union.

Quality Assurance Agency Assessment

Full-time, part-time and distance-learning options Nearly all of our programmes are available on a full- or part-time basis, and some modules are offered as week-long programmes to allow more flexible study. A number of courses can be studied by either full distance-learning, with no compulsory on-campus attendance, or partial distance-learning which requires short periods of on-campus attendance. These are highlighted in the programme listings. The University also offers a number of short courses, many tailor-made for businesses. When completed as a week-long module, these can be used towards postgraduate qualifications. For further information, please contact the relevant school or department.

The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) works with higher education institutions to define, maintain and improve academic standards and the quality of higher education in the UK. The most recent QAA Institutional Review (2012) confirmed that the quality and standard of provision at the University meets UK expectations. It praised a number of features, including the activities of the Careers and Employability Centre, the Loughborough Skills Matrix for postgraduate research students and the comprehensive provision of, and support for, placement learning opportunities.

20

www.lboro.ac.uk/accommodation

Accommodation Whether you are looking for University hall accommodation or the opportunity to share a house with other students in the town, the Student Accommodation Centre will advise you in securing suitable accommodation during your studies at Loughborough.

University self-catering halls of residence

Halls of Residence Fees for 2014/15

The University is investing in an on-going refurbishment programme for campus-based residences, and have several self-catering halls available to postgraduates.

Hall

Room type

Price per 50 weeks

John Phillips

Single en-suite

£6,272

Harry French Court

Single in two bed flat

£5,687

Double in two bed flat

£6,300

Double in self-contained flat

£7,430

Forest Court

Single with wash basin 4ft bed with wash basin

£4,158 £4,263

John Phillips Hall, built in 2008, has 298 en-suite rooms dedicated to postgraduate students. All of our postgraduate hall accommodation is self-catered on a 50-week let, and is within walking distance of the campus and close to local amenities such as shops and banks.

You can choose to cook for yourself or to eat at one of the many venues on campus.

Our diners+ option gives you pre-paid meal packages and provides flexible access to superb value, great choice and healthy meal options in our various outlets.

Further information is available on our Campus Living website. www.lboro.ac.uk/accommodation You will find the rents competitive and affordable and the atmosphere friendly and supportive. You will be invoiced over three terms and all prices include utilities, internet access and insurance.

Our postgraduate accommodation provision for 2015/16 may differ. Please see our website for further details www.lboro.ac.uk/accommodation

www.lboro.ac.uk/accommodation

21

Ranked 1st for affordability of accommodation.

Unistats, lower quantile cost 2012

Off-campus accommodation If you would prefer to live off-campus, in private accommodation, the Student Accommodation Centre advertises accommodation for private landlords on Studentpad.

All accommodation is privately owned and has been inspected by the University to ensure it meets the required standard. All landlords are independently accredited by a scheme run in partnership with Charnwood Borough Council.

Most private sector accommodation in Loughborough is within a two mile radius of the campus – well within walking distance. There is also a local bus service, which runs frequently between the campus and train station via the town centre.

There is a large variation of rents in the private sector reflecting location, size, condition and style of fixtures and fittings. The following is a guide to assist you when choosing your accommodation.

Accommodation Type

Approximate Cost

Single room in shared student house (not including utility bills)

£2,200 – £4,200 per year

Houses and flats (not including utility bills)

£5,700 – £7,200 per year

Assured shorthold tenancy agreements for private sector accommodation for postgraduate students are usually for 52 weeks.

Our Student Accommodation Centre offers: ● friendly, free and helpful advice for all of your accommodation needs ● a good choice of University-approved private accommodation You may want to come to Loughborough a couple of weeks before your course begins, so that you can look for accommodation. Most landlords prefer the accommodation to be viewed prior to offering a tenancy.

We have overnight and short term accommodation available on campus in the University Lodge. For further information and bookings: E: unilodge@lboro.ac.uk www.lboro.ac.uk/accommodation/shortstayvisitors

How to apply University self-catering halls of residence All applications and contracts for University halls of residence are conducted online – there is no paper work to complete.

For further information about our Halls accommodation and how to apply, see our Campus Living website. Alternatively contact the Student Accommodation Centre.

T: +44 (0)1509 222258/53 F: +44 (0)1509 223906 E: sac@lboro.ac.uk www.lboro.ac.uk/campus-living Off-campus accommodation You can search for available properties on our Studentpad page. Contact details for landlords are supplied so that you can contact them directly and arrange a viewing.

The Student Accommodation Centre team are happy to offer any further advice to help you find accommodation to suit your particular needs, and you can find out more or view our available accommodation online.

T: +44 (0)1509 222258/53 F: +44 (0)1509 223906 E: findahouse@lboro.ac.uk www.lboro.ac.uk/accommodation/offcampus

Loughborough Sport Unrivalled sporting opportunities We are proud of our hard-earned reputation for sport at Loughborough, but our constant focus is on ensuring every student has the opportunity to get involved, regardless of ability or interest.

Recreational sport With over 60 ‘turn up and take part’ activities and classes on offer every week there are plenty of opportunities for you to participate for fun.

Our extensive programme of activities, many of which are free of charge, are designed to fit with your lifestyle. It’s a great way to try something different, meet new people and keep active. Activities range from Boxing to Badminton and Zumba to Body Pump.

There are several ‘Parks’ on campus that are dedicated to recreational sport where you can turn up and play. We also run a number of recreational leagues for you to take part in whether this is through your school/department or one of the many societies you might elect to join.

A brand new Health and Fitness Centre now complements ‘Powerbase’ our impressive strength and conditioning gym. ‘Base’ is designed for those who are looking to improve core fitness or strength and conditioning for a particular sport.

Our new Centre offers the opportunity to exercise and socialise in an attractive environment with a large open plan gym area full of the latest Technogym equipment, two fitness studios offering a range of classes, relaxation areas and fully equipped changing facilities. www.loughboroughsport.com/my-lifestyle

Hall sport We operate the largest student led Hall Sport programme in the UK. You can represent your hall of residence in over 30 sports, through both leagues and one-day events. Sports as diverse as Football, Ultimate Frisbee and Tug of War are included and it’s entirely free.

Many hall rivalries have been established over the decades, so winning bragging rights for your hall is an important part of the programme. It can be pretty competitive and it’s also a great way for you to get involved with Loughborough student life and meet new friends.

Both academies will help you to make the most of the opportunities available either within Loughborough Sport or with one of our national and international partners.

www.loughboroughsport.com/ims

www.loughboroughsport.com/volunteering-and-coaching-academy

Club sport

Performance sport and scholarships

There are over 50 student-led sports clubs to choose from. This is where you get your chance to represent Loughborough University in the BUCS (British Universities and Colleges Sport) Championship.

Beyond our Club Sport offer we have a number of sports with enhanced high performance programmes. These help us achieve competitive excellence by combining our superb training facilities with high quality coaching and extensive support services.

We are extremely proud of our sporting prowess having won the BUCS championship for over 30 consecutive years. With nearly 4000 members, joining a club is a great way to meet friends and be part of the unique Loughborough experience. Can you make history and help continue this winning squad?

If you are talented enough to secure a place you will be competing at the highest levels of national competition or even competing internationally. Many of our coaches have international or Olympic experience so the quality of training is exceptional.

www.loughboroughsport.com/athletic-union

Coaching and volunteering Our Coach Academy helps you to develop your coaching and leadership skills. It provides opportunities to gain qualifications and to coach both within university sport and the wider community, there are even overseas opportunities. Many of our most committed students gain vacation employment with our numerous national sport partners across the UK. As well as developing your personal skills, our Volunteer Academy supports you in gathering know-how and gaining knowledge and experience in a wide range of disciplines.

These include media and marketing, health and fitness, sports science, events management and sport development.

Our academies work closely with the University careers service to help you to identify and get your dream job, be that on a city trading floor or in a more sport related role.

Demand for places is high but if you make it you will be part of a unique training culture that helps students to maximise their sporting potential whilst continuing to achieve academically.

Our experience in supporting student-athletes is also second to none and we know how hard it can be to excel in your sport and study. That is why we have developed a unique system for academic support of students with exceptional sporting talent (junior international and above).

The academic flexibility we can offer will help you balance the demands of competing at the highest levels whilst studying. We also offer sport scholarships to help meet some of the costs of training and competition. www.loughboroughsport.com/performance

www.lboro.ac.uk/sport

At a glance Over 120 Loughborough athletes selected for 2014 Commonwealth Games Sport for all is actively encouraged Unrivalled sports facilities and coaches Full range of recreational activities available Over 50 student-run sports clubs

Facilities Former student Lord Sebastian Coe describes Loughborough as “the best integrated sports development environment in the world”.

Students can enjoy: ● Health and Fitness Centre ● Strength and Conditioning Gym ● 50m Swimming Pool ● 4 Recreational ‘Parks’ including Beach Volleyball ● Running, Cycling and Walking Routes ● International Athletics Stadium and Indoor Training Centre ● Multiple Indoor Sports Halls with specialist centres in Badminton, Basketball, Netball and Tennis ● 7 Studio Spaces ● 4,000 capacity Stadium and extensive outdoor pitch complex ● The National Cricket Performance Centre ● Three, full size, floodlit, synthetic pitches including a water based hockey pitch.

Overall, Loughborough Sport provides you with an unrivalled opportunity to get involved and be active regardless of your ability level or interests.

More information For more information about sport at Loughborough, please visit www.loughboroughsport.com Find us on Facebook www.facebook.com/loughboroughsport Follow us on Twitter @LboroSport

23

Arts and Entertainment We are committed to providing our students with every opportunity to achieve their full potential – professionally, intellectually and socially. The Students’ Union and Loughborough University Arts offer plenty of ways to get involved and unwind after a busy day.

The Students’ Union Loughborough Students’ Union is the driving force behind the UK’s best student experience. Loughborough students are at the heart of everything we do, leading and running activities, providing the opportunity to experience new challenges and hosting outstanding entertainments and events. It’s all part of having the time of your life.

Whenever decisions are being made that affect you, especially about your education, we are always on your side influencing the right people in the right way. Having a good degree from a prestigious university is just one step to launching a great career.

Getting involved with the Union makes you so much more than your course.

The five activity sections of Loughborough Students’ Union are national leaders in their sectors and have won many awards over the years: Rag charity fundraising, community Action volunteering, the Media centre, the Athletic Union and our Societies.

They offer you unforgettable experiences that will stay with you for life.

Awarded ‘Best International Experience’ National Union of Students Internationalisation Awards 2011

The Union building The LSU building is a fantastic hub of activity that is buzzing with students both in the day and at night. The central Piazza is a lively meeting place with a coffee shop and milkshake and crepe bar. The building is also well equipped with other amenities like a Chinese restaurant, a hairdresser, an optician, a dentist, a taxi rank, a pharmacy, sports massage and beauty salon. www.lsu.co.uk

www.lsu/co.uk

25

“Being a postgraduate student could be a lonely occupation – getting involved with clubs and societies is a great way to be sociable.”

Luke Stott, PhD English and Drama

At a glance Over 60 societies and over 50 sports clubs Students’ Union voted 1st in Whatuni Awards 2014 The only Students’ Union wholly owned by the students UK’s largest student fundraising organisation

Clubs and societies With over 80 societies and 54 Athletic Union clubs, there really is an activity for everyone. Clubs and societies are a great way to learn new skills and make new friends. All clubs and societies are run by students for students – the Union provides financial assistance, training and support.

Societies include: Ability of Greatness, Afro-Caribbean Society, Aikido, Airsoft Society, Alton Towers Trip, Anime, Arab Society, Asian Society, Belly Dance, Breakdancing Club, Bright Futures Society, Brunei Society, Burlesque, Cartoons & Cereal, Christian Union, Cocktail Society, Computer Society, Debating Society, DJ Society, Enactus, Engineers Without Borders, Fever, Fitness & Wellbeing Society, Flix Cinema, Flying Club, Gliding, Harry Potter Society, Hellenic Society, Hiking Club, Hindu Society (NHSF), Homebrew Tech, Hot Air Ballooning Club, Hour of Power, Indoor Football, Intercultural Dialogue Society, Iranian, Islamic Society, Jewish Society, Landscaping and Gardening, Living History, LMFAO, Loughborough Challenge Society, Loughborough Off Road Driving Society, LSU Bulgarian, LSU Creative Bubble, LSU Crew, LSU Design Association, LSU Finance, LSU First Aid Society, LSU Foto-Soc, LSU SING!, Malaysian and Singaporean Society, Model United Nations, Motor Club, Musoc, Nigerian Society, Paintballing, Pakistani Society, Poker Soc, Pole Dancing Society, Psychology, Rawkus Street Dance, Real Ale Society, Recreational Running Society, Rocksoc, Role Play and Wargaming, Salsa, Scandinavian Society, SCOGUI, Shakespeare Society, Sikh Society, Skateboarding Society, Skydiving, Spanish, Stage Society, Surf Club, Sustainable Living, TEDx Loughborough, Touch Rugby, Trading Society, Tuxedo Swing, Velocity, Yoga Society.

AU clubs include: American Football, Archery, Athletics & Cross Country, Badminton, Basketball – Men, Basketball – Women, Boxing, Canoe, Cheerleading, Cricket, Cycling, Dance, Equestrian, Fencing, Football – Men, Football – Women, Futsal, Golf, Gymnastics, Handball, Hockey – Men, Hockey – Women, Jiu Jitsu, Judo, Kart, Kickboxing, Lacrosse, Lifesaving, Mixed Martial Arts, Mountaineering, Netball, Polo, Rowing, Rugby League, Rugby Union – Men, Rugby Union – Women, Sailing & Windsurfing, Shaolin Kung Fu, Shotokan Karate, Snowsports, Squash, Sub Aqua, Swimming, Tenpin Bowling, Table Tennis, Taekwondo, Tennis, Trampoline, Triathlon, Ultimate Frisbee, Volleyball, Wado Ryu Karate, Wakeboard & Waterski, Waterpolo.

Loughborough University Arts The University has a lively arts programme consisting of three distinct strands, Radar, spoken word/performance programmes and concerts. On campus there is a 300-seat theatre, a 100-seat studio and a 250-seat auditorium which host concerts, film, art, dance and drama. The University also hosts a lively book club, a thriving choir, string orchestra and concert band which are all open to students to join. The Students’ Union is home to a number of societies and also on campus is the Students’ Union Flix cinema which presents a varied programme of blockbuster and arthouse films. arts.lboro.ac.uk

International Students “What I enjoy most is working and studying in an international environment and establishing links with other PhD students.”

Manal Al-Rawahi, PhD Student

Loughborough has a long history of welcoming international students to the University and we currently have around 2,600 students studying here from outside of the UK. We also offer international students the following advantages: ● Voted England’s Best Student Experience for six years running, Times Higher Education ● Ranked 13th in the UK in the 2015 Complete University Guide and 15th in the Guardian University Guide 2015 ● Winner of the WhatUni? Best Students Union award 2014 ● Seven Queen’s Anniversary Prizes awarded (second only to Oxford University), promoting world-class research excellence and achievement ● Awarded ‘Best International Experience’, National Union of Students Internationalisation Awards 2011 ● Top UK university for student support services, the academic learning experience and the extra-curricular university experience, Student Barometer survey 2013 ● Extremely high ratings for research and teaching ● A beautiful single-site green campus in the UK with outstanding facilities ● 90 minutes to London by train ● FREE airport coach service from London Heathrow to the University ● Significantly lower cost of living than in larger UK cities

Supporting your application Our International Office staff are happy to answer your questions, and give you advice and support when applying to the University.

Please do not hesitate to contact us. Alternatively, you can meet staff in person to discuss your application – we visit more than 30 countries each year. Further information about these visits is available on our website.

Loughborough accepts many kinds of international qualifications. We work with studyabroad advisers and overseas representatives in a range of countries who can provide you with information about the University as well as assistance with your application and entry requirements.

Our Pre-Departure Guide is available online. www.lboro.ac.uk/international/offerholders/guide/index.htm On arrival at London Heathrow airport, a free coach service direct to Loughborough University is provided on certain days to link with the start of the academic year and with pre-sessional English language courses. If you have any concerns about procedures for arrival in the UK, please contact the International Office.

E: international-office@lboro.ac.uk

www.lboro.ac.uk/international

“As an international student this is my first experience of a foreign university. The staff members have made me very welcome with their help and support.”

Rahul Mandal, PhD Student

During your studies Advice and support We have a dedicated team of people based on campus to help you settle in and look after you while you are here. Student advisers co-ordinate the International Students’ Programme which provides advice on a range of issues including immigration, finance, employment and housing.

The University’s Medical Centre provides free healthcare to all locally resident international students who stay in the UK for more than six months.

Students with families We have special facilities for families, including: ● assistance with locating family accommodation ● support for spouses and partners, and for families with pre-school children ● a schools’ liaison scheme to help place your children in local schools ● a campus nursery

Supporting International Students Loughborough Students’ Union believes that supporting international students is important and encourages you to get involved and engage with the Global Development Officer. When you arrive at Loughborough, there will be various welcome activities to allow you to meet new people and to get to know the English culture.

The Union organises social and cultural events for international students and their families, including trips to popular tourist destinations in the UK and abroad, sporting activities, parties and an annual International Day in the Students’ Union.

The Global Development Officer can help you to voice your opinions both to the University and the Students’ Union, taking an active part in raising issues that are important to international students. To find out more visit the Experience the World website. www.lsu.co.uk/international

English language, study skills and orientation If you need to improve your English, boost your confidence in using the language, improve your study skills, or want an introduction to living and learning at Loughborough, the University offers bespoke courses to help you. You will receive full details of these courses, including application forms with your offer of a place to study at Loughborough.

We also hold a one-week residential International and EU Welcome Week in September, immediately before the start of the academic year: www.lboro.ac.uk/services/sass/international It provides practical information about living and studying in Loughborough and the UK. It also enables you to settle into your new environment before starting your studies – helping you to make the most of your time with us. Further information about pre-sessional English can be found at: www.lboro.ac.uk/elss

Finance and costs Tuition fees Standard tuition fees are listed on page 35. For full information please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/international/finance

Accommodation and living costs New international postgraduate students who apply before 1 September are given priority in halls of residence accommodation. Offers of places in halls of residence accommodation are issued when you firmly accept your offer of admission for postgraduate study.

Our Student Accommodation Centre will be happy to help you to find a suitable place to live. Please visit our Accommodation website for more information. Living in Loughborough generally costs less than it does in major UK cities. Independent national surveys show that Loughborough’s accommodation provides good value for money in comparison with other universities. A single international student will probably need about £10,500 a year for accommodation and other living expenses, excluding tuition fees. www.lboro.ac.uk/accommodation

27

28

www.lboro.ac.uk/international

Funding opportunities for international students International students are eligible to apply for a number of funding opportunities – many offered by the University, others by external organisations, and some in partnership between the two.

Loughborough University funding (See also page 34) Some EU students may be eligible to apply for the following awards: Graduate School International Scholarships The University offers scholarships of 25% of the tuition fee to self-funding international applicants on the basis of academic merit. The scheme is available to taught postgraduate and research students in most schools.

Alumni Bursaries for Loughborough International Graduates All schools offer a bursary of at least 10% off the programme tuition fee, for the academic year 2015/16, to all self-funding full-time international postgraduate taught and research students who are not in receipt of any other University award and who obtained their degree, undergraduate or postgraduate, from Loughborough University.

Santander Postgraduate Scholarships A number of scholarships to the value of £5,000 each, set against tuition fees, are awarded on the basis of academic merit to students who are a permanent resident of one of the following countries: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru, Puerto Rico, Russia, Singapore, Uruguay, USA or Venezuela.

Work opportunities

Graduate School Development Trust Africa Scholarships Full fee scholarships may be available to new full-time international taught postgraduate students from Africa. The scholarships cover 100% of the course fees for your chosen postgraduate taught course for one year – replacing any departmental or Loughborough University scholarship or bursary you may already have been awarded. Academic excellence is the key criterion for the choice of our scholarship winners.

International students pursuing degree-level courses can supplement their income by working: ● up to 20 hours per week during term-time ● full-time during vacations ● in a full-time work placement as part of their course as long as this does not exceed 50% of the course duration

Other sources of funding

Dependent spouses of students who hold immigration permission for 12 months or more are usually allowed to work full- or part-time.

Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) Chevening Scholarships Scholarships are offered in over 148 countries. They enable talented graduates and young professionals who the FCO identify as the potential leaders of tomorrow to develop strong links with the UK and with each other in a global network, at the same time as becoming familiar with the UK. The scholarships are for students on postgraduate taught programmes and usually cover all tuition fees as well as living costs and return air fares for the student concerned. To find out which Masters disciplines are covered by this scheme for nationals of your country, please see www.chevening.org Commonwealth Shared Scholarships The Commonwealth Scholarship Commission (CSC) has a Shared Scholarship Scheme open to postgraduates who are citizens of 57 developing British Commonwealth countries and who wish to study on an eligible taught programme.

The deadline for applications is usually mid-April. For more details, please see cscuk.dfid.gov.uk/apply/shared-scholarships

Opportunities to find work in the local area are available through local recruitment agencies and businesses. Please refer to www.lboro.ac.uk/careers

Employability Under the latest UK Government immigration legislation, international students who have successfully completed and been awarded a degree can apply to stay and work in the UK as a skilled worker on a Tier 2 visa. In such circumstances, students must secure a graduate level job offer with an employer who is a UKBA registered Tier 2 sponsor and should obtain this job offer before their current student visa expires. Please refer to the guidance for international students: Working in the UK after your studies at www.ukcisa.org.uk/student

General information about awards is offered by a range of organisations and publications.

Our Careers and Employability Centre offers a range of careers workshops for international students, information on its website and the help of a dedicated International Careers Advisor during and after your studies. Three employer careers fairs and many presentations and skills workshops take place each year. Please visit the international student pages on www.lboro.ac.uk/careers

For Masters and PhD studentships please see: www.findaphd.com www.jobs.ac.uk

The University takes part in both the graduate entrepreneur and doctorate extension schemes. Further information is available from the Student Advice and Support Service www.lboro.ac.uk/sass

The Association of Commonwealth Universities Follow the ‘Focus Areas’ and ‘Scholarships’ links at www.acu.ac.uk

Find out more about Loughborough

Further information about funding

The UK Council for International Student Affairs (UKCISA) The UKCISA website offers plenty of useful advice and information at www.ukcisa.org.uk The British Council The British Council website allows you to search a range of funding opportunities at www.britishcouncil.org If you have any questions about fees or funding, we are happy to help. Please contact: Advice for students on taught programmes E: pgtaught@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222496 www.lboro.ac.uk/apply/postgraduate Advice for research students E: pgresearch@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228292 www.lboro.ac.uk/rso

Talk to Loughborough alumni Loughborough graduates are pursuing successful careers in a wide range of professions and organisations worldwide. They are an excellent source of information and are generally happy to tell you about their experiences of studying here and how their Loughborough degree has helped them to develop their career. Many reunions take place around the globe. For further information, please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/alumni

International Office The University’s International Office is a dedicated and friendly team of staff who can help you with any queries you may have. We look forward to hearing from you soon.

Contact us E: international-office@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222201 www.lboro.ac.uk/international

www.lboro.ac.uk/international

29

“Students really do get an all-round service – from the airport pickup on the first day to job seeking before you graduate.”

Zhang Rui,Global Media and Cultural Industries MA

Entry requirements guidance for international students This international entry requirements table is an approximate guide to a number of international qualifications which Loughborough University would normally accept for entry to its postgraduate programmes. Entry requirements for other countries may be found at www.lboro.ac.uk/international/int-quals When assessing applications, the University considers a range of factors, including: average marks, a GPA or final grade from prior degree-level studies (whether completed or still incomplete at time of applying)

●

marks or grades achieved for individual subjects or modules taken, particularly where they provide an important foundation for further study at postgraduate level

International entry requirements

If the entry requirement given within the course description is stated in UK degree terms as

First Upper Lower Second Second

then an indication of the minimum requirements for the listed countries is shown below:

●

China – high ranking university eg. 211 Project Universities

83%

80%

75%

China – lower ranking University

90%

85%

80%

India – high ranking university eg. Top Collegiate University

First Class 65%

First Class 60%

Second Class 55%

The grade equivalencies listed should be interpreted as a general indication of the marks required to gain entry. Due to the range of factors considered when assessing an application, it is impractical to adhere to exact percentage requirements or equivalencies between marks gained in different countries.

India – lower ranking university

First with distinction 70%

First Class 65%

First Class 60%

Guide to reading the table

Greece

8.5 7.0 6.5

Nigeria – 5 point scale

4.5

3.7

3.5

Nigeria – classification

First

Upper Second

Second

USA or universities worldwide which use a GPA scale with a maximum of 4.0

3.5

3.0

2.8

the ranking or reputation of the candidate’s previous university

●

evidence of competence in English language

●

personal statement

●

academic references from two members of staff from your current university

●

for some programmes, work experience or a professional qualification may be required in addition to an academic qualification

●

for some programmes, a portfolio, example of written work, or evidence of practical skills are required

●

The entry requirements to our postgraduate degrees are listed within the individual programme descriptions. Our entry requirements are listed using standard UK undergraduate degree classifications (i.e. First Class honours, Upper Second, Lower Second). Therefore, if a postgraduate degree programme requires an Upper Second honours degree for entry, the table indicates you are expected to achieve, for example: 80%+ or 85%+ from a Chinese university, depending on its rank

●

a First from an Indian university, 60%+ or 65%+ depending on its rank

●

GPA 3.7+ from Nigeria

●

Study Resources and Support Loughborough University has a strong tradition of looking after its students and is able to deliver much of its support through a range of academic, guidance and welfare support sections.

Academic Support University Library The University’s central learning resource the Pilkington Library has recently benefited from a multi-million pound refurbishment. The Library aims to provide a complete range of services to support and enhance student learning, including: ● 24/7 opening during revision and exam periods ● over 9,000m2 of space with around 700,000 volumes, DVDs and CDs ● over 100 databases and 30,000 electronic journals ● over 1,300 study spaces, wireless networking and 140 PCs The Library has over 80 staff and we provide a complete information and enquiry service and teach you how to make the best possible use of the wide range of resources available.

IT Services Loughborough University has wide ranging expertise in IT provision, deployed for the benefit of its students. Our services include software tools, online learning and teaching facilities, groupware and access to the Internet and email.

Our facilities include open-access computer suites across campus which: ● are usually open 24/7 ● contain workstations for email and web-based services ● have state-of-the-art applications, and learning/teaching software Our wireless network operates throughout the University to provide internet access from over 10,000 locations on campus, including study bedrooms in all University-managed halls of residence.

The Hall Network Service, known as HallNet, provides students who have their own computers access to the University network and the wider Internet.

There are many different study spaces including 20 group study rooms, silent study areas, individual study areas and also a flexible study space with PCs, tables, chairs and whiteboards, where students are able to work in groups, use laptops/mobile phones, and have cold food and drinks.

www.lboro.ac.uk/it

www.lboro.ac.uk/library

Loughborough ranked top for support services – see page 10.

www.lboro.ac.uk

31

“During my application process for my placement the Careers Centre were really helpful at looking at my CV and helping me to improve it.”

Jade Markham, Chemistry PhD student Mathematics Learning Support Centre The Centre is open to anyone who feels they might benefit from additional help with mathematics and statistics. Students can access help by taking advantage of one or more of the following facilities:

● ● ● ● ●

two superb resource centres with private/group study areas mathematics: drop-in surgeries available four hours a day statistics: drop-in surgeries/free advisory service extensive paper/computer-based resources Eureka Centre for mathematical confidence

www.lboro.ac.uk/mlsc

Centre for Engineering and Design Education The Centre for Engineering and Design Education supports Loughborough staff and students in order to provide an excellent student learning experience, high employer engagement and quality teaching space.

Enhancing the teaching facilities across all of Loughborough’s engineering and design related departments, the Centre also carries out research and development to strengthen the student learning experience.

The only one of its kind in the UK, the Centre continues to ensure that our graduates are employable, entrepreneurial, productive and innovative. www.lboro.ac.uk/cede

Design and Print Services Located centrally on campus, we offer a range of services to support your academic studies, including poster printing, digital copying, laminating, binding and folding.

At a glance Wireless networking available in all academic buildings, campus cafés and the Students’ Union Recently completed £5 million transformation of the University library Dedicated centres for mathematics support, English support, and engineering and design excellence On-campus medical centre, pharmacy, dentist and optician Disability, counselling and mental health support for students Awarded 5* for employability in the QS Stars University Ratings 2014 Times Higher Leadership Award 2014 for Management of student placements Careers and Employability Centre The Careers and Employability Centre (CEC) provides a wide range of services for all postgraduates. Our resources, tailored to help you to expand your skills and prepare for your next career move, include: ● advisers with experience in working with postgraduates, offering a range of workshops on topics such as career planning and management, writing effective CVs and preparing for interviews in both academia and in the public and commercial sectors ● bespoke employer events for postgraduate students ● individual career consultations ● ready access to quick advice appointments ● a dedicated section on the CEC website for postgraduates ● a vacancy database with thousands of vacancies targeted at Loughborough students and graduates ● annual recruitment fairs, which are among the largest in the UK ● an extensive programme of employer presentations ● advice on networking and contact information for Loughborough alumni Our graduates are very highly regarded by employers, and the ‘High Fliers Graduate Market in 2014’ annual review listed us as the 14th most targeted university by employers.

Further details on where our graduates are employed can be found on our website. www.lboro.ac.uk/careers

32

www.lboro.ac.uk

Counselling and Disability Service The Counselling and Disability Service is here to support Loughborough University’s strategic plan in ensuring equality of opportunity for all students.

Counselling Service

“The Student Advice and Support Service were very helpful. They put together a series of events that helped me to settle in and they prepared me on how to have a rewarding stay at Loughborough.”

Samuel Adema, MSc Advanced Computer Science

The University Counselling Service has a well-established and experienced team of counsellors who offer students an opportunity to talk and reflect with a professionally trained person who is outside their immediate situation.

Students can talk to us about any personal, social or emotional concern which may or may not be affecting their studies. Counselling can help students to find ways forward, make decisions, gain new perspectives, discover solutions, and come to terms with and manage challenging life events.

Disability Office and Mental Health Support Team The Disability Office arranges support for students with a wide range of disabilities, including physical disabilities, Asperger’s Syndrome, sensory impairments and medical conditions. We also provide support and tuition for students who have dyslexia, dyspraxia and other specific learning differences.

The Mental Health Support Team provide support to students who face barriers affecting their ability to study as a result of mental health issues.

The University has good access for students who are wheelchair users, or who have mobility difficulties. There is car parking on campus, and most of the buildings on campus are wheelchair accessible.

Adapted bedrooms are available in most halls of residence across the campus. You are invited to contact us to discuss any support or additional facilities you may require.

Should you wish to visit to discuss your requirements in more detail, we recommend that you do this before applying through UCAS.

Assessment Centre We also help students to apply to their Funding Body or Social Services department for funding for the support they require. We operate an accredited DSA QAG (Disabled Student Allowance Quality Assurance Group) Assessment Centre. www.lboro.ac.uk/cds

Centre for Faith and Spirituality The Centre is the focus of religious, spiritual and faith based activities on campus.

It includes a dedicated Christian chapel, a Muslim Prayer room, a Quiet Room, a small specialist library and a number of rooms and facilities that can be used by student faith groups, individual members of the world faiths and others.

Health and Welfare Student Support Centre The Student Support Centre is divided into the English Language Support Service, and the Student Advice and Support Service.

English Language Support Service The English Language Support Service (ELSS) offers academic English and study skills workshops, courses and online resources for UK, EU and international students.

Prospective international students whose first language is not English also have the option of studying on one of five pre-sessional courses, ranging in duration from two to 30 weeks, to meet the University’s English language requirements.

The University strongly recommends that international students attend one of the pre-sessional courses in order to ensure that they are as well prepared as possible for their academic programmes. www.lboro.ac.uk/elss

Student Advice and Support Service The Student Advice and Support Service offers free, confidential and impartial information and advice for all students, and prospective students. Our aim is to ensure that students are not disadvantaged by a lack of knowledge of their rights, entitlements and responsibilities and that they are able to make informed decisions to resolve difficulties they may encounter. www.lboro.ac.uk/sass

The Centre is also home to the University Chaplains from the major world faiths. The Chaplains are available to all students of any religious persuasion or of none. Their purpose is to provide students with confidential pastoral support and advocacy as well as encouraging the exploration of contemporary faith issues through events, activities and campaigns throughout the year. www.lboro.ac.uk/cfs

Student Medical Facilities The Medical Centre is situated in the centre of the campus close to the main student accommodation village. It is open from 8.00am-5.30pm from Monday to Friday and provides a range of GP and nurse appointments.

Lifestyle checks and advice on all health-related issues are available to students on a completely confidential basis. The University also has a pharmacy, dentist and optician located next to the Students’ Union building.

Alumni Association The Alumni Association aims to establish lifelong relationships with all students and graduates. As a student, you will automatically qualify for free membership and receive a twice yearly magazine. When you graduate, we will continue to send the magazine to you, along with regular e-newsletters, discount offers, invitations to exclusive events, and news of reunions in the UK and overseas.

All you need to do is keep us up-to-date with your contact details. Loughborough truly is for life. www.lboro.ac.uk/alumni

www.lboro.ac.uk

Additional Support for Research Students The Graduate School The University’s Graduate School is the focal point and champion of postgraduate research studies at Loughborough. It provides an induction programme for all research students and continuing support throughout your studies.

Your school, department or research school will be the academic focus of your research.

All schools and departments are committed to supporting research students and have their own range of resources and facilities, including: ● office space, IT equipment, office consumables, and discipline-relevant materials ● individual allowances for inter-library loans ● departmental training ● support for students making presentations at departmental seminars ● help with conference attendance Please consult your chosen school or department for further details. www.lboro.ac.uk/graduateschool

Transferable skills The Graduate School provides or manages support for the wide range of skills identified in the UK Researcher Development Framework (RDF). The School has close links with Vitae, the UK’s national researcher development organisation which developed the RDF. You will be encouraged to work with your supervisor in using the RDF to identify your own goals and skills levels, enabling you to engage with targeted training and development activities – an essential part of a research degree. All of this helps to provide a firm foundation not just for your PhD, but for your future career as a researcher.

Workshops to support you are provided through the School, drawing on our own expertise and that of a range of University departments including the Library, IT Services, Careers and Employability Centre, and Counselling Service.

We also provide training should you wish to take the opportunity of part-time employment in your department as a laboratory demonstrator or tutorial assistant in your second and subsequent years.

Building a research community

Research Student Office

The Graduate School provides a range of opportunities to become part of the wider research community in the University and beyond.

Your first formal contact with Loughborough could well be with the Research Student Office which handles applications for postgraduate research study, by providing a one-stop shop for administrative support – from initial enquiry, through application, registration and study, to graduation. Please do not hesitate to contact us.

This includes an annual Research Conference and Poster Competition which provides the opportunity to communicate and showcase your work, build confidence in presenting your research, network with colleagues from a range of disciplines, and understand how your research fits into the wider research community at Loughborough.

T: +44 (0)1509 228292 F: +44 (0)1509 223938 E: pgresearch@lboro.ac.uk

Other regular events include a Café Academique, an occasional event at which students and senior researchers present their work to a multi-disciplinary audience in the context of a relaxed social evening with lots of time for informal discussions.

Induction When you arrive at Loughborough, you will meet your supervisor and other academic staff in your school or department. Your supervision team will have overall responsibility for guiding your research.

In addition, the Graduate School organises a University-wide induction programme which normally runs four times a year – in October, November, January and May – for all new research students. This programme gives you an immediate opportunity to meet fellow research students and covers: ● research at Loughborough University ● PhD regulations ● support services available ● research and transferable skills ● staff and student perspectives

The School is also able to provide some support for attendance at conferences, especially when you have a poster or paper accepted.

Career development Many PhD graduates continue their careers outside the university sector. Working with colleagues in the Careers and Employability Service, we organise events to help you identify jobs, and provide occasional events at which you can network with employers who are specifically looking to recruit doctoral graduates.

33

34

www.lboro.ac.uk/funding

Fees and Financing your Studies There are a variety of funding opportunities for international students. Unless indicated, the information here applies to UK and some EU students. Specific information for international students (and some EU students) is available on page 28.

Prizes

Loughborough University funding

University Prizes awarded exclusively to postgraduate students currently include the prestigious Loughborough University Graduate School Prizes, each worth £400; and two John Guest Phillips Travelling Scholarships, worth £500 each.

The University offers more than 100 scholarships and studentships for taught and research programmes for UK, EU and international students. Comprehensive information on funding your postgraduate study can be found at www.lboro.ac.uk/funding

UK and some EU Students Alumni Bursaries for Loughborough UK/EU Graduates The University offers a bursary of 20% of tuition fees, for the academic year 2015/16 to all self-funding full-time UK and EU postgraduate taught and research students who are not in receipt of any other University award and who obtained their previous degree from Loughborough University.

Santander Postgraduate Scholarships A number of scholarships to the value of £5,000 set against tuition fees are awarded on the basis of academic merit and financial hardship for students who are permanent residents of the UK/EU.

Access to Learning Fund (ALF) The ALF is available to some taught and research postgraduate students studying at least 50% of a full-time course who experience unanticipated and serious financial difficulties.

To qualify, students must be UK or EU fee payers.

A number of University, school and departmental prizes are awarded to postgraduate students for activities including exceptional academic achievement, sustainability, internationalisation and development of cooperation between the University and the local community.

They are awarded to research students who wish to extend their knowledge of their subject, either within this country or overseas. Further information about all prizes can be found on our website. www.lboro.ac.uk/prizes For up-to-date and comprehensive information on funding your postgraduate study visit www.lboro.ac.uk/funding

Other funding sources A wide variety of external funding is available, some of which is outlined below.

Career Development Loans UK Government student loans are not available for postgraduate programmes. The Career Development Loan (CDL) is a deferred repayment bank loan to help you pay for vocational learning or education. All postgraduate students from the UK are eligible to apply. It is administered by the Learning and Skills Council, with loans available from commercial banks. Further information is available www.gov.uk/career-development-loans

Grants and awards from charitable trusts

Care leavers from the UK who have recently graduated and want to progress to full-time postgraduate study may be eligible for a bursary worth up to £2,660 which is intended for assistance with the cost of their study.

Some trusts and charities offer financial grants or awards to students. Directories giving details of these can be found in public libraries and include: ● The Educational Grants Directory ● The Charities Digest ● The Grants Register ● The Directory of Grant-Making Trusts

Funding available for all students

The Official UK Directory of Graduate Education and Postgraduate Funding

PhD Full Fee Scholarships

Graduate Prospects is a comprehensive funding guide published in September each year by the Higher Education Careers Service Unit. www.prospects.ac.uk

Postgraduate Taught Care Leavers Bursary

Our Graduate School Studentships are available for students wishing to undertake a PhD. Each studentship is valued at £13,863 plus UK/EU tuition fees.

School and Departmental Bursaries and Scholarships Many schools and departments offer bursaries to eligible categories of students, and scholarships on a competitive basis. Details are available from www.lboro.ac.uk/services/graduateschool/funding-prospective/

Loughborough Sports Scholarships

Research Council Funding Funding is available in many schools and departments for doctoral study funded through the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council, (EPSRC). Apply through the department in which you hope to study.

Funding is also available from EPSRC, NERC and AHRC through Centres for Doctoral Training. Further information is available from wwww.lboro.ac.uk/funding/cdt

Support varies by sport and performance level. We aim to provide our sports scholars with first-class coaching, sports science and sports medicine support, access to extensive indoor and outdoor training and competition facilities, a performance life skills programme and an annual cash award.

PGCE students

To be eligible to apply for a sports scholarship you need to have gained a place on a postgraduate course and be competing in your chosen sport at least at junior international level. Sports scholarships are offered across all sports and all academic courses.

One way of supplementing your income is to take a part-time or temporary job while studying. Employment opportunities on campus are available through the Careers and Employability Centre and the Students’ Union. Employment can interfere with your studies, and a better option may be to study part-time – many of the University’s postgraduate programmes are offered part-time.

Please contact Loughborough Sport for more information on: T: +44 (0)1509 226108 www.loughboroughsport.com/scholarships-programme/about/

Loughborough University Arts Tuition and Scholarship Music tuition is offered to students who can show some musical ability. Students selected for tuition can receive 20 lessons for £55. A number of scholarships worth £500 are also offered each year to exceptional musicians. For further information contact Loughborough University Arts on: T: +44 (0)1509 222960 www.lboro.ac.uk/arts

Information for PGCE students is available online on our Teacher Education website. www.lboro.ac.uk/teacher-education

Work opportunities

For further information about funding, please contact: Postgraduate Taught Admissions E: pgtaught@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222496 www.lboro.ac.uk/apply/postgraduate

Postgraduate Research Advice E: pgresearch@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228292 www.lboro.ac.uk/rso

www.lboro.ac.uk/funding

35

Fees and charges for Loughborough Campus Tuition Fees* 2015/2016 UK/EU postgraduates UK/EU taught and research programmes Full-time students (taught) Full-time students (research) PGCE students Part-time students (taught) Part-time students (research) School of Business and Economics

2015/2016 Non UK/EU postgraduates Fees

£6,500 See website See website See website See website from £6,500 to £22,600

Non UK/EU taught and research programmes Band 1 (classroom based) Band 3 (laboratory based) School of Business and Economics

Fees

£14,300 £17,950 from £16,650 to £22,600

These are the standard tuition fees. The fees for some programmes are above the standard fee. University fees and charges are payable in advance and there are several methods of payment, including online payments and payment by instalment. Special arrangements are made for payments by part-time students.

Contact our Finance Office for further details: E: student-finance@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222030 *Fees subject to University approval, check website for up-to-date information.

For London campus fees please visit www.lborolondon.ac.uk

36

www.lboro.ac.uk

Degree Structures and How to Apply Taught degree programmes

Entrance requirements

MA, MSc, MBA, MDes, MRes, PG Dip, PG Cert, PGCE

Loughborough University recognises a wide range of first degrees from the UK, Republic of Ireland and universities around the world.

Entry for most taught programmes requires a good first degree or equivalent in a relevant subject, but some are open to graduates from a variety of subjects and do not require a specialist background. A few programmes require relevant work experience. Please see your chosen programme entry for details.

Modular programmes Most masters degrees take one year of full-time study or two to three years part-time.

Masters programmes are based on modules totalling 180 credits. Most modules are worth 10, 15 or 20 credits. Students need at least 150 credits from modules with marks of 50% or more, and remaining modules marked at not less than 40%. The 150 credits usually include a dissertation or equivalent.

Postgraduate diploma (PG Dip) students need 100 credits from modules with marks of 50% or more and further modules worth 20 credits marked at not less than 40%.

Postgraduate certificate (PG Cert) students will need to achieve 60 credits with marks of 50% or more.

Module specifications Details of all our taught modules are available on our web pages www.lboro.ac.uk/pg You can also search for more detailed module descriptions by visiting www.lboro.ac.uk/modules

Study exemptions The University may consider offering credit transfer or exemption from part of our programmes to students who already have some postgraduate level credits awarded by another higher education institute.

Credit accumulation If you leave the University before qualifying for an award, you will be entitled to a transcript detailing the credits you have accumulated, and these may be taken into account by another institution if you continue your studies elsewhere.

Bologna Agreement The University is committed to implementing the objectives of the Bologna Declaration including promoting student mobility and adopting a system of easily readable and comparable degrees. Graduates are issued with a Diploma Supplement to enable flexibility and comparability of qualifications internationally.

Research degree programmes PhD, MPhil, EngD The University provides induction and training for all its research students – see page 33.

PhD degrees normally take three years full-time or five years part-time. In addition there are some specialised PhD programmes where registration is required for four years. A PhD thesis must make a significant original contribution to, and show a critical appreciation of, existing knowledge in the subject.

MPhil degrees usually take two years full-time or three years part-time. Students critically investigate and evaluate an area which contributes to and demonstrates a critical appreciation of existing knowledge in the subject. They must also demonstrate an understanding of research methods appropriate to that area.

Following satisfactory completion of their first year of supervised research, students’ registration is confirmed for PhD or MPhil. All PhD and MPhil candidates must present and defend a substantial thesis to the satisfaction of examiners.

EngD degrees take four years and are open to UK research engineers, in any area of engineering or applied science, seeking managerial careers in industry. They involve collaboration with industry, and combine formally assessed taught modules with innovative research related to real industrial problems.

For some programmes, Loughborough University-approved academic requirements for corporate membership of a British chartered professional institution are also acceptable.

Please check the programme in which you are interested for any specific entry qualifications and see our International Students’ section for country-specific information www.lboro.ac.uk/international

English language All applicants must have an acceptable qualification in English language before they can be admitted to any postgraduate programme. The main English language qualifications acceptable for entry to the University are: ● GCSE/IGCSE English language (First Language) – Grade C or above ● IELTS – band 6.5 or above with not less than 6.0 in each sub test ● Pearson Test of English (PTE) Academic – overall score of 62 with minimum 55 in each sub test.

These are the minimum – some departments may require higher levels. A full list of all acceptable English language qualifications is available at www.lboro.ac.uk/englishlang Students who have not achieved the minimum English language requirements may, at the discretion of individual schools and departments, be admitted onto an English Language pre-sessional course as an alternative way to satisfy the requirements.

The University believes that attending a pre-sessional course can be very beneficial for international students as it enables them to work much more effectively when their academic courses begin.

For more information about our English language and study skills programmes, please visit our English Language Support Service website. www.lboro.ac.uk/elss

Further information on taught programmes Contact the department or the Postgraduate Taught Admissions Office: E: pgtaught@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222496 F: +44 (0)1509 223977 www.lboro.ac.uk/apply/postgraduate

Further information on research programmes Contact the department or the Research Student Office: E: pgresearch@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228292 www.lboro.ac.uk/rso

www.lboro.ac.uk

37

How to apply The best way to apply for admission to a taught or research programme is online. This helps us to process your application quickly. www.lboro.ac.uk/pgapply Your application must be supported by documentary evidence of entry qualifications, including English language, academic transcripts and references.

You are strongly advised to send your documents, including transcripts and references, as soon as you make your online application – they can be submitted online. A decision about your application cannot be made until we receive your supporting documents.

Applying for a taught programme Some schools and departments require submission of a personal statement or additional information before they are able to consider your application. We strongly advise you to check details of your chosen programme before submitting your application. www.lboro.ac.uk/apply/postgraduate

School of Business and Economics Applicants to full-time postgraduate taught masters, diplomas and certificates offered by the School of Business and Economics must pay an application fee before their application will be considered (excludes applications to the MBA and MSc Information Management & Business Technology).

Applying for a research programme When you apply for a research degree you will be required to describe your proposed area of research.

This should usually be in the form of an initial research proposal of approximately 500 words, including an outline of your research interests, your initial thoughts about the topic, references to previous work, and the methodology and general approach you wish to take. You should also indicate how this research will make an original contribution to knowledge.

Some schools and departments require you to submit a more detailed proposal before they can make a final decision on your application. Please check to see if this applies to the school or department you are applying to.

If you do not have a firm research proposal you should still provide as much information as possible with your application including possible topic areas, and intended source of funding. If you have already reached an agreement with your prospective school or department about a particular topic, or are applying for a specific vacancy, you need only provide brief details of that project on your application form.

If you require further advice on how to complete your research application, please contact the department in which you wish to study. Alternatively, you can contact the Research Student Office.

E: pgresearch@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228292 www.lboro.ac.uk/rso

38

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

LOUGHBOROUGH U N I V E R S I T Y in L O N D O N Loughborough University in London is an ambitious and distinctive new development on the Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park – home of the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games. The University dedicates itself to providing an outstanding professional postgraduate experience, delivering research and enterprise-informed teaching in partnership with industry and the professions.

Fantastic transport links mean that central London and its iconic attractions are only a short bus or tube journey away. The University is also within walking distance of an abundance of high street and designer stores, restaurants, accommodation and entertainment venues; as well as the state-of-the-art sport and leisure facilities created for the 2012 Games.

The transformation of the Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park is part of an expansive vision to create a series of interlinking, vibrant neighbourhoods within East London, where business, innovation and creativity will take centre stage. We are delighted to be at the heart of this energetic region as its future takes shape and invite you to make Loughborough University in London your preferred postgraduate destination.

AN INNOVATIVE APPROACH TO STUDY With world-leading scholars characterising our dynamic academic community, you will study in a collaborative and innovative learning environment where you’ll be intellectually challenged and stimulated.

Our contemporary programmes include real-world learning and theory-rich lectures delivered by subject specialist lecturers, entrepreneurs and guest speakers from business. To foster collaboration, innovation and leadership, our programmes will provide you with an in-depth knowledge of your chosen subject area, but crucially, you will also gain cross-disciplinary experience. This approach to learning will give you the key skills to work across disciplines, to solve real-world problems and to thrive in the ‘world of work’.

Whether a full-time student or working professional, you will have a choice to study on a part-time or full-time basis, providing the opportunity to advance your knowledge and develop your specialism in one of our six institutes.

Loughborough University in London works in partnership with a diverse range of companies, from start-ups to iconic multinationals, across all industry sectors, to maximise the commercial relevance and career enhancing potential of your studies. Studying a postgraduate programme with us opens up access to a comprehensive network of industry experts and employers who share our same commitment to innovation and creativity, ensuring your learning and professional development is in line with current business challenges and applications.

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

THE AREA SURROUNDING THE UNIVERSITY IS HOME TO MORE ARTISTS THAN ANYWHERE ELSE IN EUROPE, AND A HUB FOR CREATIVE, NEW MEDIA AND DIGITAL INDUSTRIES.

39

40

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

THE PARK

AN UNRIVALLED TRANSPORT NETWORK Loughborough University in London benefits from excellent transport links with fantastic connections to central London, the UK and Europe. A ten minute walk from Stratford International, Docklands Light Railway (DLR), tube, bus and coach stations, the University offers you one of the best connected transport hubs in the country.

London is a haven for shopping with variety to suit all styles. Hop on the central line and you’re 19 minutes away from one of the best shopping districts in the world – Oxford Street. From here, Carnaby Street, Soho, Covent Garden and Savile Row are all just minutes away.

From nearby Stratford International station you can access St. Pancras International in less than seven minutes. St. Pancras International is home to the UK’s only high speed railway giving direct access to European cities such as Paris and Brussels, as well as providing links to other major UK cities, including Birmingham, Manchester, Cardiff and Edinburgh. And with London’s airports (City, Stansted, Heathrow and Gatwick) between 15 and 60 minutes away, you couldn’t be in a better location to travel to or from.

HERE EAST – A NEW INNOVATION QUARTER FOR EAST LONDON Loughborough University in London is part of the ‘Here East’ community. Based in the former Press and Broadcast Centres on the Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park it is the most advanced digital infrastructure in Europe, augmented by the creation of London’s largest data centre by Infinity SDC. A number of key tenants are already in place, such as BT Sport, who began broadcasting from the site in August 2013 from a new, state-ofthe-art production hub and studios. This major new development builds on the creative and entrepreneurial heritage of the local East London boroughs to create a thriving commercial space which will create more than 7,500 jobs on the site and in the local community over the next five years.

SHOPPING, FOOD AND ENTERTAINMENT The Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park sits next to Europe’s largest urban shopping and leisure centre, Westfield - Stratford City. There are over 250 shops including Jaeger, Mulberry and Hugo Boss, and 65 restaurants, with international chains such as Wagamama, Jamie’s Italian and Nando’s as well as a huge variety of local brands like Rhythm Kitchen, The Real Greek, and Pho and Tap East. The Centre also includes a 17-screen cinema, ten-pin bowling and a casino. All within a 15 minute walk of the University.

F O R T H CO M I N G N E I G H B O U RHO O D DEVELOPMENTS On or close to Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park five new neighbourhoods will be built, with Chobham Manor (www.chobhammanor.co.uk) being the first and within walking distance of Loughborough University in London. It will have 850 new homes, along with community and ancillary facilities, nurseries and a medical centre. This will open to residents in 2015.

Each neighbourhood planned, will have its own distinctive character, and all will benefit from plenty of green spaces and squares with ample landscape to enjoy, all within striking distance of world-class sporting and entertainment venues.

41

SPORTING VENUES The Copper Box Arena – Just a five minute walk away, the Copper Box Arena has a 7,500 capacity arena, an 80-station gym and two exercise-class studios. Whether you’re visiting the gym as a casual user or become a member, there’s plenty of activity to get involved in. The Arena hosts a variety of entertainment, sports and community events from across the spectrum of music, comedy and entertainment, and is the new home to basketball team, the London Lions.

The London Aquatics Centre – Built especially for the London 2012 Games, the Aquatics Centre offers three types of pools; competition, training and diving. Each designed to suit swimmers at different experience levels from beginners through to Olympic hopefuls – you can enjoy swimming in the same pool as Olympians and Paralympians.

Built with a wave-like roof, the Aquatics Centre, has amazing views from the pools and seating – showing off the 115m tall ArcelorMittal Orbit, with stunning views of London’s iconic skyline: including The Shard, BT Tower, The Gherkin, Big Ben, Canary Wharf, O2 Arena and the Olympic Stadium.

Lee Valley Velopark – Formerly known as the Olympic Velodrome, the Velopark has four cycling options to explore. You can choose from cycling the track in the iconic velodrome, race on the road circuit, tackle the mountain bike skills section or try out the re-modelled Olympic BMX track. You can pre-book your visit for an introductory session or just visit the venue and watch the action as a spectator.

Lee Valley Hockey and Tennis Centre – The Centre offers 10 tennis courts and two hockey pitches. You can either book ahead or simply turn up to use the courts. Programmes are also available for those wishing to learn and improve their skills.

LONDON EAST LONDON East London is made up of an eclectic mix of edgy and retro trends all to be found in the one vicinity. From warehouses to polished art galleries and creative agencies, this part of London is definitely worth exploring for its rich culture, art, digital and innovative spaces, and deep history. There are plenty of walking tours, many free, and as London is well signposted and connected by train, bus and cycle paths, it’s easy for you to find your way around.

There’s plenty of choice to satisfy your taste buds when eating out in such a cosmopolitan city. East London has lots of street markets, national and international supermarkets, restaurants and shopping centre food courts where you can enjoy varied foods all year-round at a reasonable price.

You can immerse yourself in an exciting and dynamic city, enjoying everything from traditional British fish and chips, to kimchi burgers, Asian grocery stores, and much more.

CENTRAL LONDON London has throughout history attracted a variety of diverse cultures from around the globe, with students and visitors arriving in this cosmopolitan city, eager to explore what London has to offer.

One of the most exciting aspects of life in London is the endless amount of activity there is to get involved in, or simply spectate. There are numerous markets, free art galleries and museums, shops, cafés, attractions and nightlife that you will always find something enjoyable and stimulating to spend your time on. If all that sounds like it’s too much, then simply visit one of London’s many sublime green parks or relax in one of the many cafés.

42

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

ACCOMMODATION Loughborough University in London is committed to giving every student a distinctive and high quality experience, which will result in a positive life-long relationship with the University. Further details on both the University’s and the private sector’s offerings are available to view at www.lborolondon.ac.uk If you plan on living in our University accommodation, you can expect the accommodation to cost £180£220 per week. This rate usually includes heating, hot water, electricity and wifi. For private sector accommodation, the prices vary depending on which zone you live in. The University is located on the border of zone 2 and 3, with several public transport options nearby.

FINANCE When thinking about studying a postgraduate programme, funding is often an important consideration for prospective students.

The most significant costs to consider, are tuition fees, accommodation costs, and general living expenses. Further details on fees for our postgraduate taught and research programmes are available at www.lborolondon.ac.uk A wide range of bursaries and scholarships will be available to Loughborough University in London postgraduate students. In most cases your eligibility will be based on your postgraduate application. Scholarships and bursaries are always set against tuition.

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

RESEARCH AND ENTERPRISE RESEARCH THAT MATTERS Research is a crucial part of our work. It underpins our ability to deliver a teaching experience at the forefront of a discipline and to transfer new knowledge to business and industry as part of enterprise activities. The housing of our six institutes within a single building will provide a unique opportunity to promote inter- and multidisciplinary research, and synthesise teams of researchers to address key challenges such as communication, culture and citizenship; energy; future technologies; health and wellbeing; and secure and resilient societies.

Postgraduate taught and research students will enjoy the opportunity to work with top researchers and gain first-hand experience of problem solving and interacting with industry. Individual projects will be motivated by challenges identified by industrial contacts within Loughborough University in London’s network of partner companies. Presentation of research findings at key national and international conferences will be an important part of research training and research students will be actively encouraged to engage with research communities across the globe.

Loughborough University already has a large number of highly visible and world-class partnerships with international businesses and organisations working in media and creative industries, finance and business, digital technology, sports manufacturing and management, high-end design, animation and advanced manufacturing. Loughborough University in London will build on this success by offering businesses from across London and their partners a world-class set of research institutes and researchers to form mutually beneficial affiliations around knowledge transfer partnerships, contract research, consultancy, placement activity and innovation facilities.

Zero emission fuel cell electric taxis developed by Intelligent Energy, founded on Loughborough University research.

AN ENTERPRISING START Enterprise and entrepreneurship are defining features of Loughborough University in London and will shape the student experience. Our East Midlands-based Glendonbrook Centre for Enterprise Education has an established track record in providing outstanding enterprise education and has been at the cutting edge of the use of live business projects and mentoring of students by entrepreneurs.

All of our students based in London will have the same opportunity to engage with enterprise education throughout their programme of study, be it via taught modules, a ‘live’ project, or work-based learning opportunities. Students will also be able to engage with the vibrant entrepreneurial ecosystem on the Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park, and in the neighbouring growth areas of Hackney Wick and Shoreditch. What’s more, they will be able to access an exciting programme of master classes and public lectures from influencers in business, whilst frequent networking sessions with Loughborough alumni and business networks will provide key introductions and work-related possibilities.

Those wishing to start their own businesses will be supported in making use of incubation and accelerator space with business development support. Loughborough University in London aims to inspire future entrepreneurs by nurturing their talent, incubating their ideas, and supporting them into the market place.

Further details on Loughborough University in London’s academic and administrative staff can be found at www.lborolondon.ac.uk

INSTITUTES Design Innovation Digital Technologies Enterprise Development Media and Creative Industries Sport Business Virtual Engineering

43

44

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

INSTITUTIONS AND PROGRAMMES

ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT MSc ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND INNOVATION MANAGEMENT 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time The world is in a global recession. Innovation has been placed at the heart of international policy to drive jobs, growth and recovery but what is the innovation process? How do we best support innovation to catalyse growth and bring renewed prosperity? How do we encourage people to display entrepreneurial behaviour and show them that, with the right resources and attitudes, ideas can be turned into profitable products and services?

This programme analyses the Entrepreneur and the innovation process giving students the opportunity to explore and reflect on the skills needed for success.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments. Subject to your choices, there may also be exams.

MSc MANAGING INNOVATION IN CREATIVE ORGANISATIONS 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time Innovative and creative organisations is at the heart of delivering the recovery and growth required in times of recession. Learning to manage the resources needed for successful innovation of creative services and products will be key to the success of these organisations.

This programme offers students the opportunity to learn complementary topics from the fields of Design and Innovation, to explore the processes of identifying and managing creative ideas in the global marketplace.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments. Subject to your choices, there may also be exams.

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Core Modules Interdisciplinary Real Project

Entry Qualification

Innovation Management

Minimum of a lower second class honours degree from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

Entrepreneurship

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Strategy and Planning

Core Modules

Dissertation

Design Thinking (Managing Design and Innovation Process) Intellectual Property Understanding Business Failure Reflection and Action (Design Thinking II)

Interdisciplinary Real Project Second Subject Module Innovation Management Entrepreneurship Funding Strategy and Planning Intellectual Property Understanding Business Failure Dissertation

Related programmes are available at our Loughborough campus See pages 62-73 for more information

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

Loughborough graduate-founded company Pavegen converts energy from footsteps into electricity. Global installations include the Westfield – Stratford City shopping centre.

45

46

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

INSTITUTIONS AND PROGRAMMES

DESIGN INNOVATION

MSc DESIGN INNOVATION MANAGEMENT 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time

1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time

How can the Innovation process support the development of new products? This course opens up the processes of design and innovation and allows students to evaluate and test their ideas through a series of individual and groups projects designed to develop innovative designers.

Our MA Design and Culture supports students to explore the dynamic, contingent relationships between design and its many cultural contexts.

Through the process students will respond to briefs from industry partners, develop products and business concepts.

Building on the strengths of our MA/MSc Design Innovation this programme expands the question – does culture inform design or does design inform culture? Through a series of processes and projects, students will build a portfolio of work informed by the study of culture through the Media and Creative Industries.

Assessment

MA DESIGN AND CULTURE

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in design or related subjects.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Core Modules Interdisciplinary Project Identity, Culture and Communication Reflection and Action Meaning-Making in Design International Project Media and Creative Industries: Critical Perspectives Media and Creative Industries: Contexts and Practices Media Industries Research Methods Dissertation

Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments. Subject to your choices, there may also be exams.

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in design or related subjects.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Core Modules Interdisciplinary Project Design Thinking Innovation Management Entrepreneurship Reflection and Action Meaning–Making in Design Intellectual Property International Project Dissertation

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

MA/MSc DESIGN INNOVATION 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time Substantial design and evaluation project with a focus on a particular area of Industrial design.

Learning through doing is at the heart of our London campus experience and for designers on our MA/MSc Design Innovation programme this means taking part in a series of processes and projects that will build a real and relevant portfolio of work.

At the heart of the MA/MSc Design Innovation is a project with industry. This project will focus on a real business or social problem, working collaboratively with colleagues from other disciplines to innovate and design a solution.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments. Subject to your choices, there may also be exams.

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in design or related subjects. Students will be entered for MA or MSc based on qualifications on entry.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Core Modules Identity, Culture and Communication Design Thinking Reflection and Action Meaning Making in Design Foresight and Strategy International Project Dissertation

47

Award-winning product design, being developed in our incubator space.

MSc ENTREPRENEURIAL DESIGN MANAGEMENT 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time Our MA Entrepreneurial Design Management programme opens up what shapes the entrepreneur and how entrepreneurial behaviour and skills can influence the design process.

This course builds on the strengths of our Design Innovation programmes bringing the added dimension of supporting students to develop the skills required to take their idea from drawing board to marketplace. Through a series of individual and group projects students will analyse and evaluate entrepreneurial behaviour and look at the contribution of this action to the success of new product ideas.

Core Modules Interdisciplinary Project Design Thinking Entrepreneurship Strategy and Planning Reflection and Action Meaning Making in Design Understanding Business Failure International Project

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments. Subject to your choices, there may also be exams.

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in design or related subjects.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Related programmes are available at our Loughborough campus See pages 92-95 for more information

48

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

INSTITUTIONS AND PROGRAMMES

DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES MSc DIGITAL MEDIA SYSTEMS 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time This programme has been designed for students who wish to develop expertise in multimedia signal capturing, rendering, coding, processing and adaptation, so as to be able to develop high-end home and lowend mobile media applications which are growing in popularity. User interaction techniques with human perception and quality of experience assessment methods are also included in the programme.

new image here

Assessment Modules are assessed primarily by exams and may also include a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments.

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in electronics, physics and related degree course from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

MSc INTERNET MEDIA CLOUDS WITH BUSINESS 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time This programme will present students with knowledge and expertise in Internet and media clouds with basic and advanced levels of business aspects for not only providing the usual Internet and media cloud service businesses, but also for generating new business and entrepreneurship opportunities. The topics will include Internet and communication networks, media clouds and the related business aspects.

Assessment Modules are assessed primarily by exams and may also include a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments.

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in electronics, physics and related degree course from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Career Prospects

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Students graduating from this programme will have job opportunities in media technologies industries as well as fixed and mobile communication application development industries.

Career Prospects

Those students wishing to pursue an academic career will be highly qualified to apply their knowledge to a wide research field encompassing media and media applications.

Students graduating from this programme will have job opportunities in media technologies industries as well as fixed and mobile communication application development industries.

Those students wishing to pursue an academic career will be highly qualified to apply their knowledge to a wide research field encompassing media and media applications.

Core Modules Interdisciplinary Real Project Second Subject Module Fundamentals of Multimedia Signals and Processing Media Processing and Coding Advanced 3D User Environments Individual Project, Dissertation or Placement at a Technology Company

Core Modules Interdisciplinary Project Internet and Communication Networks Cloud Technologies and Systems Media Cloud Applications and Services Dissertation

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

MSc INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES WITH BUSINESS 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time This programme will provide students with knowledge and expertise in Internet systems and technologies, with basic and advanced levels of business understanding for both existing and new Internet businesses. Technological expertise and the business angle provided will give students the necessary qualification to further their careers in either technology development fields or technology management. New business and entrepreneurship development opportunities will also be possible with this programme.

MSc INTERNET AND MEDIA CLOUDS

Assessment Modules are assessed primarily by exams and may also include a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments.

The programme will also include the combination of Internet and cloud technologies for the advancement of both fixed and mobile Internet technologies used for everyday industrial and personal applications.

Entry Qualification

Assessment

Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in electronics, physics and related degree course from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

Modules are assessed primarily by exams and may also include a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in electronics, physics and related degree course from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

Further a career in either technology development fields or technology management with possible new business and entrepreneurship development opportunities.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Core Modules

Career Prospects

Interdisciplinary Real Project

Students taking this programme will gain a major advantage with the learnt skills to develop their job prospects in this highly popular and fast advancing field of technology

Internet and Communication Networks Internet of Things and Applications Dissertation

Related programmes are available at our Loughborough campus See pages 96-102 for more information

MSc MOBILE INTERNET 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time

1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time This programme will provide students with knowledge and expertise in Internet and media clouds. The programme has been designed to give students a deep understanding of the Internet and communication networks, media clouds for storage, and processing of ever-increasing audio/visual user data. Students will also develop an understanding of future Internet architectures, with media cloud structures and other related application areas.

Career Prospects

49

This programme will provide students with the essential knowledge and expertise in the latest mobile and wireless technologies driving the mobile Internet evolution.

As the demand for low-latency high-speed mobile data access with the use of smart phones and bandwidth-intensive wireless multimedia applications continue to proliferate in a rapidly-paced manner, this programme will place its students in a prominent position in this key technology area.

This exciting programme has been designed to cover those key areas and advanced knowledge in broadband, mobile, and wireless communication networks. Future Internet architectures and related application areas are also covered.

Assessment Modules are assessed primarily by exams and may also include a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments.

Entry Qualification Minimum of a lower second class honours degree in electronics, physics and related degree course from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Career Prospects

Core Modules

Given the importance of the Internet across all sectors, students taking this programme will find themselves highly qualified for many business and academic job opportunities.

Interdisciplinary Project

Core Modules

Internet and Communications Network

Interdisciplinary Real Project

Fundamentals of Multimedia Signals and Processing

Second Subject Module

Cloud Technologies and Systems

Internet and Communication Networks

Media Cloud Applications and Services

Mobile Broadband and Wireless Networks

Individual Project, Dissertation or Placement at a Technology Company

Internet of Things and Applications Dissertation

50

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

C R E A T I V E .

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

MEDIA AND CREATIVE INDUSTRIES MA MEDIA AND CREATIVE INDUSTRIES 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time

Entry Qualification

London is at the centre of a revolution in media content creation, cultural innovation and new business models for media and creative industries.

This programme is rooted in the dynamic development of London as a global media city and focuses on the transformation and growth of these industries in an international context.

Minimum of a higher second class honours degree in Social Science or Humanities or associated subjects from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

Media and cultural industries are important sources of employment and economic growth globally. This programme charts the increasing prominence and understands the changes in these industries and how they are governed over time and in different countries.

Media content and cultural products are also important carriers of meaning about the world which we use to construct our social identities and allegiances. This programme examines the way in which individuals and organisations consume and use media and culture in everyday life to fashion identities and relationships.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments. Subject to your choices, there may also be exams.

English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Core Modules Interdisciplinary Real Project Media and Creative Industries: Critical Perspectives Media and Creative Industries: Contexts and Practices Media and Creative Industries Research Methods Media and Creative Industries in an International Perspective Individual Dissertation Individual report on Media and Creative Industries Individual Placement Based Dissertation

Related programmes are available at our Loughborough campus See pages 132-135 for more information

51

52

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

INSTITUTIONS AND PROGRAMMES

SPORT BUSINESS MSc SPORT BUSINESS INNOVATION 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time Managing success in Sport and Sport Business is part of our heritage at Loughborough. As a previous partner to Team GB we know what it takes to deliver results in a challenging environment.

Satisfying consumer, social and environmental expectations in sport requires innovative solutions.

Modern sport businesses need innovation processes to compete and perform.

This programme complements the successful MSc Sport Management programme that for over 20 years has guided Loughborough students to develop an understanding of, and a competitive advantage in the sports business environment.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments. Subject to your choices, there may also be exams.

Entry Qualification 1. Upper second class degree or equivalent from a wide range of subjects/disciplines 2. In exceptional circumstances an applicant may be admitted to the degree who does not possess the requirements mentioned in 1., but who has substantial relevant work experience English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

MSc SPORT LEADERSHIP 1 year full-time or up to 4 years part-time In today’s global environment the business of sport faces many leadership challenges. From its place in our communities, to the proliferation of new revenue streams and its symbiotic relationship with the media, sport requires leaders capable of dealing with a wide range of issues.

This program provides students with sound leadership knowledge and skills that are necessary for middle and senior management professionals working in the business of sport in commercial, not–for-profit and public sectors. It draws on contemporary leadership research and theory to analyse the principles and practices of leadership to understand its multifaceted nature. Through this students will be able to identify and deal with the challenges and future issues confronting leaders in the business of sport.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time constrained assignments. Subject to your choices, there may also be exams.

Entry Qualification 1. Upper second class honours degree or equivalent in a wide range of subjects.

2. In exceptional circumstances an applicant may be admitted to the degree who does not possess the requirements mentioned in 1., but who has substantial relevant work experience English Language requirements: IELTS 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 6.0 in each subtest (Reading, Listening, Writing and Speaking) or equivalent (see: www.lboro.ac.uk/international).

Core Modules Interdisciplinary Real Project Leadership Models, Issues and Practices Leadership Retreat Social-Cultural Aspects of Leadership Construction

Core Modules

Sustainability and Leadership

Interdisciplinary Real Project

Critically Reflective Leadership (Capstone Course)

Sports Markets and Industries

Dissertation

Managing Service Quality Research Methods for Sport Management Sports Management Theory and Practice Innovation Management Entrepreneurship Funding

Related programmes are available at our Loughborough campus

Dissertation

See pages 136-141 for more information

www.lborolondon.ac.uk

GRADUATE Q&A DESIGN MANAGER AT AECOM, LOUGHBOROUGH GRADUATE NOREEN SHIHAB What do you like the most about living in London now that you work in the capital?

I am spoilt for choice as each area of London has a different vibe and something different to offer. It is definitely the greatest and the most cosmopolitan city in the world, in my opinion of course!

What do you love most about your job?

Working with an array of people from different walks of life to deliver world-class projects, and then have the satisfaction to say ‘I was part of that’.

Why did you want to study a postgraduate programme at Loughborough University?

Having graduated from Loughborough for my degree, it made sense for me to stay on and learn from some of the industry’s best. I knew this would look attractive on my CV.

How has your qualification helped you in your career?

It instils discipline into the working environment, and has equipped me with the right background and knowledge to influence my daily work life in a really positive way.

What did you find the most challenging aspect of your studies?

Taking exams. No matter how much preparation I did for exams over the four years, it’s the one thing I dreaded every time because of the time pressure. Yet I was rarely phased by the pressure of handing in five different coursework projects at the same time.

Favourite London spot: As a born and bred Londoner I love taking strolls down Marylebone High Street and Regent Street for a spot of shopping and sipping on tall drinks!

53

Loughborough University Academic Schools and Departments Aeronautical and Automotive Engineering

56

Arts (The)

59

Business and Economics

62

Chemical Engineering

74

Chemistry 77 Civil and Building Engineering

81

Computer Science

89

Design 92 Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering English and Drama

96 103

Geography 107 Materials 111 Mathematics 114 Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering

118

Physics 124 Politics, History and International Relations

128

Social Sciences

132

Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences

136

“Many lecturers on the course come from the best automotive companies and have access to the latest technologies available in the field.”

Karol Bogdanski MSc Automotive Systems Engineering

Aeronautical and Automotive Engineering The Department The Department of Aeronautical and Automotive Engineering is a specialist centre within one of the UK’s largest engineering universities.

It is located in modern, purpose-built premises with excellent laboratories and equipment that includes a fully-anechoic chamber, a large-section wind tunnel, PC laboratories, engine laboratories and a vehicle simulator.

The Department has some 30 academic staff and nearly 150 postgraduate students on taught and research programmes. In the Government’s External Subject Review, the Department was awarded an excellent score (23/24) for the quality of its teaching. In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise, 95% of the Department’s research work was assessed as being of an ‘international standard’.

The Department has four major research groups working across the technologies of automotive and aeronautical engineering. Each group works on a variety of research topics, ranging from the development of new low emissions combustion systems for gas turbine engines, through to fundamental investigations into the operation of hydrogen powered fuel cells.

A Top 10 Rated Department

Each area keeps their work topical through close links with industry. Current and recent collaborations have been with Airbus, BAE Systems, Rolls-Royce, Ford Motor Company, Caterpillar, Jaguar Land Rover, Lotus Cars, and Bentley Cars.

The Department hosts the Rolls-Royce University Technology Centre (UTC) in Combustion Aerodynamics and the Caterpillar Innovation and Research Centre (IRC) in engine systems.

The Times / Sunday Times Good University Guide 2014

www.lboro.ac.uk/aae

www.lboro.ac.uk/aae

57

Automotive Systems Engineering MSc 1 year full-time, or 2½ years part-time This programme provides graduates interested in the automotive industry with knowledge and technical expertise in a wide range of automotive disciplines. It provides students with a systems viewpoint for automotive design and manufacture, transferable skills and knowledge applicable to the workplace.

Created in partnership with companies such as the Ford Motor Company and Jaguar Land Rover, the programme is also aimed at existing or prospective product development engineers and those working in manufacturing, particularly those working alongside product design personnel in the context of cross-functional teams and simultaneous working practice.

Students study three compulsory modules and a further three modules from a choice of five. In addition, full-time students undertake a university-based project and part-time students undertake an industry-based project. An online study support system provides additional information and materials to facilitate student discussion. The programme is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (towards Chartered status).

Core Modules ● Vehicle and Powertrain Functional Performance ● Vehicle Systems Analysis ● Manufacturing Systems and Integrated Design ● Project

Optional Modules ● Sustainable Vehicle Powertrains ● Body Engineering ● Calibration and Emissions ● Vehicle Dynamics and Control (for full-time students only) ● Vehicle Electrical Systems Integration Please note that modules are subject to change. For the most up-to-date list, please visit our website or contact us E: aae.pgt@lboro.ac.uk

Assessment A combination of written examinations, reports, group oral presentations, individual project(s) and, for full-time students, project oral (verbal) presentation(s).

Entry Qualification First or upper second class honours degree or equivalent in engineering or physical sciences. In exceptional circumstances, lower academic standards may be compensated by experience in the automotive industry.

Careers and Further Study Graduates work primarily in product design and development groups and are sought after by a wide range of automotive companies. Students that wish to pursue other careers are well-equipped to work in a wide range of sectors within the vehicle industry.

Short Courses for Industry We offer short courses for automotive engineering professionals. Each of our short courses is a module from our Automotive Systems Engineering MSc course which is accredited by the IMechE. As a short course delegate, you may attend a module purely for your knowledge and skills needs, or work towards your IMechE further training or towards a postgraduate qualification.

The following modules are available as short courses: ● Body Engineering ● Manufacturing Systems and Integrated Design ● Sustainable Vehicle Powertrains ● Vehicle and Powertrain Functional Performance ● Vehicle Electrical Systems Integration ● Vehicle Systems Analysis

Student Profile

Student Profile

Karol Bogdanski

Narozmi Ahmad

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/karol

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/narozmi

MSc Automotive Systems Engineering

Contact Details Admissions office Taught programmes: aae.pgt@lboro.ac.uk Research programmes: aae.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 227220

MSc Automotive Systems Engineering

58

Degrees by Research

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time Research Proposal

Applications for research should indicate at least the research group within which the applicant would like to study and preferably the member(s) of staff whose research area is of most interest. A detailed research proposal can be included with the application, but is not necessary.

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience.

Contact

Research Co-ordinator Professor R Chen E: r.chen@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 227255 Research Administrator June Lennie E: j.lennie@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223331

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● their own desk and computer in a shared departmental office ● free photocopying ● inter-library loan funding ● use of the staff coffee lounge All research students: ● have a supervisor who, together with the Director of Research, provides academic and pastoral support ● must attend appropriate training and attend departmental seminars – some compulsory ● must present at least one paper at a departmental seminar ● have employment opportunities as tutorial assistants and lab demonstrators

Research Groups and Events Structural Dynamics and Acoustics

The Group’s research activities focus on studying structural dynamics, acoustics and vibration phenomena that are paramount for the engineering design of safer and environmentally friendlier aircraft and road vehicles and on the design of optimised lightweight structural systems for aerospace and automotive applications. ● Structural Dynamics and Acoustics Research ● Light Weight Structures Research Academic staff: Dr Paul Cunningham, Professor Victor Krylov, Dr Jane Horner, Dr George Mavros, Dr Dan O’Boy, Dr Stephen Walsh, Dr Simon Wang, Dr Andrew Watson, Dr Gang Zhou Contact: v.v.krylov@lboro.ac.uk

Applied Aerodynamics

The high-level aim of the Group is to carry out both experimental and computational research that leads to an enhanced understanding of, and improved measurement and numerical techniques for, industrially relevant aero / auto flow problems.

The Group’s research is loosely organised around three sub-groups: Experimental Aerodynamics Battle damage aerodynamics, active flow control, unsteady automotive aerodynamics, and sports ball aerodynamics.

Computational Fluid Dynamics Large Eddy Simulation (LES) methods development (both numerical algorithms and physical modelling) and its validation in high fidelity / large scale applications, eg. jet aeroacoustics, flow control (laminar / turbulent transition on swept wings).

The Rolls-Royce University Technology Centre in Combustion Aerodynamics (UTC) Experimental (including instrumentation) and numerical (CFD) research into combustor and installation aerodynamics, heat transfer / cooling, two-phase flows, compressor / combustor and combustor / turbine interfaces (CFD methods development and experimental validation), combustor and fuel injector aeroacoustics, high speed flows relevant to aircraft propulsion nozzles, and exhaust plumes (civil and military).

Academic staff: Professor J McGuirk, Professor Jon Carrotte, Dr Paul Denman, Dr Andrew Garmory, Dr Gary Page, Professor Martin Passmore, Dr Peter Render, Dr Adrian Spencer, Dr Duncan Walker, Dr Hao Xia Contact: g.j.page@lboro.ac.uk

Low Carbon Technologies

The aim of the Group is to carry out both experimental and computational high efficiency energy applications research that leads to an enhanced understanding of industrially relevant aero / auto low carbon technologies.

The Group’s primary interests are: ● Combustion ● Fuel Cell Technology ● Hybrid and Electric Vehicle Technology Academic staff: Professor Rui Chen, Dr Salah Ibrahim, Dr Jung-Sik Kim, Professor Rob Thring Contact: r.chen@lboro.ac.uk

Control and Reliability

In close collaboration with industry, the aim of the Group is focused on the use and development of advanced dynamics and control techniques; and risk and reliability analysis in the areas of automotive, aeronautical and aerospace engineering.

The primary research areas of the Group are: ● Automotive powertrain control ● Autonomous Vehicle ● Risk and Reliability Academic staff: Dr Lisa Jackson, Dr Matt Best, Dr Wen-Hua Chen, Dr Sarah Dunnett, Dr Thomas Steffen, Professor Richard Stobart Contact: w.chen@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile

Student Profile

Han-Lin Li

Agis Skarlas

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/han-lin

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/agis

Student Profile

Student Profile

Chris Bekakos

Tengku Akma

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/chris

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/tengku

PhD Student

PhD Student

PhD Student

PhD Student

“My course has given me the chance to take risks and opened my eyes to new possibilities in terms of materials and techniques.�

Kate Bajic MA Art and Design

The Arts The School The School of the Arts provides a dynamic, creative and technically supportive environment for postgraduate study in art and design. Supported by 77 full- and part-time academic staff and technical tutors, your learning will fully combine theory and practice.

Our aim is to foster opportunities for critical debate, the acquisition of technical and research skills, and the heightening of creative practice in order to enhance your future employment prospects.

This is primarily facilitated through research-led teaching and further nurtured by a programme of visiting lecturers and study visits within the UK and beyond.

The School is ranked amongst the top university art and design providers in national surveys, and has consistently achieved high teaching and research quality ratings. We offer a unique range of postgraduate taught programmes which encompasses art, design, theory and performance by practice. The School’s facilities are outstanding, with spacious studios and excellent technical provision, supported by highly skilled technical tutors.

Ranked 1st for Fashion and Textiles Guardian University Guide for 2015

Facilities include: a computer suite for animation, a motion capture rig, digital video, sound generation and 3D modelling; a Rapid Prototyping facility and provision for large format digital printing; a fully-equipped art and design computer suite with web-design, photo manipulation and desktop publishing software; workshop facilities for woodworking, silversmithing, welding and bronze casting, stone carving and resin mould making; excellent facilities for intaglio processes, silkscreen, lithography, photography, textile printing and weaving, laser cutting, CAD / CAM embroidery and digital jacquard technology; a wide variety of ceramics kilns, including an anagama style kiln.

Relationships with industry and commerce currently focus on individual research projects and include involvement with UK and international companies.

www.lboro.ac.uk/sota

60

www.lboro.ac.uk/sota

Art and Design (Studio Practice) MA 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time (by individual negotiation*)

Summer Final Project: Students have the option to study the final module at the Nanyang Academy of Fine Arts, Singapore.

The programme provides an opportunity for students who wish to develop the full potential of a practice-based project proposal either as research or professional preparation. It is designed to enable access to a range of subject disciplines, workshops and external links, as appropriate to an individual project.

We offer specialist facilities in Textiles, 3D Design, Fine Art and Visual Communication, and welcome applications that cross the boundaries of traditional specialisms.

The programme encourages innovation in addition to the refinement of individual skills and practice. It is cumulative in structure, progressing through six compulsory modules.

Assessment Assessment is continuous and based on an appraisal of practice, written material, related research, and professional and entrepreneurial skills in relation to the final project outcome(s). All students submit a Final Project Report.

Core Modules Semester 1 ● Proposing Practice ● Research Methods and Methodologies ● Situating Practice Semester 2 ● Practice, Research and Entrepreneurial Skills ● Exploring Materials, Processes and Techniques

Application All candidates should submit an application form, an electronic PDF portfolio of recent work, and a 1,000 word project proposal that will form the basis for study on this masters programme.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree normally required in an art and design discipline or closely related subject. Exceptional circumstances will also be considered, for instance an honours degree in an aligned subject or appropriate additional work experience.

* Modules are delivered on a full-time basis, but may be undertaken over a two year period by individual negotiation and prior agreement

2D and 3D Visualisation MA/MSc 1 year full-time This is a collaborative programme between the School of the Arts and the Design School. The programme aims to develop a broad approach to visualisation within an increasingly diverse and competitive market.

It will provide you with opportunities to develop a personalised visual language with which to articulate an engagement with visual thinking.

Visualisation through 2D and 3D drawing, modelling, prototyping, and computer-based activity is a focus and feature of teaching and research within the School of the Arts and the Design School.

The programme comprises six modules which offer a range of visualisation opportunities reflecting approaches to postgraduate research, visual thinking and communication; enquiry into and development of 2D and 3D visualisation techniques; and a final project that enables you to professionally realise and present your outcomes.

Outcomes take the form of portfolios of visualisation activity, oral presentations and written reports. The MA or MSc award will be dependent on the nature of the final project.

Core Modules Semester 1 ● Approaches to Research ● Visual Thinking and Communication ● Visualisation: 2D and 3D Opportunities Semester 2 ● Enquiry and Development ● Final Project: Rehearsal and Approaches to Professional Practice Summer Final Project Assessment Modules provided by the two schools will be assessed by coursework only. Modules from other departments may be assessed by examination, coursework or a combination of both.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree normally required in an art and design discipline or closely related subject. Exceptional circumstances will also be considered, for instance an honours degree in an aligned subject or appropriate additional work experience.

Entry also depends on a suitable portfolio of supporting visual material.

Application All candidates should submit an application form, an electronic PDF portfolio of recent work and a 1,000 word supporting statement contextualising their practice.

Student Profile

Student Profile

Antoinette Burchill

Seymour Lavine

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/antoinette

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/seymour

MA Art and the Public Sphere

PhD Student

Student Profile Sarah Green

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes Admissions Co-ordinator Rebecca Turner E: sota.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228922

MA Art and the Public Sphere www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/sarah-g

Degrees by Research

61

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full time; 3 years part-time The School of the Arts offers opportunities for research degrees in Art and Design and the History and Theory of Art and Design. We encourage research projects that have the potential to make a substantive contribution to these academic disciplines through the rigorous application of existing methods, as well as projects that reflect on practice within and across discipline boundaries.

We support projects that exploit expertise in new technologies available within the School and across the University or that are interdisciplinary in nature. University regulations allow for a practice-based degree that includes the submission of text and the outcomes of practice for assessment, where the practice is integral to the research process.

Research Groups and Events Students are invited to contribute to our lively research community by taking an active role in various projects and research activities. We also encourage students to attend conferences, publish and exhibit.

The School supports a number of distinctive research interests: ● Animation ● Interdisciplinary Fine Art Practices ● Politicized Practices ● Drawing and Visualisation ● Textiles and Technology The academic impact and reach of our research is evidenced by the School’s generation and development of five peer–reviewed journals – Tracey, Duck, Animation, Art & Public Sphere, and The Poster – which reflect our engagement with the development of worldleading scholarship and research cultures linked to historical, theoretical and practicebased research.

Animation Academy

The proposal should be about 2,000 words and include a provisional title, the question that forms the core of the enquiry, the scope of the topic, outline of methods and approach to be adopted, the relationship to current research and literature in the field, and a provisional timetable.

A centre for animation research, scholarship, practice and exhibition which embraces tradition and progress, education and industry, art and commerce – and is dedicated to excellence in all its activities. ● Maintaining the craft of animation in a changing technological and cultural climate ● Recovering the history, culture and significance of animation through critical analysis and theoretical enquiry ● Testing the role, function and definition of animation in a range of research contexts and production environments ● Animation as an entertainment, an educator, an industrial model, and an art ● Preserving animation materials and artwork for future generations of researchers and animation historians ● Creating a focus for the UK animation industry and its educational providers Academic staff: Professor Paul Wells Contact: p.wells@lboro.ac.uk

Entry Qualification

TRACEY: Drawing and Visualisation

Application and Research Proposal

Prospective applicants should contact us in the first instance indicating their topic of interest. We will then send them information on how to structure a research proposal.

They must then develop a proposal and, if it meets our requirements, they will be asked to make a formal application.

Research Proposal

Good first degree and a masters degree or equivalent experience.

Funding Your Studies

Studentships are available annually on a competitive basis. Applicants are advised to contact the School for details.

Contact

Research Co-ordinator Johanna Hällsten E: j.hallsten@lboro.ac.uk Research Administrator Emma Nadin E: e.l.nadin@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228901

School Support and Training for Research Students

● Students share a large seminar room and have access to all facilities within the School and across the University ● Students can apply for funding for conference attendance and for projects or activities related to their research ● In addition to the University’s extensive training provision, the School organises a more specific programme tailored to the needs of Art and Design research which includes practice-based methodologies ● Postgraduate study at the School offers opportunities for students to meet regularly with other students and staff by means of research forums, research seminars and involvement in one of the School’s Research Groups ● Academic and pastoral support: each student has one or two supervisors who provide academic support. Additional support and advice is provided by the Director of Research Degree Programmes and the Research Administrator ● Each student is invited to take an active role in projects, research activities and in one of the School’s research groups. We encourage students to attend conferences, publish and exhibit, and to contribute to our lively research community Selected Research Interests at the School ● Contemporary Art Practices and Theories ● Aesthetics ● Drawing ● Painting ● Performance ● Photography ● Art in the Public Sphere ● Sculpture ● Video / Moving Image ● Socially / Politically Engaged Art ● Collaborative Art Practices ● Modern European Art History and Theory ● Post-Colonial Art History and Practice ● Cultural History ● Women’s Art Practice ● Feminist Aesthetics ● Design History ● Visual and Material Culture ● Textile Design, Manufacture and Marketing ● Contemporary Jewellery and Ceramics, Practice and History ● Communication Arts Media / Illustration ● Graphic Design, High Technology, Future Trends ● Digital Media Arts and Animation

The Group focuses on understanding and promoting contemporary drawing practice, whilst contributing to the knowledge of the act of drawing, through outcomes of original and international significance. The Group is committed to enquiring into what drawing might be in the 21st century as a multi-disciplinary activity. ● Drawing practice in art and design ● Drawing as a means of communication ● Drawing as a visual language ● Process and cognition in drawing practice ● The nature and role of strategic knowledge in drawing practice ● The relationship of drawing to other art and design forms ● Drawing and new technology Academic staff: Alastair Adams, Andy Selby Contact: a.c.adams@lboro.ac.uk

Politicized Practice

The members of the Politicized Practice Group are artists, curators, designers, sociologists and writers. The scope of research undertaken addresses a range of disciplines including social graphics, art and the public sphere, curation, visual culture, art theory and contemporary art practice. The Group is interested in the relationship between the political and art, design and theoretical production. ● Starts from a shared question – what is a politicized practice? ● Takes an interdisciplinary approach and engages in cross-disciplinary dialogues ● Works to the principle that politicized practice – be it art, design or theory – ‘acts’ on the world ● Addresses these complexities in their individual work, while sharing a commitment to collective endeavour through engagement with the group Academic staff: Gillian Whiteley Contact: g.whiteley@lboro.ac.uk

Sexual Politics

The Sexual Politics Research Group is a multi-disciplinary group whose work encompasses historical, empirical, theoretical and practical research across the broad areas of feminism, sexual difference, gender identity and queer theory, as these pertain to the arts and humanities, sciences and social sciences. Our work is especially focused upon three, interrelated aspects of the field: ● The practices of women globally and the development of women-centred, grass-roots and networking initiatives ● Interdisciplinary and multi-disciplinary gender-based research that engages with cross-cultural, migratory, diasporic and cosmopolitan ethics and aesthetics, that emphasises and promotes women’s ‘voices’ in research and that advances the development of transnational feminist theory ● The articulation of embodied, situated and intersectional subjectivities in and through the arts, sciences and humanities Academic staff: Professor Marsha Meskimmon Contact: m.g.meskimmon@lboro.ac.uk

Textiles

The Group is committed to promoting and supporting excellence through research in textiles art and design. ● The application of industrial process for the studio production of textiles, including digital jacquard technology, non-woven textiles, and laser applications for textiles ● Surface pattern and interior environments ● Textile design and new technology ● Market testing of innovative design Academic staff: Faith Kane Contact: f.e.kane2@lboro.ac.uk

“On my first day of exploring Loughborough University, straight away I felt at home and very safe.”

Laura Woodard MSc Economics and Finance

Business and Economics The School Now is an exciting time to study at Loughborough University’s School of Business and Economics.

Consistently ranked as a Top-10 UK business school for management, accounting and finance, and information management by national league tables, Loughborough is among just 1% of business schools in the world to hold AACSB, EQUIS and AMBA accreditation.

We are a forward-looking centre of academic excellence with an international outlook and an enviable reputation for high quality teaching, renowned research and strong links with business, industry and the voluntary and public sectors.

The rich variety of postgraduate programmes we offer ranges from taught masters, MBA and doctoral programmes, to short courses and executive education, with subjects spanning management, marketing, finance, banking, economics, and information management. All of this contributes to a lively and supportive learning environment within the School.

Among just 1% of business schools in the world to hold AACSB, EQUIS and AMBA accreditation

Our taught programmes all have a ‘real-world’ focus informed by academic and research staff, many of whom have first-hand experience in business, finance and management or government advisory roles, helping to shape policy in the private and public sectors. They address the challenges of globalisation and the contemporary issues facing organisations, policy makers and individuals alike. As such, they equip you with skills and knowledge that will serve you well in your career or enable you to pursue further study and research.

With over 400 global corporate partnerships, our teaching is informed by the very latest best practice and research, ensuring it is both commercially relevant and academically rigorous. As an internationally accredited school, our career-enhancing postgraduate programmes are respected by employers and will help you achieve your career aspirations.

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

Information for all MBA programmes Assessment Demonstration of learning achievement is through formal examination, tests, coursework assignments, and project reports.

Entry Qualification Successful applicants must hold either a bachelor’s degree from a UK or recognised overseas university, membership of an approved chartered institute or a Diploma in Management Studies.

Three years’ relevant work experience is also required to ensure our high standard of classroom experience.

Lesser qualifications with significantly more work experience may be accepted. If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/mba for our English Language requirements.

Scholarships and Sponsorships The School offers a limited number of scholarships worth up to 40% of fees depending on experience and qualifications. A range of other funding opportunities are available.

For more information, contact mba@lboro.ac.uk or visit www.lboro.ac.uk/mba

Full-Time MBA MBA 1 year full-time Designed for experienced professionals looking to take their career to the next level, our 1-year Full-Time MBA will enable you to develop powerful decision-making, problemsolving and leadership skills that will help you transform the organisation you work for and become among the elite performers in business.

Innovation and enterprise are embedded throughout the programme, equiping you to face global challenges of tomorrow through smarter ways of working. Our focus on enterprise and innovation will particularly suit those who want to build on their strategic management skills to successfully lead organisations or grow their own business.

Our corporate partnerships with over 400 organisations around the globe ensure you benefit from commercially relevant teaching that is informed by the latest best-practice and designed to be immediately applicable in the workplace. These partnerships also mean you benefit from highly relevant case studies, guest speakers, and unbeatable networking opportunities with our international cohort of experienced managers.

This career-accelerating 1-year MBA will help you develop life-long practical business skills with a global perspective that will enable you to get where you want to be.

Modules ● Problem Solving for Leaders ● Business Analytics ● Business Economics ● Marketing ● Accounting and Performance Management ● Management of Human Resources ● Managing Innovation ● Leading Strategic Change ● Corporate Finance ● Contemporary Perspectives on Leadership ● Project Management ● International Consortia Summer School ● Business Administration Project and Research Methods The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules. Please check www.lboro.ac.uk/mba for the latest details.

Careers and Further Studies With our award-winning Careers and Employability Centre, you can utilise our global vacancy database with the world’s leading recruiters.

Programme Director: Debbie Keeling

Full-Time MBA with Internship MBA 2 years full-time Our 2-year Full-Time MBA with Internship offers you the opportunity to maximise your employability on a salaried and supervised work internship with a leading company. It presents a fantastic opportunity to apply what you have learned in a live commercial environment, whilst also enabling you to build your UK work experience in a management or consultancy role (non-UK placements may be permitted) and extend the time you have to search for post-MBA employment. It may even result in a direct route to employment with your internship company.

Designed for experienced professionals looking to take their career to the next level, the programme will enable you to develop powerful decision-making, problem-solving and leadership skills that will help you transform the organisation you work for. Innovation and enterprise are embedded throughout the programme, equipping you to face global challenges of tomorrow through smarter ways of working.

Our corporate partnerships with over 400 organisations around the globe ensure you benefit from commercially relevant teaching that is informed by the latest best-practice and designed to be immediately applicable in the workplace. These partnerships also mean you benefit from highly relevant case studies, guest speakers, and unbeatable networking opportunities with our international cohort of experienced managers.

This career-accelerating 2-year MBA will help you develop life-long practical business skills and valuable UK work experience to help you to stand out to employers anywhere in the world.

63

Modules ● Problem Solving for Leaders ● Business Analytics ● Business Economics ● Marketing ● Accounting and Performance Management ● Management of Human Resources ● Managing Innovation ● Leading Strategic Change ● Corporate Finance ● Contemporary Perspectives on Leadership ● Project Management ● International Consortia Summer School ● Business Administration Project and Research Methods Professional Internship (6-12 months) The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules. Please check www.lboro.ac.uk/mba for the latest details.

Careers and Further Studies With our award-winning Careers and Employability Centre, you can utilise our global vacancy database with the world’s leading recruiters.

Programme Director: Debbie Keeling

64

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

Part-Time MBA MBA Part-time and flexible in delivery, usually taking 2-3 years A specialist provider of part-time MBAs for a quarter of a century, Loughborough University has designed a highly flexible course specifically for working professionals looking to take their career to the next level.

Our award winning Part-Time MBA is AMBA-accredited and will help you develop powerful decision-making, problem-solving and leadership skills that will help you transform the organisation you work for.

With over 400 global corporate partnerships, all teaching is informed by the latest best-practice and is designed to be immediately applicable in the workplace. Innovation and enterprise are embedded throughout the programme, equipping you to face global challenges of tomorrow through smarter ways of working.

In short, this stimulating, career-enhancing MBA will help you develop life-long practical business skills that will enable you to get where you want to be with all the benefits of flexible part-time learning.

Modules ● Problem Solving for Leaders ● Business Analytics ● Business Economics ● Marketing ● Accounting and Performance Management ● Management of Human Resources ● Managing Innovation ● Leading Strategic Change ● Corporate Finance ● Contemporary Perspectives on Leadership ● Project Management ● International Consortia Summer School ● Business Administration Project and Research Methods The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules. Please check www.lboro.ac.uk/mba for the latest details.

Careers and Further Studies With our award-winning Careers and Employability Centre, you can utilise our global vacancy database with the world’s leading recruiters.

Programme Director: Grammatoula Papaioannou

Executive Education The school offers a range of management development programmes and short courses for professional managers at all levels, which can also be tailored to fit bespoke company needs. These programmes equip participants with the skills needed to excel in any organisation, which specialist expertise in management and leadership, automotive management, healthcare management and governance, and occupational health and safety management.

For more information, visit our website www.lboro.ac.uk/exec

Student Profile Debajyoti Sinha

For more MBA student and staff profiles please visit

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/debajyoti

www.lboro.ac.uk/mba/videos

MBA

Contact Details for MBA Programmes Programme Administrator Frances Capps E: mba@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228842 W: www.lboro.ac.uk/mba

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

Management MSc (for non-business graduates) 1 year full-time Ideal for non-business graduates looking to develop practical, functional business knowledge and skills, this programme will develop your understanding in core aspects of business management, whilst allowing for a deepening of ability in specific areas.

The programme’s strategic theme develops skills and competencies which will be relevant to middle management and more senior roles.

The programme is geared towards improving your employment prospects by equipping you with the key business skills sought by organisations, enabling you to contribute quickly and purposefully to the running of a business. Compulsory modules in Business Analysis and Information Systems and Management will not only build your knowledge by examining in detail a real company within a designated industry, but also explore the critical role of information gathering and familiarise you with the software packages widely used in the contemporary business environment.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Accounting and Financial Management ● Human Resource Management ● Marketing Management ● Operations Management Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Business Analysis ● Information Systems and Management

Optional Modules* (choose three) ● Advertising and Consumer Behaviour ● Business Economics ● Business Forecasting ● Enterprise Employability and Personal Development ● Enterprise Resource Planning ● Global Outsourcing and Offshoring of Services ● International and Cross Cultural Management ● International Marketing ● Logistics and Supply Chain Management ● Services and Retail Management ● Small Business and Entrepreneurship ● Work Psychology * Other optional modules are available

Summer ● Management Analysis ● Strategic Management Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of examinations and assignments.

Entry Qualification Minimum lower second class honours degree in a non-business field from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

The programme is not intended for business graduates.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Example destinations include: Proludic (Switzerland) – International Sales Manager; Samsung Opentide (China) – Consultant; Jaguar Land Rover – Technical Analyst/ Engineer, Buyer; Citibank (China) – Human Relations; Reed – Core Services Business Adviser; Nielsen – Market Researcher.

Business Analysis and Management MSc (for non-business graduates) 1 year full-time This programme is designed to directly improve the employment prospects of non-business graduates and to develop basic functional business knowledge and skills, enabling our graduates to contribute quickly and purposefully to the running of a business.

Especially suitable for students seeking careers as business analysts or management consultants, students are trained in the core aspects of business management with particular emphasis on the development of a range of modelling, analysis and consultancy skills.

Knowledge and skills are further developed within the group-based Business Analysis and Planning module and the IT-intensive Operational Research Methods.

There is a strategic theme within the programme to instil knowledge and skills relevant to middle management and more senior roles.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Accounting and Financial Management ● Human Resource Management ● Marketing Management ● Operations Management Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Business Forecasting ● Operational Research Methods ● Information Systems and Management

Optional Modules* (choose two) ● Business Economics ● Enterprise, Employability and Personal Development ● Enterprise Resource Planning ● Global Outsourcing and Offshoring of Services ● International Business Environment ● International Marketing ● Logistics and Supply Chain Management ● Services and Retail Management ● Small Business and Entrepreneurship ● Work Psychology * Other optional modules are available

Summer ● Business Analysis and Planning ● Strategic Management Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of examinations and assignments.

Entry Qualification Minimum lower second class honours degree in a non-business field from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University. Evidence of numerical proficiency demonstrated through the study of mathematical or statistical subjects in some part of your first degree. Not intended for business graduates.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Example destinations include: BAE Systems – Finance Graduate Scheme; Marks & Spencer – Forecast Planner; Nomura – Client Information Analyst; Logica – Analyst; INES Research – Research Analyst.

Student Profile

Student Profile

Jing Li

Natasha Paz

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/jing

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/natasha

MSc Business Analysis & Management

Diploma in Economics

65

66

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

International Management MSc (for non-business graduates) 1 year full-time Uncover what it means to manage successfully in an international organisation and develop an understanding of leadership in a global context.

This programme prepares non-business graduates in the broad, core aspects of business management with a deep focus on the international community.

You will develop key skills and an in-depth understanding of business that will enable you to add value to any organisation. You will focus on the cultural dimensions of international management, such as international market entry strategies, and analyse the critical success factors of different organisations operating internationally.

There is a strategic theme within the programme to give knowledge and skills relevant to middle management and more senior roles in multinational organisations.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Accounting and Financial Management ● Human Resource Management ● Marketing Management ● Operations Management Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Business Analysis ● International and Cross Cultural Management ● International Business Environment

Optional Modules* (choose two) ● Advertising and Consumer Behaviour ● Enterprise Employability and Personal Development ● Enterprise Resource Planning ● International Marketing ● Global Outsourcing and Offshoring of Services ● Logistics and Supply Chain Management ● Services and Retail Management ● Small Business and Entrepreneurship ● Work Psychology * Other optional modules are available

Summer ● International Management Analysis ● Strategic Management Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of examinations and assignments.

Entry Qualification Minimum lower second class honours degree in a non-business field from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

Not intended for business graduates.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Example destinations include: Oracle (Greece) – HR Assistant; Abercrombie & Fitch – Merchandise Manager; Morrisons – Marketing Assistant, Trainee Trader; British Airways – Tourism Industry Trainee; C D Sales Recruitment – Business Development Manager.

Marketing and Management MSc (for non-business graduates) 1 year full-time The aim of this programme is to provide a deep understanding of marketing theory and practice. It also develops core business skills in human resource management, marketing management and accounting and financial management.

During the year you will discover the secrets behind effective strategic marketing management in the global marketplace, learn the techniques used in conducting and analysing market research, and explore the marketing mix in an international context.

The strategic aim is to impart marketing knowledge and analytical skills that will prepare you for any marketing management role within a multinational organisation.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Accounting and Financial Management ● Human Resource Management ● Marketing Management ● Market Research Methods Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Business Analysis ● International Marketing ● Marketing Strategy and Planning

Optional Modules* (choose two) ● Advertising and Consumer Behaviour ● Business Economics ● Enterprise Employability and Personal Development ● Enterprise Resource Planning ● International and Cross-Cultural Management ● International Business Environment ● Logistics and Supply Chain Management ● Services and Retail Management ● Small Business and Entrepreneurship ● Work Psychology * Other optional modules are available

Summer ● Marketing Analysis ● Strategic Management Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of examinations and assignments.

Entry Qualification Minimum lower second class honours degree in a non-business field from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualifications recognised by Loughborough University.

Not intended for business graduates.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Example destinations include: Decathlon (Belgium) – Department Manager; Klarius UK Ltd – Marketing Analyst; Living Coasts – Marketing and Communications Executive; Webcite – Digital Marketing Assistant; BSH Home Appliances (China) – Marketing Executive.

Student Profile

Student Profile

Yanan Li

David Mahlangu

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/yanan

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/david

MSc International Management

MSc Information Management and Business Technology

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

67

Business Analytics Consulting MSc/Diploma 1 year full-time This programme is ideal if you wish to use your analytic skills to derive and obtain useful insights from large amounts of data. By equipping you with the rigorous modelling and consulting skills needed to understand, manage and communicate useful insights from ‘big data’, it prepares you to inform business decisions or government policies. As such, you will develop skills highly prized by employers in today’s knowledge economy.

The programme involves a taught and a project component. Taught modules are led and delivered by our group of internationally recognised management scientists who are actively working with business, government and non-profit organisations. Soft skills and the use of industry-leading tools that are in high demand from employers are tested throughout the programme. In addition, our industry advisory board ensures that the focus of our taught modules is of both academic and practical relevance.

During the summer, you will undertake a supervised consulting or research project. This will give you the opportunity to apply powerful tools such as data mining, forecasting, optimisation, simulation and decision analysis to a particular area of business or policy, and provide you with an excellent preparation for the world of work.

Semester 1 ● Consulting for Analytics ● Discovery Analytics ● Decision Analytics ● Managing Big Data Semester 2 ● Customer Analytics ● Leading Analytics Initiatives ● Operations Analytics ● Policy and Strategy Analytics Summer (MSc only) ● Consulting or Research Project

Assessment Taught modules are assessed by a mixture of coursework and examinations.

The summer project is assessed via a written dissertation.

Entry Qualification You should have, or expected to have, a minimum upper second class honours degree (2.1) from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University. Degrees in engineering, mathematics, physics, psychology, economics, and business and management will be particularly welcomed. Applicants from other degrees may be considered provided they can show strong quantitative ability. GRE or GMAT scores may be requested to verify numeracy skills. Work experience will be considered for applicants who do not hold a first degree or have graduated more than 5 years ago.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Business analytics is a new and rapidly developing field, and individuals with analytics skills are in short supply. Employers across the private, public and non-profit sectors are all looking to recruit analytics talent to help them gain competitive advantage or create effective policies. Graduates from this programme can expect to work as management consultants, business analysts, policy analysts, marketing researchers, operations researchers, and data scientists. The programme can also serve as an entry point for studying a PhD.

Information Management and Business Technology MSc/Diploma/Certificate 1 year full-time Developed with industry and commercially relevant, this programme aims to produce graduates who have acquired an understanding of the professional, managerial and technical dimensions of information management and business technology. Students benefit from a range of industry speakers from companies such as BT, IBM and SAP. As such, graduates of this course are equipped with the core skills required to obtain a first professional post in the sector, as well as the learning and leadership skills needed for further professional development beyond that.

Working professionals wishing to study the programme part-time, or to take individual modules for Continuing Professional Development, are invited to discuss their requirements with the Programme Director.

Semester 1 ● Essential Skills for Computing ● Management of IT Systems ● Research Management ● Supporting Collaborative Work through Technology

Semester 2 ● Information Management and Semantic Technology ● Information and Social Network Analysis ● Information Systems and Modelling ● Project Management and Leadership Summer ● Project

Assessment MSc: coursework, written exam and dissertation. The project involves supervised, self-directed study. Diploma and Certificate: coursework.

Entry Qualification Minimum lower second class honours degree or equivalent, preferably in a business or information technology-related subject. If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Scholarships and Sponsorships The School may offer a limited number of scholarships for UK / EU students with outstanding academic track records.

Careers and Further Study There is currently a shortage of hybrid managers within industry. The programme has been developed with industry to address this short-fall and provide graduates with hybrid information management and business technology knowledge and experience.

Modules on offer are subject to change. Please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for the latest information.

68

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

Business Psychology MSc 1 year full-time 2-4 years part-time (block teaching) This programme is especially suitable for students wishing to develop a career in personnel functions, human resource management roles or as business consultants in areas such as selection and assessment, organisational development and change and employee development.

Taught by experienced researchers and practitioners, students are given in-depth training to equip them to apply psychological theories and research to influence and inform a range of important business decisions and to operate effectively at all levels within organisations. There is a strong emphasis on developing critical thinking and consultancy skills as well as the ability to work effectively with a wide range of organisational stakeholders.

Students can choose to extend and cement their practical skills by completing a research project that allows them to apply their knowledge to an organisational issue. Alternatively they may conduct a focused literature review that examines how psychological research and theory may be applied to a contemporary business problem.

Semester 1 ● Gathering and Using Evidence in Work Psychology (Part I) ● Leadership and Performance Management ● Employee Engagement, Motivation and Voice ● Well-being and Work ● Work Design, Organisational Change and Development Semester 2 ● Gathering and Using Evidence in Work Psychology (Part II) ● Psychological Assessment in Organisations ● Career Development ● Learning, Development and Knowledge Management Optional Modules In each of Semesters 1 and 2 it may be possible to study one module from the School’s existing portfolio of Masters modules.

Summer Empirical Research Project in Work Psychology or Dissertation in Business Psychology.

Assessment Each module is assessed by coursework. The coursework will be a mixture of essays, reports, group work, practical work and presentations. These assessment methods are designed to closely resemble the work carried out by psychologists in the business environment. There are no examinations.

Entry Qualification Minimum upper second class honours degree from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University. You will need to show that your degree included modules that provided you with an awareness of human behaviour in work settings. If this is not the case then you should have at least one year of work experience. Applications from those with a lower second class degree may be considered if the applicant has considerable relevant work experience. Evidence of numerical proficiency demonstrated through the study of mathematical or statistical subjects in some part of your first degree.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Many large organisations have their own teams of psychologists who provide specialist advice across their business functions. Graduates will be well-equipped to bring specialist expertise to leadership and management roles in both private- and publicsector organisations. Roles in human resource management, selection and assessment, talent identification and development, employee counselling, the management of employee well-being, organisational development and business consulting are particularly well-suited to those with knowledge and skills in business psychology.

Block teaching of modules over four days is used to make the course accessible to those in full-time employment who wish to develop further in their career (e.g. in human resource management) or change specialism into roles that require knowledge of business psychology.

Work Psychology MSc 1 year full-time 2-4 years part-time (block teaching) This programme is especially suitable for students wishing to develop a career as an Occupational Psychologist. It is also suitable for those wishing to in personnel functions, human resource management roles or as business consultants in areas such as selection and assessment, organisational development and change and employee development.

We are seeking British Psychological Society Accreditation for the programme (for the 2015 intake*). Completion of an accredited programme fulfils the requirements of the Stage 1 qualification for those wishing to go on to become a HCPC-registered Occupational Psychologist.

Students are given in-depth training by experienced researchers and practitioners to equip them to understand and analyse a wide range of psychological theories that can be applied in organisational settings. This is integrated with practical training on how to apply relevant theory to influence important business decisions. There is a strong emphasis on developing critical thinking and consultancy skills as well as the ability to work effectively with a wide range of organisational stakeholders.

Students extend and cement their practical skills by completing a research project that allows them to apply their knowledge to an organisational issue. *to be confirmed

Semester 1 ● Gathering and Using Evidence in Work Psychology (Part i) ● Leadership and Performance Management ● Employee Engagement, Motivation and Voice ● Well-being and Work ● Work Design, Organisational Change and Development

Semester 2 ● Gathering and Using Evidence in Work Psychology (Part II) ● Psychological Assessment in Organisations ● Career Development ● Learning, Development and Knowledge Management Summer ● Empirical Research Project in Work Psychology Assessment Each module is assessed by coursework. The coursework will be a mixture of essays, reports, group work, practical work and presentations. These assessment methods are designed to closely resemble the work carried out by psychologists iin a variety of organisational contexts. There are no examinations.

Entry Qualification Minimum of upper second class honours degree in psychology or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University and by the British Psychological Society as providing Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership. Applications from those with a lower second class degree may be considered if the applicant has considerable relevant work experience. Evidence of numerical proficiency demonstrated through the study of mathematical or statistical subjects in some part of your first degree.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study We anticipate that graduates from this programme being in high demand and to find employment as Occupational Psychologists, as well as professionals working in personnel, human resource management, or as business consultants in areas such as selection and assessment, organisational development and change and employee development.

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

Finance and Management MSc (for non-business graduates) 1 year full-time This degree aims to fast-track the careers of non-business graduates interested in working within financial management for large organisations.

Combining a diverse range of core and optional modules with contemporary case studies and skills-based coursework, you will pursue a programme of study geared towards helping you achieve your ambitions.

You will develop an understanding of business and management through studying in marketing, HR, accounting, strategic management and in particular, finance.

Financial knowledge and skills will be further developed within accounting and finance modules. The strategic theme is to impart knowledge and analytical skills relevant to any financial management role in an organisation. Graduates are employed in a wide range of financial, management and accountancy roles.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Accounting and Performance Measurement ● Foundations of Corporate Finance ● Human Resource Management ● Marketing Management Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Business Analysis ● Corporate and Wholesale Finance ● Financial Statement Analysis and Business Valuation ● Financial Theory and Policy

Optional Modules* (choose one) ● Business Economics ● Business Forecasting ● Enterprise Employability and Personal Development ● Enterprise Resource Planning ● International and Cross Cultural Management ● International Business Environment ● Logistics and Supply Chain Management ● Services and Retail Management ● Small Business and Entrepreneurship * The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules.

Summer ● Current Issues in Finance ● Financial Derivatives ● Strategic Management Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of examinations and assignments.

Entry Qualification Minimum lower second class honours degree in a non-business field from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University.

Evidence of numerical proficiency is required, as demonstrated through the study of mathematical or statistical subjects in some part of your first degree. Not intended for finance graduates or students who have a major in business or management.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Example destinations include: Corporate Finance – Deloitte; Business Analyst – Santander; Audit Associate – EY; Project Administrator – SSE; Bank Manager – HSBC

Finance MSc 1 year full-time This is an applied, broad-based Masters in Finance programme which provides students with knowledge and skills to work in finance roles.

You will gain an understanding of both corporate finance and investments topics.

This covers investment topics such as asset pricing and portfolio selection as well as corporate finance topics such as cost of capital and dividend policy.

This programme is best suited to candidates who wish to gain an in-depth understanding of the whole field of finance before choosing their preferred area of specialisation.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Financial Reporting and Company Performance ● Methods for Financial Data Analysis ● Principles of Finance ● Financial Markets and Institutions Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Business Communication for Finance ● Corporate Finance ● Portfolio Management Optional Modules ● Business Economics ● Derivatives and Risk Management ● Global Financial Markets and the Financial Crisis ● Financial Statements and Business Valuation ● International Financial Management ● Small Business and Entrepreneurship

Student Profile

Summer Compulsory Module ● Corporate Governance and Responsibility Optional Modules ● Advanced Corporate Finance ● Corporate Financial Analysis ● Financial Trading ● Global Investment Analysis The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of examinations and assignments.

Entry Qualification Usually an upper second class UK honours degree from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University. Intended for graduates with either: (i) a minor in Finance, and/or ii) a major in a quantitative subject and/or iii) significant professional experience.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Graduates of this programme will work in a wide range of Finance roles. Expected destinations include: Investment Banking and Corporate Finance as well as Asset Management and Accountancy.

Yang Hong

For more MSc student and staff profiles please visit

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/yang-h

www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/sbe/pg/studentprofiles

MSc Finance and Management

69

70

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

Corporate Finance MSc 1 year full-time This is an applied programme that provides students with knowledge and skills to work in corporate finance roles.

Corporate finance encompasses diverse topics such as mergers and acquisitions, issuing capital, cash management, corporate payout policy, managing foreign exchange exposure and executive compensation.

This degree is aimed at candidates who wish to prepare for a career in the treasury department of a large company or for the corporate finance team of an investment bank.

It would also prepare students for a management consultancy role with a finance focus or an advisory role with an accounting or professional services company.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Financial Reporting and Company Performance ● Methods for Financial Data Analysis ● Principles of Finance ● Financial Markets and Institutions Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Business Communication and Employability ● Corporate Finance ● Financial Statements and Business Valuation ● International Financial Management Optional Modules ● Business Economics ● Global Financial Markets and the Financial Crisis ● Portfolio Management ● Small Business and Entrepreneurship

Summer Compulsory Modules ● Advanced Corporate Finance ● Corporate Financial Analysis ● Corporate Governance and Responsibility The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of examinations and assignments.

Entry Qualifications Usually an upper second class UK honours degree from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University. Intended for graduates with either: (i) a minor in Finance and/or ii) a major in a quantitative subject and/or iii) significant professional experience.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Graduates of this programme will work in a wide range of Corporate Finance roles.

Expected destinations include: Corporate Treasury and Corporate Finance function of Banks as well as Accountancy and Management Consultancy.

Finance and Investment MSc 1 year full-time This is an applied programme which provides students with knowledge and skills to work in investment roles.

Studying Investments raises some interesting issues, such as why people trade so much, whether the best investment strategy is simply to track the stock market index, how risk should be measured and how assets should be priced.

This degree is aimed at candidates who wish to work within investment management, investment banking and related careers. The programme focuses on both the trading and portfolio management sides of finance. It has a substantial focus on investment within core modules, including Portfolio Management, Financial Trading and International Investment Analysis.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Financial Reporting and Company Performance ● Methods for Financial Data Analysis ● Principles of Finance ● Financial Markets and Institutions Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Business Communication for Finance ● Derivatives and Risk Management ● Financial Statements and Business Valuation ● Portfolio Management Optional Modules ● Business Economics ● Corporate Finance ● Global Financial Markets and the Financial Crisis ● International Financial Management

Contact Details for all Taught Masters Programmes Postgraduate Admissions Team Fiona Baddley E: sbe.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228278 W: www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg

Summer Compulsory Modules ● Corporate Governance and Responsibility ● Financial Trading ● Global Investment Analysis The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of examinations and assignments Entry Qualifications Usually an upper second class UK honours degree from a UK university or equivalent overseas qualification recognised by Loughborough University. Intended for graduates with either: (i) a minor in Finance and/or ii) a major in a quantitative subject and/or iii) significant professional experience.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Careers and Further Study Graduates of this programme will work in a wide range of Investment and Finance roles.

Expected destinations include: Asset Management and Investment Banking.

Student Profile Laura Woodward

MSc Economics and Finance www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/laura-w

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

Banking and Finance MSc 1 year full-time This programme provides both basic training in preparation for higher degrees by research (MPhil or PhD), and vocational training for careers in the financial services sectors of industry and government, particularly banking and central banking.

It provides training in banking, finance and research methods whilst allowing continued specialisation in either microeconomics or macroeconomics. This enables you to develop sophistication in areas of economics, banking and finance that suit you best.

A very wide choice of options is available.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Financial Economics ● Research Methods ● Research Communication (twosemester module) ● The Financial System Optional Modules ● Economics of Money and Finance ● Macroeconomic Analysis ● Microeconomics Analysis ● Stochastic Models in Finance ● Introduction to Measure Theory and Martingales Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Asset Management and Derivatives, or Corporate Finance ● Banking and Financial Markets ● Further Quantitative Techniques for Finance and Economics ● Research Communication (two-semester module)

Optional Modules (choose one) ● Applied Banking and Financial Modelling ● Comparative Banking ● Credit Risk Management ● Development Finance ● Stochastic Calculus and Theory of Stochastic Pricing The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules.

Summer Students satisfy the research requirement by examined participation in research seminars. Subject to special conditions, students may submit a dissertation instead.

Assessment 75% examination and 25% coursework for most modules.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours or joint honours degree in economics, banking or finance.

Some economics content in your degree is essential.

Where the honours degree system is not used, high grades and a substantial economics, banking or finance content are required.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Scholarships and Sponsorships School awards may be available for high-calibre national and international students.

Careers and Further Study Example destinations include: RBS – Financial Transfers Officer; Deutsche Bank – Analyst; NAB – Senior Assistant in Research; Bank of China – Senior Manager; Guosen Securities – Financial Market Trader.

Economics and Finance MSc 1 year full-time This programme is designed to help you understand the concepts, methods and application of modern macroeconomics and microeconomics. Training in economics is combined with quantitative skills, research training and specialisation in various fields of finance.

It provides basic training for doctoral level research, including a sound foundation in research methods and economic theory, whatever your field of specialisation. It is also vocationally relevant for careers in the financial services sectors of industry and government and will enable you to develop transferable skills that will be of value to employers. The following MSc named awards are normally available as pathways: ● Economics and Finance ● Financial Economics All students register for the MSc in Economics and Finance. Paths leading to any other named award depend on the choice and availability of modules and dissertation topic.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Macroeconomics Analysis ● Microeconomics Analysis ● Research Communication (two-semester module) ● Research Methods Optional Modules (choose one) ● Financial Economics ● Introduction to Measure Theory and Martingales ● Stochastic Models in Finance ● The Financial System Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Further Quantitative Techniques for Finance and Economics ● Research Communication (two semester module)

Optional Modules (choose three) ● Applied Banking and Financial Modelling ● Asset Management and Derivatives ● Banking and Financial Markets ● Comparative Banking ● Corporate Finance ● Credit Risk Management ● Development Finance ● Economics and Energy Policy ● Stochastic Calculus and Theory of Stochastic Pricing Choice of Semester 2 modules may be restricted by the option selected in Semester 1. The School reserves the right to vary the list of optional modules.

Summer ● Dissertation Assessment 75% examination and 25% coursework for most modules.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours or joint honours degree in economics. Where the honours degree system is not used, high grades and a substantial economics and quantitative content are required.

If English is not your first language, please see www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pg for our English Language requirements.

Scholarships and Sponsorships School awards may be available for high-calibre national and international students.

Careers and Further Study Well-trained, numerate economists are in high demand in every sector. This programme prepares you for a career as a professional economist in banking, education, finance, government or industry, and for higher awards by research.

Example destinations include: HSBC – Analyst; SSR Group (Sweden) – Associate FX Broker; Siemens – Finance Officer

Related programmes are available at our London campus See pages 44-52 for more information

71

Degrees by Research

72

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time 4 years full-time Information Management with taught element option also available MPhil: 2 years full time; 3 years part-time Beginning a research degree is perhaps the most exciting and demanding phase in any academic career. It marks the transition from being largely taught by others to becoming an independent academic, conducting your own research and developing your own ideas.

Our goal is to guide you through that process of becoming a fully-fledged academic or researcher.

Research Proposal

Your application should include an extensive outline of your proposed topic of research.

This should include a statement about why you have chosen the topic, aims, objectives and what methodology you propose to adopt plus references to text used. No application can be considered without this outline.

At the School of Business and Economics you have the opportunity to study towards a PhD or MPhil in Business and Management, Economics, or Information Science. As a Doctoral student, you will join whichever one of our discipline groups that suits your research interests best.

Entry Qualification

Honours degree equivalent of British 2.1 minimum, with a preference for masters degree (with average programme mark of no less than 65%) or first-class honours equivalent.

6.5 IELTS score (subjects must be relevant to proposed area of study).

You must provide a research proposal that fits with the research interests of staff in the School, and two satisfactory academic references.

Contact

Research Administration Officer Tracey Preston E: sbe.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228276 www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe/pgr

School Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● supervisor(s) with appropriate expertise and a Director of Research Degree Programme to provide additional guidance and pastoral support as well as opportunities to consult any other academic staff if appropriate ● access to funds to support conference travel and subsistence ● access to photocopying, printing, and inter-library loan facilities ● access to a hot-desk / computer facility in a purposely refurbished, high quality, open-plan space All research students: ● are expected to attend regular meetings with their supervisor(s) ● are expected to attend specified training courses and seminars throughout their PhD study to support their research ● may have the opportunity to support undergraduate teaching through employment as tutorial / laboratory assistants

Research Centres The School of Business and Economics has developed six collaborative Research Centres to further enhance its international reputation for undertaking world class ‘research that matters’.

Further to the summary of each centre below, in-depth information on each centre’s aims, impact, research, staff members and strategic partners, can be found on their pages at www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/sbe/research/centres

Centre for Firms in the Global Economy

The Centre for Firms in the Global Economy aims to undertake and disseminate highquality research on firm strategy and government policy in a global economy, which will be useful to different stakeholders in society, such as corporate managers, policy makers and consumers. The Centre creates an interdisciplinary forum for state-of-theart research on firm strategy and government policy in a global economy by bringing together perspectives from both microeconomics and international business.

Centre Director: Dr Huw Edwards E: t.h.edwards@lboro.ac.uk W: www.lboro.ac.uk/cfge

Centre for Global Sourcing and Services

The Centre for Global Sourcing and Services’ (CGSS) main objective is to undertake independent research on the trends and practices in global sourcing of IT and business services. In particular, the centre takes interest in understanding how individuals, teams, organisations and other stakeholders cope with: centralisation of business and IT service functions through shared service units; disaggregation of business and IT service functions through captive centres and third party vendors; back-sourcing of previously outsourced business and IT service functions; and emergence of new sourcing models such as cloud services. To achieve these goals the CGSS draws upon an outstanding network of researchers from the School of Business and Economics and others business schools in the UK, and is also working with media and industrial partners such as Professional Outsourcing magazine, SSON, IBM, Royal Shell and Berwin, Leighton & Paisner (BLP).

Centre Director: Professor Ilan Oshri E: i.oshri@lboro.ac.uk W: www.lboro.ac.uk/cgss

Centre for Information Management

The Centre for Information Management’s (CIM) main purpose is to undertake internationally recognised research for the benefit of the individual, organisations, government and society. In particular, CIM aims to: evidence the significance and value of information; challenge thinking and practice around information management; and improve performance through analysis, interpretation and judgment of information.

CIM works with a network of researchers who have been successful in running major research projects funded by a variety of national and international agencies, including the AHRB, EPSRC ESRC, JISC, the European Union and the NHS. CIM also works with many industrial partners including IBM, Jaguar Land Rover, Leicester County Council, Leicestershire Police, Microsoft, Rolls Royce and SAP. Centre Director: Professor Tom Jackson E: t.w.jackson@lboro.ac.uk W: www.lboro.ac.uk/cim

Centre for Post-Crisis Finance

The Centre for Post-Crisis Finance (CPCF) conducts research on many of the key issues facing the financial services industry, in the wake of the global financial crisis. It serves as a platform for the wide range of work on financial markets and institutions carried out across the School. Research of the kind we pursue at CPCF has a vital contribution to make to current financial debates, offering independent and rigorous analysis uninfluenced by either political pressures or special interests. The work of the centre is grouped under four broad themes: market pricing and efficiency; long term finance; financial structure and regulation; central banking and macroeconomic stability.

Centre Director: Professor Alistair Milne E: a.k.l.milne@lboro.ac.uk W: www.lboro.ac.uk/cpcf

Centre for Professional Work and Safety

The Centre for Professional Work and Society conducts independent research on issues affecting work, professions and society. They aim to: consider and empirically investigate how work impacts upon and is impacted by societal concerns; explore how changing professional practice in both public and private sector environments is impacting upon the individual; and improve understanding around the impact of these changing work practices for individuals, their managers and organisations more broadly. Members of the Centre deliver high-quality research that contributes to national and international debates around the changing landscape of contemporary professional work.

Centre Director: Christine Coupland E: c.coupland@lboro.ac.uk W: www.lboro.ac.uk/cpws

Centre for Service Management

The Centre for Service Management (CSM) conducts multi- and inter-disciplinary research relevant to the private, public and third-sector service organisations; providing new knowledge to inform academics and educate managers through the exploration of theory and practice of service management. The Centre will cover areas from marketing to operations, public to private sectors and case studies to statistical analysis. It aims to be inclusive and broad in its definition of service but focussed in its themes and knowledge areas for development. In particular, CSM aims to: 1) bring together service marketing and operations, each having their own areas of expertise and networks but also significant overlap; 2) conduct research across the private, public and third sector; 3) combine academic rigour with managerial relevance, following Loughborough University’s focus on “research that matters”; 4) leverage and build on strong international links.

Centre Directors: Professor Thorsten Gruber and Professor Zoe Radnor E: t.gruber@lboro.ac.uk / z.j.radnor@lboro.ac.uk W: www.lboro.ac.uk/csm

www.lboro.ac.uk/sbe

Discipline Groups Research in the School of Economics is organised into eight outstanding Research Discipline Groups. More detailed information on each group can be found at www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/sbe/research/expertise

Accounting and Financial Management

In the Accounting and Financial Management discipline group research spans a broad spectrum of methodologies, focussing on three key areas with considerable overlap between them: corporate governance, management accounting, and finance. The over-riding objective of group members is to produce research that is rigorous but also relevant to contemporary Accounting and Finance issues and debates. Many group members possess professional and academic qualifications, and a number serve/have served on prestigious academic and practitioner boards as well as holding editorial positions in key academic journals in the field.

Head of Discipline: Professor Lin Fitzgerald E: l.fitzgerald@lboro.ac.uk

Human Resource Management and Organisational Behaviour

The Human Resource Management and Organisational Behaviour discipline group is an interdisciplinary social science teaching and research discipline group that conducts research in three broad areas: organisation studies, work psychology, and employment relations. Our group brings together academics interested in a broad range of ‘people management’ issues. Psychology and sociology are major disciplinary influences, but some members of the group also take historical and geographical approaches. By operating across the boundaries of conventional academic disciplines and between the boundaries of applied and fundamental research, the group makes a distinctive contribution to knowledge and practice.

Head of Discipline: Dr Donald Hislop E: d.hislop@lboro.ac.uk

Macroeconomics, Money and Finance

The research undertaken by members of the Macroeconomics, Money and Finance discipline group spans a wide range of topics and methodologies; its content encompasses both theoretical and empirical elements, often with a focus on policy issues. Our group members are highly recognised for their research, with several having been involved in policy work for the Houses of Parliament, the Financial Services Authority, the European Commission and the European Banking Authority.

Research carried out by group members has also been widely published in a number of prestigious economics journals, including: the American Economic Review, the Economic Journal, the European Economic Review, the Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, the Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control as well as the Journal of Applied Econometrics.

Head of Discipline: Dr Paul Turner E: p.m.turner@lboro.ac.uk

Management Science and Operations Management

Management Science and Operations Management is a multidisciplinary discipline group that brings together expertise in operations, systems and decision making. The group is committed to improving management practice by designing and implementing analytic approaches that can help tackle routine, strategic or policy problems.

The approaches are typically supported by models that can often be represented mathematically or visually, and built using specialist software. Research within the group has contributed insights and solutions to a range of problems within domains such as heath, transport, logistics and supply chain management, process improvement, strategic decision making, and emergency management.

Head of Discipline: Professor Alberto Franco E: l.a.franco@lboro.ac.uk

Marketing and Retailing

The research carried out by the Information Management discipline group takes a multidisciplinary approach to methodological, technological, cultural, and social aspects of information management. Our research covers a broad range of expert areas, including information management, knowledge management and flow, value and efficiency. The group focusses on undertaking internationally recognised research which benefits realisation management, individuals, organisations, the government and society.

Head of Discipline: Professor Graham Matthews E: g.matthews@lboro.ac.uk

The Marketing and Retailing discipline group is a dynamic team of research-oriented individuals with expertise in a number of key areas within marketing and retail. Our research strongly reflects an international perspective and is conducted in three broad areas, summarised under retail behaviour and service quality, sales promotions and brand building, and international marketing strategy. The group’s primary aim is to advance knowledge and thinking in these disciplines and has been extremely successful in achieving this – publishing over 27 refereed journal articles, more than 155 conference proceedings, 14 book contributions and seven books since 2001.

Head of Discipline: Professor Anne Souchon E: a.l.souchon@lboro.ac.uk

International Business, Strategy and Innovation

Microeconomics, Industrial Organisation and Trade

Information Management

The International Business, Strategy and Innovation discipline group comprises of teachers and researchers whose work draws on multiple disciplines including economics, sociology, psychology, anthropology and political science. The group is committed to the advancement of world-class management scholarship and to the development of ideas that will help managers make better sense of some of the most complex problems of globalisation and the technology revolution. Our members have published widely on a wide breadth of topics in world-leading scholarly journals such as: Research Policy, Journal of International Business Studies, Information Systems Research, Journal of Management Studies, Strategic Entrepreneurship Journal, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Business History, Journal of World Business and Journal of Information Technology.

Head of Discipline: Dr Mayasandra-Nagaraja Ravishankar E: m.n.ravishankar@lboro.ac.uk

This enthusiastic discipline group is dedicated to researching questions and issues that recognise the importance of a two-way relationship between economic theories and observations from the real world. Simple mathematical models using game theory allow members to understand complex economic data, whilst empirical testing allows them to separate good theories from bad. A second unifying research theme of our research is the focus on explaining the behaviour of firms and assessing the performance of industries from a welfare viewpoint. Finally, much of the group’s research has policy relevance – for example, to debate over whether globalisation causes corporate taxes to “race to the bottom” and to discussions over the effectiveness of competition policy.

All of group members are highly recognised within their areas of expertise and regularly publish their research output in leading peer-reviewed journals.

Head of Discipline: Dr Paul Turner E: p.m.turner@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile

Student Profile

Soeren Winkelmann

Peggy Alexopoulou

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/soeren

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/peggy

PhD Student

Student Profile Geoff Dobson PhD Student

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/geoff

73

PhD Student

For more student profiles please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/profiles

“I work in a multi-disciplinary centre that spans seven universities, enabling me to access excellent research facilities and collaborate with top UK and International researchers.�

Keddon Powell PhD

Chemical Engineering The Department The Department of Chemical Engineering at Loughborough University is a highly active, research intensive community comprising 20 full time academic staff, in addition to research students, postdoctoral research fellows and visitors, drawn from all over the world.

Our research impacts on current industrial and societal needs spanning, for example, the commercial production of stem cells, disinfection of hospital wards, advanced water treatment and continuous manufacturing of pharmaceutical products.

We have around 300 undergraduates, 25 MSc and 50 PhD students, engaged in innovative research programmes in both established and fast developing areas, including nanotechnology, environmental remediation and sustainable energy production, (photo)catalysis, bioengineering, healthcare and pharmaceutical processing.

The breadth and depth of research is reflected in the quality of our scientific publications and close links with industry through spin-out companies, sponsorship, knowledge transfer projects and generation of intellectual property. Our stimulating seminar programme hosts invited external speakers and offers our own postgraduate students the opportunity to present their research.

In the last Research Assessment Exercise, 95% of the staff were rated as of international standard.

A Top 10 Rated Department The Guardian University Guide 2014

www.lboro.ac.uk/chemical

www.lboro.ac.uk/chemical

Postgraduate studies Our postgraduate students undertake challenging projects leading to MSc, MPhil or PhD degrees. Our MSc programmes comprise intensive specialist and generic taught modules, along with a substantial, industry-relevant research project. We also offer advanced postgraduate taught programmes leading to Postgraduate Diplomas and Certificates. There is a healthy cross-fertilisation and exchange of ideas between researchers, a strong emphasis on collaborative work with other universities and industrial partners, and an increasing amount of interdisciplinary research relevant to the needs of end-users.

High quality facilities The Department has excellent quality laboratories and services for both bench and pilot scale work, complemented by excellent computational and IT resources, and supported by mechanical and electronic workshops.

Home to the EPSRC Doctoral Training Centre in Regenerative Medicine and a recently refurbished Class 2 biological laboratory, the Department also has facilities in the Centre for Biological Engineering in Holywell Park.

Assessment Examination and / or coursework. Research project: interim and final reports and poster defence. The pass mark for credit in all cases is 50% and for the taught modules a 40% minimum performance level is required.

Selection Candidates may be invited for interview. It is not usually possible to interview applicants from overseas and therefore referees’ reports are especially important.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Departmental bursaries and University bursaries and scholarships, to be offset against tuition fees, are available for selected international students with a first-class equivalent undergraduate degree (to the discretion of the selection committee).

Advanced Process Engineering MSc 1 year full-time The Advanced Process Engineering programme advances students’ knowledge in process engineering by focusing on an in-depth understanding of the fundamentals of key chemical and industrial processes and on their application and translation to practice. You will encounter the latest technologies available to the process industry and will be exposed to a broad range of crucial operations. Hands-on exposure is our key to success.

The programme uses credit accumulation and offers advanced modules covering a broad range of modern process engineering, technical and management topics.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Applied Engineering Practice ● Downstream Processing ● Research and Communication

Semester 2 ● Applied Heterogeneous Catalysis Semester 1 and 2 ● MSc Project

Optional Modules (select four) Semester 1 ● Chemical Product Design ● Colloid Engineering and Nano-science ● Filtration ● Hazard Identification and Risk Management Semester 2 ● Mixing of Fluids and Particles ● Advanced Computational Methods for Modelling Entry Qualification Minimum upper second class honours degree in engineering or physical sciences.

Other academic or professional qualifications, supplemented by appropriate industrial experience, will be considered on an individual basis. Candidates may be invited for interview. It is not usually possible to interview applicants from overseas and therefore referees’ reports are especially important.

Advanced Chemical Engineering with Information Technology and Management MSc 1 year full-time The Advanced Chemical Engineering with Information Technology and Management programme addresses recent developments in the global chemical industry by focusing on advancements of information technology and business management skills, including entrepreneurship. It builds on the Department’s established strengths in computer modelling, process systems engineering, reaction engineering, numerical modelling, computational fluid dynamics, finite element modelling, process control and development of software for process technologies.

Teaching is augmented by staff from other departments and has an emphasis on design activities. The programme aims to: ● provide in-depth understanding of the IT skills required for advanced chemical processes ● raise students’ awareness of the basic concepts of entrepreneurship, planning a new business, marketing, risk, and financial management and exit strategy.

Core Modules Semester 1 ● Process Systems Engineering and Applied IT Practice ● Research and Communication

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes Course Content Dr Karen Coopman T: +44 (0)1509 222513 Admissions Enquiries Professor Gianluca Li-Puma T: +44 (0)1509 222510 E: chemical.pgt@lboro.ac.uk

75

Semester 2 ● Advanced Computational Methods for Modelling and Analysis of Chemical Engineering Systems Semester 1 and 2 ● MSc Project

Optional Modules (select three) Semester 1 ● Chemical Product Design ● Filtration ● Downstream Processing ● Colloid Engineering and Nano-science ● Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment Semester 2 ● Mixing of Fluids and Particles Optional Management Modules (select two) Semester 1 ● Enterprise Technology Semester 2 ● Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning ● Strategic Management for Construction Entry Qualification Minimum upper second class honours degree in engineering or physical sciences.

Other academic or professional qualifications, supplemented by appropriate industrial experience, will be considered on an individual basis. Candidates may be invited for interview. It is not usually possible to interview applicants from overseas and therefore referees’ reports are especially important.

For more student profiles please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/profiles

76

Degrees by Research

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full time; 3 years part-time Research Proposal

Applicants are expected to provide a one page research proposal of up to 500 words describing the type of work that they wish to undertake for their PhD research. Ideally, this should be aligned with the research interests of an academic member of staff in the Department. Applicants are strongly encouraged to approach academic members of staff directly by email to discuss their proposal prior to submission.

The proposal should explain the motivation for the research, as well as the general methods that could be employed, for example using numerical, theoretical or experimental methods.

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience.

Contact

Research Administrator June Lennie E: j.lennie@lboro.ac.uk

Departmental Support for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● access to a shared research student office which encourages knowledge exchange and engagement ● access to state-of-the-art laboratory and computational facilities ● a supervisory team – usually comprising a lead academic member of staff with support from a second academic colleague – both of whom will have complementary expertise in the selected research area All research students attend a seminar programme delivered by external speakers. The Department also runs a postgraduate seminar programme which allows PhD students to present their research findings at the beginning of their second and at the end of their third year. Students make a short presentation and answer questions. Presenting at seminars is an excellent way to gain confidence and gather feedback.

Research Groups

Healthcare and Pharmaceuticals

Our focus is on Biological Engineering, at the interface between engineering and the life sciences covering aspects of Industrial Biotechnology and Regenerative Medicine.

It also compliments the Healthcare Engineering group who focus on design, manufacture and exploitation of current and next generation medical technologies. ● Fermentation as well as cell and tissue culture ● Scale-up of cell based processes ● Cell preservation ● Development of non-invasive analytical techniques applied to cell fermentation and cell culture ● Development of novel surfaces for cell culture or tissue engineering ● Inactivation of spores e.g. those responsible in healthcare associated infections ● Spray-freeze-drying processes ● Flow cytometry and cell sorting ● Mixing in the bioprocess industries ● Drug delivery devices for skin and intervertebral disc ● Bioreactor technology for growing artificial tissues ● Biosensor development for process control and healthcare applications ● Mass Transport and Fluid Flow in Tissue engineering Bioreactor ● Modelling and Optimisation of Tissue engineering Bioreactor Academic Staff: Dr Karen Coopman, Dr Diganta Das, Professor Chris Hewitt, Dr Danish Malik, Dr Nuno Reis, Dr Gilbert Shama, Dr Andy Stapley, Dr Eirini Theodosiou, Dr Stella Georgiadou Academic Contact: Dr Karen Coopman

Process Engineering

This area covers multiple sub-groups spanning Chemical Process Engineering across all industry sectors from food to energy and pharmaceutical manufacture.

Catalysis and Reaction Engineering

Modern catalysis for the production of industrial chemicals as well as environmental treatment technology. ● One Step Synthesis of Phenol Using Catalytic Hydroxylation of Benzene ● Synthesis and Characterisation of Carbon Molecular Sieve Catalysts ● Surface Disinfection by UV and Cold Atmospheric Plasmas ● UV Hormesis in Fresh Produce ● Photoreactor Design ● Photocatalysis in Water and Wastewater Treatment ● Reactive Distillation ● Optimisation of Hydrogen Peroxide Vapour Decontamination Process ● Microfluidics and Microreactor Design Academic Staff: Dr Hemaka Bandulasena, Professor Gianluca Li Puma, Professor Richard Holdich, Dr Danish Malik, Dr Gilbert Shama, Dr Nuno Reis Academic Contact: Dr Diganta Das

Energy and Environmental Engineering

Topics include the development of technology to produce clean fuels including biofuel, hydrogen storage and transportation, water and air pollution control technologies, and computational modelling of contaminant dispersion in both liquid and gas phases. ● Dynamic theories for multiphase flow in porous media ● Developing tools for problems involving coupled free and porous flow ● Permeable reactive barrier for remediation of contaminated subsurface ● Geological CO2 sequestration ● Microbubbles – generation and applications ● Biorefinery based on hydrothermal carbonisation technology for biomass ● Advanced treatment and purification of contaminated water and air Academic Staff: Dr Hemaka Bandulasena, Dr Diganta Das, Professor Richard Holdich, Dr Gilbert Shama, Professor Gianluca Li Puma Academic Contact: Dr Diganta Das

Nano- and Micro- Materials Engineering

Our expertise in particle technology has evolved into nano- and micro- engineering of particles and materials, with regard to their manufacture, formulation and dispersion. ● The production of controlled-release particles for delivery of active ingredients and flavourings ● High value process-scale chromatography resin particles ● Micro- and nano-particles designed for use in the natural environment using sunlight induced photocatalytic oxidation ● High performance polymer nanocomposites ● Microbubbles – generation and applications ● Process analytical techniques for nano / micro materials, including ultrasonics ● Mathematical modelling at the nano-scale Academic Staff: Dr Hemaka Bandulasena, Dr Diganta Das, Dr Marijana Dragosavac, Dr Stella Georgiadou, Professor Richard Holdich, Dr Valerie Pinfield, Professor Chris Rielly, Dr Andy Stapley, Professor Victor Starov, Dr Goran Vladisavljevic, Professor Gianluca Li Puma Academic Contact: Dr Diganta Das

Pharmaceutical Engineering

Research addresses the emerging problems of pharmaceutical production with special emphasis on the purification, formulation and administration of active pharmaceutical products as well as the development of novel healthcare engineering approaches. ● Development of drug delivery devices in skin and intervertebral disc ● Controlled release PLGA based biopolymer particles ● Population balance and CFD modelling of pharmaceutical crystallizers, bioreactors and downstream process units ● Crystallisation systems engineering and continuous crystallisation ● Experimental measurements of flow and turbulence in chemical reaction vessels ● Process analytical and quality-by-design technologies ● Pharmaceutical process control ● Preparation of high yielding process routes for the synthesis of pharmaceuticals ● Production of pharmaceutical powders for pulmonary delivery by spray freeze drying ● Production of drug delivery systems based on multiple emulsions and other biocompatible micro and nano-particles ● Multiphase microflow ● Production of nanoparticles with controlled morphology Academic Staff: Dr Diganta Das, Dr Marijana Dragosavac, Professor Richard Holdich, Dr Zoltan Nagy, Dr Valerie Pinfield, Dr Nuno Reis, Professor Chris Rielly, Dr Andy Stapley, Dr Steve Tarleton, Dr Goran Vladisavljevic Academic Contact: Dr Diganta Das

Process Control and Systems Engineering

Topics include the development of technology to produce clean fuels including biofuel, hydrogen storage and transportation, water and air pollution control technologies, and computational modelling of contaminant dispersion in both liquid and gas phases. ● Mathematical modelling ● Monitoring and control of pharmaceutical crystallization ● Pharmaceutical systems engineering ● Non-linear model predictive control and estimation ● Robust optimal control ● Batch process control ● Sensitivity and uncertainty analysis of chemical ● Biomedical and biological systems ● Mathematical modelling for optimization and control of chemical processes and plant-wide control ● Applications of artificial intelligence techniques in chemical process modelling, analysis and control ● Virtual instrumentation ● w-learning and telelaboratory in Chemical Engineering education ● Application of statistical process control and continuous process improvement tools in healthcare ● Ultrasonic techniques for monitoring and promoting crystallisation ● Model and PLC based process control ● Process optimization and multicriteria decision support ● Parameter estimability and identifiability in large models Academic Staff: Dr Brahim Benyahia, Dr Danish Malik, Dr Zoltan Nagy, Dr Valerie Pinfield, Professor Chris Rielly Academic Contact: Dr Diganta Das

Separation and Purification Technology

We conduct research in adsorption, filtration, ion exchange and membrane separations. ● Nanofiltration of solvents in fuel purification ● Ultrafiltration of proteins ● Nanostructured adsorbents for blood purification ● Liquid ion exchange membranes ● Enhanced oil / water separation by membranes ● Novel microfiltration membranes ● Fundamental filtration and sedimentation research as well as equipment selection ● Portable Water Purification Systems Academic Staff: Dr Diganta Das, Professor Richard Holdich, Dr Danish Malik, Professor Victor Starov, Dr Steve Tarleton Academic Contact: Dr Diganta Das

“The facilities in my department are perfect for my research and the staff are wonderful.”

Shuqi Yang PhD

Chemistry The Department The Department of Chemistry has about 350 students studying taught programmes, including around 50 on MSc courses, 10 postdoctoral research fellows, 50 research students (MPhil / PhD), and 25 academic staff, many of whom have strong links with industry.

In recent years, the Chemistry building has undergone extensive refurbishment and provides modern facilities and laboratories for the teaching and research needs of analytical, organic, inorganic and physical chemistry, as well as specialist laboratories for radiochemistry, environmental chemistry, microbiology and molecular pharmacology.

Facilities The Department has a number of specialist instruments and facilities, including: ● 2 x 400 MHz, 500 MHz and solid-state NMR spectrometers ● single crystal and powder X-ray diffractometers ● a high resolution inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer ● sector field organic MS, GC-MS and linear ion trap LC-mass spectrometers ● ion mobility spectrometers ● gas and liquid chromatographs

100% of our graduates are in work or further study

In addition to University 24/7 computer labs provided across campus, the Department has a large and well equipped computer room for student use.

Destinations of leavers from Higher Education (DLHE) survey 2013

www.lboro.ac.uk/chemistry

78

www.lboro.ac.uk/chemistry

Information applicable to all taught programmes Assessment Examination and coursework. (Environmental Studies MSc differs – please see listing for details).

Scholarships and Sponsorship A number of bursaries and scholarships are available to UK and EU students towards tuition fees (excluding Environmental Studies MSc). Departmental bursaries, in the form of fee reduction, are available to self-funded international students.

The programmes also benefit from industrial sponsorship which provides support in the form of equipment, materials, presenters and project placements.

Analytical and Pharmaceutical Science MSc/Diploma/Certificate 1 year full-time, 2-5 years part-time Developed in response to the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC), and after extensive consultation with industry, this programme is designed for graduates in chemistry or closely related disciplines who wish to contribute to drug development and analysis, a process that requires multidisciplinary skills.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods ● Separation Techniques ● Pharmacokinetics and Drug Metabolism Semester 2 ● Spectroscopy and Structural Analysis ● Professional Skills and Dissertation ● Research Training Project

Selected Optional Modules Semester 1 ● Mass Spectrometry and Associated Techniques ● Drug Targets, Drug Design and Drug Synthesis ● Sensors Semester 2 ● Innovations in Analytical Science ● Innovations in Medicinal Chemistry Entry Qualification Lower second class honours degree in chemistry, biochemistry or a closely related subject. Other qualifications may be considered if the candidate has relevant industrial experience. Participation in individual modules is possible by arrangement.

Careers and Further Study The programme is for those who wish to extend their knowledge in a particular area or broaden their field in order to increase their career prospects.

Analytical Chemistry MSc/Diploma/Certificate 1 year full-time, 2-5 years part-time This programme is designed to provide comprehensive training in analytical chemistry and its implementation in a variety of fields including biomedical, pharmaceutical, food and environmental analysis.

The programme comprises a broad range of modules covering all the major analytical techniques, complemented by studies in transferable and professional skills, with the option to study aspects of medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry if desired.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods ● Separation Techniques ● Mass Spectrometry and Associated Techniques Semester 2 ● Spectroscopy and Structural Analysis ● Professional Skills and Dissertation ● Research Training Project

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes Dr Lois Child E: chemistry.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222558

Selected Optional Modules Semester 1 ● Sensors ● Pharmacokinetics and Drug Metabolism ● Drug Targets, Drug Design and Drug Synthesis Semester 2 ● Innovations in Analytical Science Entry Qualification Lower second class honours degree in chemistry, biochemistry or a closely related subject. Other qualifications may be considered if the candidate has relevant industrial experience. Participation in individual modules is possible by arrangement.

Careers and Further Study Careers in a variety of industries, including pharmaceuticals, chemicals, food, environmental management, contract analysis laboratories, public laboratories, regulatory authorities and instrument manufacturers in either technical or marketing functions; or preliminary study for a PhD.

www.lboro.ac.uk/chemistry

Environmental Studies MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 1 year full-time, up to 8 years part-time Diploma: 1 year full-time, up to 5 years part-time Certificate: up to 3 years part-time This cross-curricular programme integrates environmental issues such as waste minimisation, recycling and recovery of materials, legislation, energy, pollution, water quality and provision and environmental impact assessment – within the context of manufacturing, business, engineering and science.

The programme provides an holistic approach to the understanding of environmental management. It is administered by the Department of Chemistry with contributing departments offering specialist modules.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods Semester 2 ● Professional Development Project ● Dissertation

Selected Optional Modules Semester 1 ● Water and Environmental Sanitation ● Management of Water and Sanitation ● Biomass ● Sustainability and Energy Systems ● Integrated Water Resources Management ● Water Utilities Management Semester 2 ● Environmental Assessment ● Sustainable Use of Materials ● Water Source Development ● Small Scale Water Supply and Sanitation ● Solid Waste Management ● Integration of Renewables Assessment Optional modules: examination and coursework.

Compulsory modules: 100% coursework and student presentations.

The research project / dissertation is assessed by a thesis.

Entry Qualification Lower second class honours degree in environmental science, geography, science, engineering, or related discipline or equivalent professional qualification.

Participation in individual modules is possible by arrangement.

Careers and Further Study The programme is for those who wish to extend their knowledge in a particular area or broaden their field in order to increase their career prospects.

Pharmaceutical Science and Medicinal Chemistry MSc/Diploma/Certificate 1 year full-time, 2-5 years part-time This programme is designed for graduates in chemistry or closely related discipline who wish to contribute to drug development in the pharmaceutical industry.

The programme provides training in pharmacokinetics, drug metabolism, drug synthesis, methods to identify potential drug targets and drug candidates, and methods to assess the biological activities of drug compounds.

Additional modules cover the key techniques in analytical chemistry used to support the pharmaceutical sciences.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods ● Pharmacokinetics and Drug Metabolism ● Drug Targets, Drug Design and Drug Synthesis Semester 2 ● Spectroscopy and Structural Analysis ● Professional Skills and Dissertation ● Research Training Project

Student Profile Richard Gyasie-Hayford MSc Analytical Chemistry

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/richard

Selected Optional Modules Semester 1 ● Separation Techniques ● Mass Spectrometry and Associated Techniques Semester 2 ● Innovations in Analytical Science ● Innovations in Medicinal Chemistry Entry Qualification Lower second class honours degree in chemistry, biochemistry or a closely related subject. Other qualifications may be considered if the candidate has relevant industrial experience.

Participation in individual modules is possible by arrangement.

Careers and Further Study Careers in a variety of industries, particularly the pharmaceutical and related industries, including drug metabolism, medicinal chemistry (organic synthesis), drug screening (action / toxicity), patents and product registration; also as preliminary study for a PhD.

For more student profiles please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/profiles

79

80

Degrees by Research

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full time; 3 years part-time Applicants need not submit a detailed research proposal with their application, but should indicate which area of research they wish to pursue and / or the names of staff members they would be interested in working with.

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience.

Contact

Research Administrator Dr Marc Kimber E: m.c.kimber@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222570

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students All research students have a supervisor who is an expert in their subject, and who advises them regularly on their research. Their Director of Research Programme provides additional guidance and pastoral support, and they can also consult other departmental academic staff for advice on their research.

All research students are provided with: ● their own research space comprising desk area, lab bench, and fume cupboard space ● access to research equipment and facilities ● access to computers and IT equipment ● photocopying and inter-library loan facilities Training is given on use of equipment and IT and computer-based literature searching.

Research students: ● attend regular departmental research seminars, group meetings and conferences to enhance their knowledge in appropriate areas ● attend training courses throughout their PhD to support and develop their research ● may help support undergraduate teaching through employment as lab demonstrators ● may be able to undertake research placements ● receive relevant safety information and training

Academic Staff

Dr Ben Buckley, Dr Steve Christie, Professor Colin Creaser, Dr Sandra Dann, Dr Mark Elsegood, Dr Nick Evans, Professor Stephen Fletcher, Professor Ray Jones, Dr Paul Kelly, Dr Marc Kimber, Dr Caroline Kirk, Professor Andrei Malkov, Professor Vickie McKee, Professor Roger Mortimer, Dr Mark Platt, Dr Gareth Pritchard, Professor David Read, Dr Helen Reid, Dr Jim Reynolds, Professor Barry Sharp, Dr Martin Smith, Professor Paul Thomas, Dr George Weaver, Dr Upul Wijayantha, Dr Sian Williams, Dr David Worrall.

Research Groups Research in the Department is divided into four general areas of application, and it is underpinned by expertise in fundamental analytical, physical and synthetic methodology.

Crime and Security

This research grouping focuses on applying expertise to problems in crime prevention and detection, and to the protection of the security of people and national infrastructure.

Areas of research expertise within this grouping include: ● Optical spectroscopy ● Laser sampling / ionisation ● Mass spectrometry ● Ion mobility spectrometry ● Development and characterisation of photoresponsive materials ● Singlet oxygen production and decay ● Electron transfer dynamics ● Supercritical fluids as media for synthesis ● Materials design for sensing applications ● Latent fingerprint and residue detection Contact: Dr Dave Worrall E: d.r.worrall@lboro.ac.uk

Energy

The Group’s research is aimed at innovation in the production and storage of green energy. ● Fuel cells ● Solar power ● Graetzel cells ● Electrochemistry ● Supercapacitors ● Carbon dioxide utilisation Contact: Dr Upul Wijayantha E: u.wijayantha@lboro.ac.uk

Environment

This Group specialises in radiochemistry and the transport of contaminants in the terrestrial environment. ● Radiochemistry ● Speciation ● Water chemistry ● Radioactive waste ● Natural organic matter Contact: Professor David Read E: d.read@lboro.ac.uk

Health

This Group encompasses health in its broadest interpretation. We have expertise in the design and modelling of drug-like molecules and natural products, as well as their detection, identification and isolation, and advanced in vivo monitoring of biological systems and processes. ● Synthesis, of both organic and inorganic structures ● Organometallic chemistry and organocatalysis ● Asymmetric and green catalysis ● Natural product synthesis ● Synthesis and identification of metal containing drugs ● Extensive detection and monitoring capability: in-, on- and at-line systems, in vivo, and across a broad spectrum of elemental and molecular size functionality ● Structural analysis by single crystal and powder x-ray diffraction Contact: Dr Marc Kimber E: m.c.kimber@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile

Student Profile

Shahzad Riaz

Jade Markham

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/shahzad

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/jade

PhD Student

Student Profile Shuqi Yang PhD Student

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/shuqi

PhD Student

For more student profiles please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/profiles

“Presentations made by representatives of the companies like Arup and Cundall show just how well linked the programme is with industry.”

Emilia Targo´nska MSc Low Energy Building Services Engineering

Civil and Building Engineering The School The School has over 60 academic staff, 40 technical and clerical support staff, and a growing research community of over 240 research students and researchers including Research Fellows, Associates, Assistants, Engineers and Doctoral Students.

Postgraduate programmes The School offers a wide range of programmes accredited by professional institutions. These programmes are aligned to the needs of industry and enjoy a high level of sponsorship.

Our record of graduate employment is second to none. Some of the School’s programmes have been running for over 45 years and thus it has a long track record of delivering high quality, research-led education. Our Masters programmes cover areas including construction, infrastructure, low carbon, energy demand, transport, water, waste and environment.

Research The focal point of the School is innovative, industry-relevant research and we have a long history of working closely with industrial partners on collaborative research as well as other teaching and enterprise activities.

Ranked 1 for Building Engineering st

Our outstanding record of doctoral supervision means that on average, a student graduates with a PhD from the School every two weeks. We also have an excellent record in attracting research funds with grants and contract income currently standing at over £19M.

The Times / Sunday Times Good University Guide 2014

www.lboro.ac.uk/civil

82

www.lboro.ac.uk/civil

Construction Business Management MSc 1 year full-time or 2-5 years part-time This programme provides the essential knowledge for middle to senior level construction practitioners who have to address more business, and often less design, engineering and technical issues in construction organisations.

It is designed to: ● broaden the skills of construction professionals to include business management skills ● introduce students to a range of techniques and strategies to manage successful construction businesses The programme is ideal for those with previous work experience in the construction sector who would like to target more senior managerial positions.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● IT for Construction Projects ● Research and Communication ● Principles of Design and Construction ● Principles of Project Management Semester 2 ● Strategic Management in Construction ● People and Teams ● Procurement and Contract Procedures

Optional Modules (choose one) ● Design Management ● Sustainability in the Built Environment ● Management of Construction Process Assessment Taught modules are approximately 50% examination and 50% coursework.

A research project comprises one third of the programme and is 100% coursework.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in a relevant subject and / or full membership of a relevant professional institution, or The Loughborough Postgraduate Certificate in Management for Engineers.

Other relevant qualifications and / or relevant experience will be considered on an individual basis.

Scholarships and Sponsorships CIOB members can apply for the Tony Gage Scholarship.

Programme Director: Dr Francis Edum-Fotwe E: constructionmsc@lboro.ac.uk

Construction Management MSc 1 year full-time or 2-5 years part-time

Stream 2 (choose two) ● Strategic Management in Construction ● People and Teams ● Procurement and Contract Procedure

This programme is the flagship of our construction postgraduate studies, and is a premier of its kind globally.

It equips construction professionals with the requisite skills to manage at the site, project and functional levels in organisations. As construction professionals progress in their chosen career, managerial skills become increasingly important.

The programme is for recent graduates from construction and related disciplines and introduces the fundamentals of managing in the construction sector. It is ideally suited to those who have a strong technical background and need to complement it with requisite management know-how for coping in the construction sector.

Assessment Taught modules are approximately 50% examination and 50% coursework.

A research project comprises one third of the programme and is 100% coursework.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● IT for Construction Projects ● Research and Communication ● Principles of Design and Construction ● Principles of Project Management Optional Modules Semester 2 Stream 1 (choose two) ● Design Management ● Sustainability in the Built Environment ● Management of Construction Processes

Sponsorships and Scholarships CIOB members can apply for the Tony Gage Scholarship.

Programme Director: Dr Francis Edum-Fotwe E: constructionmsc@lboro.ac.uk

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in a relevant subject and / or full membership of a relevant professional institution, or The Loughborough Postgraduate Certificate in Management for Engineers.

Other relevant qualifications and /or relevant experience will be considered on an individual basis.

Construction Project Management MSc 1 year full-time or 2-5 years part-time This programme produces construction professionals with a more holistic perspective of construction project processes, and provides students with an innovative and forwardlooking view of managing construction projects.

The programme is ideally suited to those professionals with work experience and the desire to manage more complex and innovative construction projects.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● IT for Construction Projects ● Research and Communication ● Principles of Design and Construction ● Principles of Project Management Semester 2 ● Design Management ● Sustainability in the Built Environment ● Management of Construction Processes

Optional Modules Semester 2 (choose one) ● Strategic Management in Construction ● People and Teams ● Procurement and Contract Procedure Assessment Taught modules are approximately 50% examination and 50% coursework.

A research project comprises one third of the programme and is 100% coursework.

Entry Qualification Upper second class degree or equivalent, corporate membership of an appropriate institution such as ICE, CIOB, RICS or RIBA, or The Loughborough Postgraduate Certificate in Management for Engineers.

Scholarships and Sponsorships CIOB members can apply for the Tony Gage Scholarship.

Programme Director: Dr Francis Edum-Fotwe E: constructionmsc@lboro.ac.uk

www.lboro.ac.uk/civil

Transport MSc 1 year full-time or 2-5 years part-time This programme gives transport students a critical awareness of relevant research findings in order to identify and foster best practice whilst developing knowledge of the issues, theories and methods appropriate to the transport sector.

Students also acquire specialised knowledge in particular areas and / or aspects of the transport sector, as well as an appreciation of the implications for best practice.

The programme is ideally suited both for those with previous work experience in the sector who would like to target more senior managerial positions, and for graduates of related subject disciplines who would like to know more about transport.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Transport Policy and Planning ● Research and Communication ● Transport and the Environment ● Transport Services Marketing

Semester 2 ● Logistics and Supply Chain Management ● Quantitative Methods for Transport ● Sustainable Cities and Transport ● Transport Business Management and Finance ● Transport Research Project

Assessment Taught modules are approximately 50% examination and 50% coursework. A research project comprises one third of the programme and is 100% coursework.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in a relevant subject. Other relevant qualifications and / or relevant experience will be considered on an individual basis.

For international students the English language requirement is IELTS 6.5 with no element below 6.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Bursaries available for self-funded students and Loughborough graduates.

Programme Director: Professor Abigail Bristow E: transportmsc@lboro.ac.uk The programme is subject to change, please see our website for our most up-to-date information.

Low Energy Building Services Engineering MSc 1 year full-time (standard) 2-5 years part-time, block-taught one-week modules This programme is aimed at graduates of building services engineering and other science and engineering disciplines who wish to extend their technical expertise in the field of building services engineering.

The programme is managed and taught by a team internationally recognised within the field. It is structured to enable part-time students to attend without disrupting their career.

Students study nine taught modules with total of 120 credits and a 60 credit research project. For full-time students, the modules will normally be taken as 60 credits per semester together with the Research Project spanning both semesters and the summer period.

Distinctive features of the programme include low energy building design, designing for suitable indoor air quality and thermal comfort, state-of-the-art control systems, and the design of building heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems.

The programme is accredited for further learning for CEng and professional membership by the Energy Institute and CIBSE. CIBSE has praised the programme as ‘one of the leading MSc courses of its kind in the UK’.

Compulsory Modules ● Thermodynamics, Heat Transfer, and Fluid Flow ● Thermal Comfort and Indoor Air Quality ● Building Thermal Loads and Systems ● Building Energy Supply Systems ● Building Control and Commissioning

● Concept Design ● Low Carbon Building Design ● Advanced Thermal Modelling ● Research Methodology ● Postgraduate Research Project

Assessment Concept Design and Postgraduate Research Project: 100% coursework.

Advanced Thermal Modelling and Low Carbon Building Design: 50% examination and 50% coursework.

All other modules: 70% examination and 30% coursework.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in engineering, science, mathematics, or a discipline related to building services engineering. Other qualifications supplemented with relevant industrial experience will also be considered.

International students require English language score of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Available for self-funded students.

Careers and Further Studies Engineering graduates can enter a career in the building services engineering profession, including consultancy and applied research. Those within the profession may develop their careers by advancing their technical skills in the field.

Programme Director: Dr Mahroo Eftekhari E: buildingenergymsc@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222637

Student Profile

Student Profile

Sarah Brooke

Emilia Targo´ nska

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/sarah-b

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/emilia

PhD Student

MSc Low Energy Building Services Engineering

83

84

www.lboro.ac.uk/civil

Built Environment: Energy Demand Studies MRes 1 year full-time This multi-disciplinary programme equips students with the core knowledge and skills to become effective career researchers in this field across a range of settings.

Students acquire the core knowledge necessary to understand the technology and physics of building energy flows whilst understanding the social, political, and economic factors that shape our built environment, its energy demand, and the energy supply infrastructure. They also gain a good grounding in the core generic skills needed by researchers.

This is a student-centred programme, based on personal learning through research, comprising technical modules which provide an overview of the energy supply and demand systems, the way in which energy is used in buildings, and skills modules covering qualitative and quantitative methods and research development and dissemination.

Field and laboratory work entail measuring the energy use and internal environment in buildings, while models of different complexity permit the impact of energy efficiency measures to be quantified.

Small group teaching through workshops, seminars and tutorials are a feature of the course and students are expected to engage with the wider programme of site visits, seminars and conferences planned by the course team.

Compulsory Modules ● Energy Demand in Context ● Building Energy Systems and Models ● Energy Theory, Measurement and Interpretation ● Energy Demand: Society, Economics and Policy ● Quantitative and Qualitative Research Methods ● Research Development and Dissemination ● Energy Demand Studies: Research Dissertation Assessment A 20,000-30,000 word research dissertation on a chosen topic of interest; a 6,000 word paper; and a viva voce. All taught modules: 100% coursework including essays, reports, posters, and group and individual presentations..

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours in relevant science, engineering, or similar subject related to energy and the built environment.

Applicants with extensive relevant industry experience and a capability in engineering, science, or related fields equivalent to graduate level will also be considered.

International students require English language score of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.

Programme Director: Professor Kevin J Lomas E: energydemandmres@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222615

Low Carbon Building Design and Modelling MSc 1 year full-time or 2-5 years part-time This programme equips students with the skills necessary to apply themselves beyond the business-as-usual building services design towards innovative, low-energy design solutions.

The course comprises nine taught modules worth a total of 120 credits and an individual research project worth 60 credits.

Full-time students normally take the modules as 60 credits per semester, together with the Research Project spanning both semesters and the summer period. Study is undertaken in one-week blocks with individual project work and private study between these periods.

It is accredited for further learning for CEng and professional membership by the Energy Institute and CIBSE. CIBSE has praised the programme as ‘one of the leading MSc courses of its kind in the UK’.

Compulsory Modules ● Building Energy Consumption ● Renewable Energy and Low Carbon Technologies ● Concept Design ● Low Carbon Building Design

Contact Details for all Civil and Building Taught Programmes Admissions Office E: civil.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222637

● Building Control and Commissioning ● Advanced Thermal Modelling ● Advanced Airflow Modelling ● Advanced Lighting Modelling ● Research Methods in Building Performance ● Postgraduate Research Project

Assessment Modelling modules and Low Carbon Building Design module: 50% examination and 50% coursework.

Concept Design and Postgraduate Research Project: 100% coursework. All other modules: 70% examination and 30% coursework.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in engineering, science, mathematics, or discipline related to building services engineering. Graduates in architecture with good mathematical skills are also encouraged to apply. Other qualifications supplemented with relevant industrial experience will also be considered.

International students require English language score of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.

Programme Director: Professor Malcolm Cook E: buildingenergymsc@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222637

www.lboro.ac.uk/civil

85

Water, Engineering and Development Centre (WEDC) WEDC, part of the School of Civil and Building Engineering, is one of the world’s leading education and research centres for developing knowledge and capacity in water and sanitation for low- and middle-income countries.

Our interests include water supply and sanitation service delivery for development, emergencies and humanitarian situations; and holistic and multidisciplinary approaches – technologies, institutions, financing, social aspects, policy and knowledge.

We offer flexible learning , either Loughborough based or by Distance Learning. www.lboro.ac.uk/wedc

Information applicable to both full-time campus based programmes Entry Qualification Entry qualifications vary depending on the programme, but generally a good degree from a UK university, or equivalent professional qualification from an overseas institution recognised by Loughborough University is required.

The main English language qualifications acceptable for entry to our programmes are: ● GCSE English Language – Grade C or above ● IELTS band 6.5 or above with not less than 6.0 in each sub test ● TOEFL, including the Tests in Written and Spoken Practice, minimum: score of 600 (paper-based test) or 100 (Internet-based test) with specific requirements for sub test Further information is available on the University’s English Language Requirements page for International Students. www.lboro.ac.uk/international/englang

Assessment All modules except the Group Project and Research Dissertation are assessed by in-class exams and coursework.

The Group Project is assessed by the group’s report, individual contributions and an oral presentation. The Research Dissertation module is assessed by dissertation, executive summary and oral examination.

Water and Waste Engineering MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 1 year full-time Diploma: 9 months full-time Certificate: 2-3 months full-time This programme is aimed at engineers and scientists working or hoping to work in the water and sanitation sector in low-and middle-income countries. The programme will enable participants to develop knowledge, expertise and skills in all aspects of sustainable public health infrastructure and services for all levels of consumer.

It also provides opportunities for specialisation in one topic through in-depth study during the Research Dissertation module.

This programme is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Water and Environmental Management (CIWEM). The Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) has accredited the MSc programme as ‘meeting the requirements for Further Learning for a Chartered Engineer (CEng) for candidates who have already acquired an Accredited CEng (Partial) BEng (Hons) undergraduate first degree’.

Core Modules ● Water and Waste Engineering Principles ● Management of Water and Sanitation ● Water Utilities Management ● Data Collection, Analysis and Research ● Group Project ● Research Dissertation Optional Modules (choose three) ● Integrated Water Resources Management ● Water Distribution and Drainage Systems ● Water Source Development ● Wastewater Treatment ● Solid Waste Management Career Prospects Graduates have been employed by international NGOs (MSF, Oxfam, SCF, GOAL, WaterAid, etc.) and agencies (such as UNICEF). During the programme, representatives from various consultancies and agencies give presentations to students to help show the range of employment opportunities, and to establish some initial contacts.

Water and Environmental Management MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 1 year full-time Diploma: 9 months full-time Certificate: 2-3 months full-time This programme is aimed at scientists and other professionals working or hoping to work in the water and environmental sectors in low-and middle-income countries. The programme will enable participants to develop knowledge, expertise and skills in all aspects of water, sanitation and environmental management. The programme focuses on the conditions and aspirations of communities in low- and middle-income countries.

It also provides opportunities for specialisation in one topic through in-depth study during the Research Dissertation module.

This programme is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Water and Environmental Management (CIWEM). The Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) has accredited the MSc programme as ‘meeting the requirements for Further Learning for a Chartered Engineer

Contact Details for all WEDC Taught Programmes Admissions Administrator E: wedc-admissions@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222885

(CEng) for candidates who have already acquired an Accredited CEng (Partial) BEng (Hons) undergraduate first degree’.

Core Modules ● Water and Environmental Sanitation ● Management of Water and Sanitation ● Water Utilities Management ● Integrated Water Resources Management ● Data Collection, Analysis and Research ● Group Project ● Research Dissertation Optional Modules (choose two) ● Environmental Assessment ● Water Source Development ● Small Scale Water Supply and Sanitation ● Solid Waste Management Career Prospects Graduates have been employed by international NGOs (MSF, Oxfam, SCF, GOAL, WaterAid, etc.) and agencies (such as UNICEF). During the programme, representatives from various consultancies and agencies give presentations to students to help show the range of employment opportunities, and to establish some initial contacts.

Student Profile Fabrice Fotso-Kengne

MSc Water and Environmental Management www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/fabrice

86

www.lboro.ac.uk/civil

Information applicable to all distance-learning programmes Entry qualifications vary depending on the programme, but generally a good degree from a UK university or equivalent professional qualification from an overseas institution recognised by Loughborough University is required. In some cases those with lower qualifications can be accepted for postgraduate programmes if they pass distance learning modules studied for professional development. These modules can then contribute towards a postgraduate award.

The main English language qualifications acceptable for entry to our programmes are: ● GCSE English Language – Grade C or above

● IELTS band 6.5 or above with not less than 6.0 in each sub test ● TOEFL, including the Tests in Written and Spoken Practice, minimum: score of 600 (paper-based test) or 100 (Internet-based test) with specific requirements for sub test Further information is available on the University’s English Language Requirements page for International Students. www.lboro.ac.uk/international/englang

Assessment All modules except the Research Dissertation module are assessed by coursework.

The Research Dissertation module is assessed by dissertation and oral examination which can be via Skype or telephone.

Water and Waste Engineering (Distance Learning) MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 2 to 8 years Diploma: 1 to 5 years Certificate: 1 to 3 years This Distance Learning programme is aimed at engineers and scientists working or hoping to work in the water and sanitation sector in low-and middle-income countries.

The programme will enable participants to develop knowledge, expertise and skills in all aspects of sustainable public health infrastructure and services for all levels of consumer.

It also provides opportunities for specialisation in one topic through in-depth study during the Research Dissertation module.

This programme is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Water and Environmental Management (CIWEM). The Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) has accredited the MSc

programme as ‘meeting the requirements for Further Learning for a Chartered Engineer (CEng) for candidates who have already acquired an Accredited CEng (Partial) BEng (Hons) undergraduate first degree’.

Core Modules ● Water and Environmental Sanitation ● Management of Water and Sanitation ● Data Collection, Analysis and Research ● Case Study ● Research Dissertation Optional Modules (choose four) ● Low-Cost Sanitation ● Water for Low-Income Communities ● Solid Waste Management ● Wastewater Treatment ● Water Utilities Management ● Urban Infrastructure ● Integrated Water Resource Management Career Prospects Many participants are already employed by relief and development agencies. For those who are not, this programme equips them to work in the relief and development sectors.

Water and Environmental Management (Distance Learning) MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 2 to 8 years Diploma: 1 to 5 years Certificate: 1 to 3 years This Distance Learning programme is aimed at scientists and other professionals working or hoping to work in the water and environmental sectors in low-and middleincome countries. The programme will enable participants to develop knowledge, expertise and skills in all aspects of water, sanitation and environmental management.

The programme focuses on the conditions and aspirations of communities in low- and middle-income countries.

It also provides opportunities for specialisation in one topic through in-depth study during the Research Dissertation module.

This programme is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Water and Environmental Management (CIWEM). The Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) has accredited the MSc

programme as ‘meeting the requirements for Further Learning for a Chartered Engineer (CEng) for candidates who have already acquired an Accredited CEng (Partial) BEng (Hons) undergraduate first degree’.

Core Modules ● Water and Environmental Sanitation ● Management of Water and Sanitation ● Integrated Water Resources Management ● Environmental Assessment ● Data Collection, Analysis and Research ● Case Study ● Research Dissertation Optional Modules (choose two) ● Low-Cost Sanitation ● Water for Low-Income Communities ● Solid Waste Management ● Wastewater Treatment ● Water Utilities Management Career Prospects Many participants are already employed by relief and development agencies. For those who are not, this programme equips them to work in the relief and development sectors.

Infrastructure in Emergencies (Distance Learning) MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 2 to 8 years Diploma: 1 to 5 years Certificate: 1 to 3 years TThis Distance Learning programme is aimed at graduates working or hoping to work in the emergency water and sanitation sector in low-and middle-income countries. The programme will enable participants to develop their potential and understanding of the principles and practice of infrastructure provision in emergencies and during reconstruction, equipping them with appropriate knowledge, expertise and skills for emergency work in low- and middle-income countries. It also provides opportunities for specialisation in one topic through in-depth study during the Research Dissertation module.

This programme is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Water and Environmental Management (CIWEM). The Joint Board of Moderators (JBM) has accredited the MSc

programme as ‘meeting the requirements for Further Learning for a Chartered Engineer (CEng) for candidates who have already acquired an Accredited CEng (Partial) BEng (Hons) undergraduate first degree’

Core Modules ● Introduction to Infrastructure in Emergencies ● Emergencies Management and People ● Emergency Water Supply ● Emergency Sanitation ● Data Collection, Analysis and Research ● Research Dissertation Optional Modules (choose three) ● Urban Infrastructure ● Water Utilities Management ● Integrated Water Resources Management ● Wastewater Treatment ● Environmental Assessment Career Prospects Many participants are already employed by relief and development agencies. For those who are not, this programme equips them to work in the relief and development sectors.

Degrees by Research

87

PhD, MPhil or EngD PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time EngD: 4 years full-time Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience.

Contact

Research Manager Chris Carter E: c.d.carter@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228796

School Support and Training for Research Students All research students hot desk in the state-of-the-art Centre for Collaborative Construction Research (CCCR) Hub and are provided with: ● School laptop computers ● printing, photocopying and inter-library loan facilities ● two supervisors with expertise in the selected research area and a Director of Research Programmes to provide additional guidance and pastoral support, as well as opportunities to consult any other members of academic staff if appropriate All research students: ● attend regular School research seminars ● are expected to attend training courses throughout their PhD to support their research and professional / personal development ● may help support undergraduate teaching through employment as tutorial / lab assistants

Research Groups and Centres The School has an excellent record in attracting research funds. The research grant and contract income portfolio currently stands at over £19M, supporting around 200 research staff and students.

Centres for Doctoral Training

The School hosts the Centre for Innovative and Collaborative Engineering (CICE), an EPSRC-funded Engineering Doctorate Centre, and co-hosts the EPSRC-funded London-Loughborough Centre for Doctoral Research in Energy Demand.

WEDC

The School is also home to the Water, Engineering and Development Centre (WEDC), one of the world’s leading research, education and training institutes for improving access to infrastructure and services for the poor in developing countries.

ECI

The European Construction Institute (ECI), Europe’s only transnational network of construction excellence, is also based in the School.

Built Environment

Loughborough’s research in this area is recognised as being internationally excellent, a reputation founded on our leadership of developments in the construction management and building performance fields, and our strong connections with industry.

Much of our work is interdisciplinary in nature and we have sought to expand the boundaries of our disciplines, breaking new ground in enhancing the performance of the sector’s processes and products.

Research continues to be put into practice with Knowledge Transfer Programmes, spinout companies and the production of industry guidance documents, all of which have consolidated our influence on the national and international research stages.

Our key research themes are: Theme 1: Building Energy Demand Our Building Energy Demand research has a 42 year history and has expanded with 7 new appointments since 2008. It focuses on measurement and modelling to produce healthy, high quality indoor environments, with lower energy demand and CO2 emissions. It is organised in two sub-themes: ● Performance Measurement and Building Physics addresses the creation and exploitation of: building energy databases; sensors and controls for managing building energy; and building energy technologies ● Modelling and Optimisation will expand in the areas of advanced computational fluid dynamics (CFD), daylight and photobiology, and optimisation

Theme 2: Construction Technology and Organisation We have the UK’s longest-established research group specialising in the efficiency and performance of construction processes, products and organisations. The sub themes are: ● Products and Processes focuses on improving how buildings and their components are designed, manufactured and deployed to reduce resource consumption and enhance performance ● Projects and Organisation responds to concerns over industry competitiveness and performance by supporting the delivery of sustainable, high value projects, via a healthy, knowledge-based workforce Academic Contact: Professor Andrew Dainty E: a.r.j.dainty@lboro.ac.uk Admissions Contact: pgr.civil@lboro.ac.uk

Civil Engineering

Research in Civil Engineering is organised in two groups: ● Infrastructure and Transport ● Water and Waste Management

Infrastructure and Transport

Key research themes include: Theme 1: Civil Infrastructure Engineering Our research develops improved methods for modelling, analysing, designing and monitoring structural and geotechnical systems using computational and experimental approaches, including: ● Stability of slopes ● Reliability of soil-geosynthetic systems ● Enhanced sport infrastructure ● Digital photogrammetry and monitoring Theme 2: Transport We conduct fundamental, innovative and policy-relevant research in the areas of transport safety, technology and environmental sustainability, with activities spanning areas including: ● Aviation policy and economics ● Demand responsive transport ● Intelligent transport systems ● Carbon mitigation and travel plans ● Noise and restorative space ● Travel behaviour and transport policy ● Environmental impacts of surface and air transport ● Transport safety, risk analysis and accident modelling for both surface and air transport

Water and Waste Management

Our research covers water supply, waste management, sanitation and flooding, including: ● Sustainable urban water management ● Improved sanitation and access to water in low income countries ● Hazardous residues in waste water ● Rain water harvesting and leak detection ● Menstrual hygiene and water/sanitation issues for vulnerable groups ● Recycling and the re-use of materials ● Energy recovery from organic waste and the recovery of useful materials and carbon emissions reduction ● Biofuels from waste and life cycle sustainability of biodiesel ● Integrated renewable energies and waste treatment for off grid communities ● Modelling, monitoring and estimating flood water levels in rivers and the influence of riparian vegetation on river floods ● Studies of flooding and erosion in adverse climates ● Enhancing catchment management and the impact of urban water and soil use on mineral cycles ● Soil erosion and predicting sediment and contaminant fluxes from agricultural land to surface water ● Humanitarian emergencies Academic Contact: Professor Neil Dixon E: n.dixon@lboro.ac.uk Admissions Contact: pgr.civil@lboro.ac.uk

Research Centres Centre for Innovative and Collaborative Construction Engineering (CICE)

The Centre was established in 1999 following an expansion of the EPSRC’s prestigious Engineering Doctorate (EngD) scheme. At the core of its operation is the EngD, a vocationally oriented four year award intended for the UK’s leading research engineers who would like a managerial career in industry. Key objectives of the Centre are: ● provide a recognised qualification for those who can drive innovation in the industry with a high level of technical, managerial and business competence ● to enable high-quality research and training to meet the needs of industry and enhance its knowledge base ● to provide engineers with an appreciation of industrial research and development culture ● to develop engineers’ research potential by addressing industry’s core technical and business needs through challenging, industry sponsored projects ● to provide masters level training in engineering, innovation and management core competencies and management skills The essence of the EngD award is the development of innovative thinking while tackling real industrial problems, enabling the Research Engineer to progress and drive innovation in industry.

88

www.lboro.ac.uk/civil

It comprises core and specialist training, in the form of taught modules, and research – the split is approximately 25%:75%.

The taught element takes place at Loughborough during the first two years. Research Engineers are placed with sponsoring companies and undertake research which is driven by – and addresses the needs of – the sponsors.

Students can work towards Chartered status whilst undertaking the programme. CICE’s research areas are set within the context of the built environment, and are focused on the following themes: ● Innovative Construction Technologies ● Construction Business Processes ● Advanced Information and Communications Technologies ● Sustainable Design and Construction ● Transport and Infrastructure Contact: cice@lboro.ac.uk

The London-Loughborough Centre for Doctoral Research in Energy Demand

European Construction Institute (ECI)

The Centre is dedicated to helping its members work together in a spirit of mutual cooperation to research, develop and apply best practice across the industry. It is a key part of the University’s portfolio of industrial networking and research, and offers research students and academic staff a unique and valuable additional resource.

ECI’s areas of activity include: ● Benchmarking ● Safety, health and environment ● Partnering in Europe ● Long-term partnering ● Respect for people ● Incentive and performance based contracts ● Sub-contracts ● Whole life value ● Public and private partnerships ● Project fast track ● Value enhancing project strategies ● Risk sharing and contract management ● Sub-contract pricing ● Retrofit projects ● PPP – Public / Private Partnerships ● Project definition ● Global safety ● Construction futures Contact: eci@lboro.ac.uk

The London-Loughborough Centre for Doctoral Research in Energy Demand is a collaboration between two of the leading energy research universities in the UK: Loughborough University and University College London (UCL). The Centre offers both fees and stipends to top graduates from engineering, science and related disciplines and, over an eight year period, the centre will train over 70 students to PhD level.

Contact: Professor Kevin Lomas E: k.j.lomas@lboro.ac.uk

Water, Engineering and Development Centre (WEDC) Research Proposal

Applicants are encouraged to provide a one-page proposal describing the type of work that they wish to undertake for their PhD research. It should explain the motivation for the work, outline the research context, and give the main aim and objectives of the proposed research, as well as some indication of the methodology to be used.

Research Opportunities

WEDC is involved in a wide variety of aspects of sustainable infrastructure, focusing on sanitation and water in an international context. Some research is primarily concerned with technology, while other projects deal with sociological, economic and management factors.

WEDC welcomes enquiries from those who wish to undertake one of our research programmes leading to the degrees of Master of Philosophy (MPhil) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD).

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience.

Contact

E: civil.pgr@lboro.ac.uk

School Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● a desk and computer in a shared research student office based in the School of Civil and Building Engineering’s new purpose-built building ● access to WEDC’s dedicated Resources Centre, IT / photocopying facilities, and meeting spaces ● supervisor(s) with expertise in the chosen research area, and a Director of Research to provide additional guidance and pastoral support as well as opportunities to consult any other departmental academic staff, if appropriate All research students: ● have frequent and systematic supervision ● attend regular departmental research seminars ● must attend training courses throughout their PhD to support their research ● may help support undergraduate teaching through employment as tutorial / lab assistants

Studentships

Apply for the doctorate programme at WEDC and you may be eligible for a part or full-time research studentship, subject to the nomination, approval and availability of funds, and meeting eligibility criteria.

Please note that most of the scholarships are aimed at UK and EU status students.

Research Areas Some of our current research areas: ● Infrastructure Services ● Environmental sanitation, including solid waste management ● Water supply ● Water and sanitation for emergencies ● Water resources management ● Urban infrastructure services, including public transport ● Cross-cutting Areas of Expertise ● Policy review and analysis ● Programme and project delivery ● Water and Sanitation Sector Reviews ● Management and institutional development ● Environment and health ● Enterprise development and innovation ● Knowledge management ● Response to the needs and demands of vulnerable groups ● Ethics in engineering / anti-corruption Academic Contact: Professor M Sohail E: m.sohail@lboro.ac.uk Admissions Contact: civil.pgr@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile Ruth Hoyland PhD Student

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/ruth

“Every module I have taken here has had an extensive practical component where I get the chance to gain hands-on experience.”

Samuel Adema MSc Advanced Computer Science

Computer Science The Department The Department of Computer Science is one of the largest departments in the School of Science, numbering more than 600 students and staff. We form a lively community within a stimulating learning and working environment, and regularly welcome visiting lecturers and researchers who contribute to the intellectual and social life of the Department, now housed in the multi-million pound refurbished Haslegrave Building.

Our Industrial Liaison Committee, comprising leading UK and multi-national companies, provides regular input to curriculum development. Our links with industry put us at the forefront of technology development and provide excellent employment opportunities for students.

The Quality Assurance Agency has given the Department the highest available commendation for the standard of its teaching provision. Our departmental facilities and student support services offer the best all-round experience for learning, enhancing employability and expanding skills desirable outside University life.

90% of our research rated ‘international standard’

Students have 24-hour exclusive access to computer laboratories, including a dedicated MSc laboratory, supported by a team of systems specialists, and our virtual learning environment provides online access to lectures and other material. Students are represented at the Department’s Student Staff Liaison Committee and provide a forum for discussion of both academic and non-academic matters.

The most recent Research Assessment Exercise, conducted in 2008, classified 90% of the Department’s research as of an ‘international standard’. Our research not only helps to keep the curriculum up to date, but also gives students the opportunity to work on collaborative projects with industry partners.

Research Assessment Exercise 2008

www.lboro.ac.uk/compsci

90

www.lboro.ac.uk/compsci

Information applicable to all taught programmes Entry Qualification and Selection Based on application form, CV, transcripts and confidential reports from named referees. In certain cases, candidates are invited for interview. Candidates must hold a lower second class degree in Computer Science or an allied discipline.

Sponsorships, Scholarships and Bursaries The Department awards University Scholarships and Department Bursaries to a number of highly qualified students. External funding may also be available.

Module Delivery Full-time MSc programmes are of 12 months duration. Modules are based over two 15 week semesters with the rest of the 12 months spent on a guided personal research project. Many of our students undertake industry-oriented projects.

The intensive 2-3 week module teaching structure may appeal to those in employment who wish to study on a part-time basis. To maintain the relevance of previous study, part-time students are recommended to complete the programme in as short a time as possible, although up to seven years is permitted for the MSc. Modules listed are correct at the time of publication, however, we continually review content, so modules may change.

Advanced Computer Science MSc/Diploma MSc: 1 year full-time, Diploma: 7 months full-time (both may be taken part-time) This programme includes taught modules on core Computer Science topics to provide a broad base upon which to conduct a large-scale research dissertation.

Students can choose to undertake their project under the supervision of academics across a wide portfolio of research areas and interests.

With module content influenced by industry, and specialist equipment supporting experiential learning, the MSc Advanced Computer Science is designed to support future careers in both industry and academia.

With small group sizes and class leading teaching facilities this programme will appeal to a broad range of potential students who wish to specialise in for example, imaging processing, multimedia, artificial intelligence, robotics and theoretical computer science

Compulsory Modules ● Advanced Programming ● Building Secure Networks ● Computer Vision and Embedded Systems ● Cryprography and Secure Systems ● Robotics and Intelligent Systems ● Research Methods ● Project Preparation ● Wireless Networks Individual Project Assessment Taught modules, with a total modular weight of 120 credits, assessed by coursework and in-class tests. Project: 60 credits.

Internet Computing and Network Security MSc/Diploma MSc: 1 year full-time, Diploma: 7 months full-time (both may be taken part-time)

Graduates achieve the necessary qualification to seek employment in industry immediately and gain a solid basis from which to obtain industry professional certificates.

Taught Modules ● Network Modelling and Performance ● Internet Systems ● Internet Protocol Design ● Building Secure Networks The Internet forms a paradigm shift in the way the world operates and communicates.

This has huge significance for the future, and a solid understanding of Internet technology ● Cryptography and Secure Systems ● Wireless Networks ● Project Preparation ● Research Methods is almost a guarantee for a successful career.

Individual Project This programme aims to give students a broad, comprehensive and detailed knowledge about all aspects of computer networks.

Assessment Taught modules, with a total modular weight of 120 credits, assessed by coursework Focusing on all aspects of what is relevant to future network experts, the programme and in-class tests. Dissertation Project: 60 credits. provides a view on network architecture, protocols, security and programming as well as wireless networks.

Student Profile Samuel Adema

MSc Advanced Computer Science www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/samuel

Contact Details Taught Programmes E: compsci.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222681

Student Profile Abrar Mohamed

MSc Internet Computing and Network Security www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/abrar

Degrees by Research

91

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time Integrated PhD: 4 years full-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time

Research Groups Vision, Imaging and Autonomous Systems

Applicants should include a research proposal of approximately two pages with their application.

This proposal should outline the research context, the main aim and objectives of the proposed research, and some indication of the methodology to be used. Additional documents may be requested on an individual basis.

Applicants are advised to study the staff research profiles before preparing their proposals to ensure an appropriate match in research areas.

Developing advanced image analysis, coding and machine learning algorithms and systems. ● Image Processing and Analysis ● Object Recognition and Scene Understanding ● Computer/Machine/Robot Vision ● Video Analysis and Understanding ● Image and Video Coding and Processing ● Medical Image Analysis ● Computer Graphics ● Image and Scene Rendering ● Visual Surveillance Biometrics ● Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning ● Human-Computer Interaction ● Vehicles and Driver Safety Systems Academic staff: Professor Eran Edirisinghe, Professor Alastair Gale, Dr Mashhuda Glencross, Dr Qinggang Meng, Dr Gerald Schaefer Contact: co-vias-enquiries@lboro.ac.uk

Integrated PhD

Intelligent and Interactive Systems

Research Proposal

The PhD with Integrated Research Studies is a 4 year, full-time PhD which has 120 credits of additional research training spread over the first two years. This additional research training involves taught modules in research methods and in specialist advanced subjects related to the research topic undertaken.

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience in an area related to Computer Science.

Contact

Research Student Admissions Judith Poulton E: compsci.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222671

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students Research students form a thriving and mutually supportive community. They are provided with: ● a workstation ● on-line access to many international journals ● access to funds for conference attendance ● academic and pastoral support from their supervisor(s) and Director of Research Degree Programmes Research students have: ● a regular, varied programme of seminars with both internal and external speakers to which they are expected to contribute at appropriate stages during their studies ● employment opportunities as lab or tutorial assistants on departmental modules ● their own student-staff committee ● organised social activities

Developing and applying Artificial Intelligence, and related techniques, in the solution of real-world problems. ● Artificial Intelligence ● Decision Support Systems ● e-Learning and Instruction Systems ● Fuzzy Systems ● Safety-critical Systems ● Environmental Modelling ● Machine Learning ● Workflow Systems ● Multi-agent Systems ● Games Theory ● Design for the elderly ● Human machine interfaces ● e-Commerce and e-Business ● Electronic Communication ● Information Systems ● Knowledge Management ● Socio-technical Systems ● Security Usability ● e-Government Academic staff: Dr Firat Batmaz, Professor Paul Chung, Dr Chris Dawson, Professor Ray Dawson, Dr Shaheen Fatima, Dr Russell Lock, Dr Steve Probets, Dr Andrea Soltoggio, Dr Roger Stone Contacts: co-iis-enquiries@lboro.ac.uk

Networks, Communication and Control Systems

Researching all aspects of networking and communications from mathematical theory to the creation and operation of networked systems. ● Cyber-security ● Distributed Sensor Net Database ● Internet-based Control ● Internet of Things ● Internet Routing and Network Algorithms ● Network Congestion Control ● Network Performance Measurement and Modelling ● QoS Provisioning and Enhancement in Heterogeneous Networks ● Remote System Integration and Maintenance ● Wireless Sensor Networks and RFID Academic staff: Dr Lin Guan, Dr Iain Phillips, Dr Huanjia Yang, Professor Shuang-Hua Yang Contacts: co-nccs-enquiries@lboro.ac.uk

Theoretical Computer Science

Advancing mathematical theory and applying it to problems concerning the foundations of Computer Science. ● Algorithmic Learning Theory ● Formal Languages ● Combinatorics on Words ● Cryptography ● Stream Ciphers ● Sequences over Finite Fields ● Temporal Logic ● Transactional Concurrency ● Graph Theory ● Rational Parameterisation ● Image Processing ● Numerical Solution of Linear Systems ● Numerical Linear Algebra ● Scientific Computation ● Computability Theory ● Algebraic Structures ● Online Algorithms Academic staff: Dr Paul Bell, Dr Helmut Bez, Dr Walter Hussak, Dr Daniel Reidenbach, Dr Ana Salagean Contacts: co-tcs-enquiries@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile

Student Profile

Udoka Ezealor

Manal Al-Rawahi

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/udoka

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/manal

MSc Information Technology

Student Profile Fiona Hughes

MSc Information Technology www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/fiona

PhD Student

For more student profiles please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/profiles

“Working in Additive Manufacturing is a brilliant opportunity. Staff and students all share my enthusiasm to better these technologies, driving change together as a community.”

James Gardner PhD

Design The School At Loughborough Design School we want to share our world-leading expertise. Offering eight postgraduate programmes, and a range of research opportunities, the School is proud to be helping to prepare the next generation of designers and ergonomists for highly successful careers.

The School is based within a £21M state-of-the-art building, with a fully equipped ergonomics laboratory based close by. This purpose built building has practical and theoretical teaching and research spaces at its heart, ensuring that you are given a professional and inspirational experience.

The powerhouse behind the School’s strong reputation and successes are the staff themselves, who are imparting their expertise and knowledge to successive generations of graduates now embarking upon careers all over the world. This expertise, built through research and industry experience, guides our students to understand and work to a high professional standard.

Britain’s top Design School for worldleading research

Business links We work with a range of organisations across our taught programmes and research; including adidas, Cadbury, Coca Cola, Health and Safety Executive, Department of Health, National Health Service, Help the Aged, Met Office, BBC, Motorola, Ericson, IBM, Hewlett Packard, BAE Systems, Rolls Royce, Ministry of Defence, Ford Motor Company, Honda, and the Department for Transport.

Research Assessment Exercise 2008

www.lboro.ac.uk/lds

www.lboro.ac.uk/lds

93

Ergonomics / Human Factors Human Factors in Transport Human Factors for Inclusive Design Ergonomics in Health and Community Care MSc/Diploma/PG Cert MSc: 12 months full-time, minimum 24 months part-time Diploma: 8 modules, minimum 12 months PG Cert: 4 modules, minimum 12 months Loughborough Design School has been an international centre for Ergonomics and Human Factors for over 50 years. We have a world-leading reputation for research and teaching and are proud to have trained ergonomists now working all over the world.

We are pleased to offer four postgraduate taught programmes in the field of ergonomics and human factors. These programmes are awarded separate qualifications but share many core modules. This interdisciplinary approach to teaching and learning means that you benefit from teaching provided by our specialist experts in each area ensuring that you are trained to the highest professional standard. This streamed approach also provides a greater degree of knowledge and information sharing across the different aspects of ergonomics and human factors.

A key feature of our programmes is the way in which we deliver them. Each module is taught over a one week intensive period in Loughborough, these are also known as block taught modules. Outside of this time, you will be expected to complete prepared programme materials and assignments using email and the internet.

We will give you access to an interactive online system to provide you with additional materials and information. This system also enables you to participate in tutorial type discussions remotely.

Modules MSc programmes comprise of eight taught modules, and the compulsory Project module. The Postgraduate Diploma programmes comprise of eight modules and the Postgraduate Certificate programmes comprise of four modules. The module list is indicative of the modules available across all four programmes. For specific details please see the School website.

Taught modules ● Introduction to Ergonomics ● Data Collection and Analysis ● Human Function ● Human Factors and Systems ● Physical Health at Work ● Human Computer Interaction ● Disability, Ageing and Inclusive Design ● Patient Handling ● Healthcare Ergonomics and Patient Safety ● Driver and Vehicle Ergonomics Modules are subject to change, please see our website for further information.

Assessment Coursework and examinations, and for the MSc, a project report including viva voce.

Entry Qualification For the MSc an offer will be made to applicants who hold a first or second class upper UK Honours degree in a relevant discipline or closely related subject. For our Diploma and Certificate Programmes we assess applicants on a case-by-case basis. Our students come from a number of disciplines including: industrial design, health care, physiotherapy, psychology, anatomy, physiology and branches of engineering.

Selection Decisions are made on the basis of the application forms and documents provided.

Additional materials may be requested, for example further documentary evidence or a piece of written work.

Scholarships and Sponsorships This programme is eligible for a number of competitive external scholarship schemes.

Careers and Further Studies Successful completion of these programmes will enable you to become a professional ergonomics / human factors practitioner. The nature of the programmes also opens up possibilities in other scientific and research careers. Recent destinations include: BAE Systems, Systems Engineer; Honda, Ergonomist; Motorola, Human Factors Engineer; and National Health Service, Moving and Handling Specialist.

2D and 3D Visualisation MA/MSc 1 year full-time The programme, taught by School of the Arts and Loughborough Design School, aims to develop a broad approach to visualisation within an increasingly diverse and competitive market. It aims to provide you with opportunities to develop a personalised visual language with which to articulate an engagement with visual thinking.

Visualisation through 2D and 3D drawing, modelling, prototyping and computer-based visual research activity is a focus and feature of teaching and research of both Schools.

The programme collaboratively delivers an interdisciplinary curriculum, consisting of six modules spread across the calendar year (October to September). The modules provide a range of visualisation opportunities reflecting approaches to postgraduate research, visual thinking and communication and enquiry into, and development of, 2D and 3D visualisation techniques. You will also complete a final project that enables you to professionally realise and present your outcomes. Outcomes will take the form of ‘portfolios’ of visualisation activity, oral presentations and written reports. The MA or MSc award will be dependent on the nature of your final project.

Core Modules Semester 1 ● Approaches to Research ● Visual Thinking and Communication ● Visualisation: 2D and 3D Opportunities

Semester 2 ● Enquiry and Development ● Final Project: Rehearsal and Approaches to Professional Practice Summer ● Final Project

Assessment Modules provided by the two schools will be assessed by coursework only. Modules from other departments may be assessed by examination, coursework or a combination of both.

Entry Qualification A first or 2:1 level honours degree normally required in an art and design discipline or closely related subject.

Exceptional circumstances will also be considered, for instance an honours degree in an aligned subject or appropriate additional work experience.

Entry also depends on a suitable portfolio of supporting visual material.

Application All candidates should submit an application form, an electronic PDF portfolio of recent work and a 1,000 word supporting statement contextualising their practice.

Student Profile Linh Nguyen

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes Programme Contact Jane Purvey E: dslearning@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222652

MSc Ergonomics (Human Factors) www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/linh

Related programmes are available at our London campus See pages 44-52 for more information

94

www.lboro.ac.uk/lds

Industrial Design and Technology MA 1 year full-time, up to 4 years part-time This programme is designed to improve the effectiveness of industrial designers within industry. It is beneficial for both recent graduates and current practitioners in advancing their core design knowledge and specialist skills to a higher level.

It aims to further develop critical awareness of major industrial design practice, increasing your input and value to current and potential employers. You will also develop skills in producing a balanced portfolio of high quality designs and innovative thinking which will enable you to deal with complex and interrelated issues both analytically and creatively.

It will cover the core skills of sketching, visual layouts, photoshop, multimedia presentation techniques, qualitative and quantitative design research methods, creating produce design briefs, project management, advanced CAD application and design practice. The programme provides you with the exciting opportunity to enter an international design competition as well as participation in industry supported projects.

Modules Semester 1 ● Design Research Methods ● Enterprise Business and Sustainability ● Industrial Design Skills ● Design Practice

Semester 2 ● Cross-Disciplinary Group Project ● Industrial Design Workshop Skills ● Industrial Design Major Project Modules are subject to change, please see our website for the latest information.

Assessment Assessed by coursework submissions, including: design projects, presentations, group work, reports and project specifications.

Entry Qualification A first or 2:1 level degree in Industrial Design or closely related subject. A lower level qualification with appropriate industrial experience may also be considered. For this programme, your portfolio should be of design work which includes manual sketching, rendering, CAD drawings, and photos or any physical models made.

Scholarships and Sponsorships This programme is eligible for a number of competitive external scholarship schemes.

Careers and Further Studies Possible careers include: consumer product design; marketing; industrial design consultancy; project planning; technical sales; furniture design; CAD/CAM; buying; interior/exterior design; advertising and display design. A number of our students have also gone on to start their own businesses or work freelance in a number of disciplines.

Design and Innovation for Sustainability MSc 1 year full-time, up to 4 years part-time

Assessment Assessed by coursework submissions, including; presentations, reports, research, design project and group work.

This programme aims to promote an understanding of the complexity and interconnections inherent in sustainable design and to cultivate innovative design thinking. You will be provided with the knowledge, skills and experience to assess the environmental and social impacts associated with products, services and systems and successfully implement strategies that reduce these impacts, whilst promoting and enhancing innovation.

By studying this programme you will be joining a vibrant community, benefitting from the cutting edge, novel and emergent ideas and strategies developed and taught by worldleading researchers from the Sustainable Design Research Group, based within the School.

Entry Qualification A first or 2:1 level degree in a relevant discipline, or the international equivalent of these UK qualifications. A lower level qualification with appropriate industrial experience may also be considered. A design or engineering background is not essential. We encourage applicants from a wide range of disciplines who have an interest in innovative sustainable design and the desire to think differently about how to achieve it.

Modules Semester 1 ● Design Research Methods ● Enterprise Business and Sustainability ● Sustainable Design ● Advanced Methods and Tools for Sustainable Design Semester 2 ● Group Project ● Design for Sustainable Behaviour ● Sustainable Design Dissertation

Careers and Further Study Graduates of this programme will be well placed for careers in design and sustainability organisations and charities working within the sustainable development field and companies keen to integrate sustainable design and promote innovation. Successful completion of this programme may also lead to opportunities for continuing research in the Design School on the PhD programme.

Scholarships and Sponsorships This programme is eligible for a number of competitive scholarship schemes.

Modules are subject to change as we respond to the emerging agendas of this constantly evolving field, please see our website for the latest information.

Interaction Design MA 1 year full-time, up to 4 years part-time This programme is designed to help you develop your critical awareness of major issues in interaction and user experience design. It aims to improve your effectiveness as a designer within industry and is beneficial to both recent graduates and those currently working within industry, advancing your knowledge and specialist skills to a higher level.

Loughborough Design School offers a unique combination of design and specialist human factors teaching which equips students with core Human Computer Interaction (HCI) and User Experience (UX) design skills. The content of the programme therefore enables you to develop your skills and competencies in both the creative and/or analytical aspects of Interaction Design whilst working on a diverse range of projects.

Modules Semester 1 ● Design Research Methods ● Enterprise Business and Sustainability ● Experience Design

Semester 2 ● Group project ● Service Design for Social Innovation ● Interaction Design Major Project Modules are subject to change, please see our website for the latest information.

Assessment Assessed by coursework submissions, including: presentations, group work, reports and project specifications.

Entry Qualification First degree or equivalent in design at 2:1 level. Those with a human science or computing degree or other related degrees will be considered if they can demonstrate a portfolio of relevant previous work.

Scholarships and Sponsorships This programme is eligible for a number of competitive scholarship schemes.

Careers and Further Study Possible careers include – user experience designer; interaction designer; user researcher; usability specialist and service designer. A number of our students have also gone on to start their own businesses or work freelance in a number of disciplines.

Degrees by Research

95

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time We are Britain’s top Design School for World-leading research, as ranked in the British Government’s Research Assessment Exercise 2008. We want passionate and innovative students to join our research community to help build their careers and strengthen our expertise.

We have a thriving PhD population of around 50 full-time and part-time UK, EU and international research students. We offer PhD supervision in a wide range of topics related to our research groups. Alternatively, feel free to come up with your own research proposal.

Doing a PhD or MPhil does not just lead to a career in academia. It can enhance your career prospects, whether this is as an academic, an expert in industry, or as a consultant. It is enjoyable and challenging, and is recognised worldwide as demonstrating expertise in a particular area.

Application Process

There are two parts to an application. Part one is when you should write a two page research proposal that summaries the background to your intended research, the objectives, proposed methods, and what you hope the outcomes of your research might be. Applicants should discuss their research topic with the School before submitting an online application. Feel free to discuss this with Andrew May or Jane Purvey in the first instance.

Part two is where you receive feedback on your two page proposal, and if appropriate, you can then submit an application online using the Applications Portal.

Entry Qualification

Good first degree or equivalent experience.

Contact

Research Degrees Director Dr Andrew May Research Student Co-ordinator Jane Purvey E: dslearning@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222652

School Support and Training for Research Students As well as our world-leading research expertise, Loughborough offers unparalleled opportunities and support to its research students. In the most recent Loughborough Post Graduate Experience Survey, Loughborough Design School achieved an excellent result in relation to supervision, resources, research culture, progress and assessment, responsibilities, research skills, professional development and opportunities.

We will provide you with what you need to help ensure you have a great experience and are successful in your studies. You will have the opportunity to become part of an exciting community of students, academic staff and researchers. We will also provide: financial support for conferences, dedicated desk space and IT, excellent research facilities, a seminar programme, comprehensive training opportunities and an annual research conference.

Research Groups The School’s research is arranged into a number of research groups and centres. Every research student becomes a part of these groups under the supervisor with whom they are allocated, providing them with access to world-leading experts and state-of-the-art thinking in these fields.

Below is a summary about each of our research groups and centres. You can find out more about these on our School website.

Design Ergonomics Research Group

This Group specialises in design ergonomics, universal / inclusive design, designing for product attachment, ergonomics, digital human modelling (SAMMIE), vehicle ergonomics, health ergonomics and user-centred design projects.

Recent projects: ● Ergonomics Tools and Resources for Designers ● Product Attachment ● Design for All (inclusive design) ● Vehicle Ergonomics ● Health Ergonomics ● Back pain and work related musculoskeletal disorders ● Design for injury prevention ● Computer-based modelling and simulation for occupant safety Contact: Head of group – Dr Russell Marshall E: r.marshall@lboro.ac.uk

Design Practice Research Group

With research and practice-based expertise in the core areas of new product development – industrial design, engineering design, electronics – the Group specialises in fundamental and applied research that focuses on: ● Digital Modelling ● Emerging Technologies ● User-based Product Development ● Design Process Improvement Contact: Head of Group – Dr Mark Evans E: m.a.evans@lboro.ac.uk

Environmental Ergonomics Research Centre

The Centre studies the interactions of people with their physical environment, spanning indoor / outdoor work / leisure and comfortable / stressful experiences.

Recent projects: ● Whole-body vibration health risks in vehicles ● Human performance in dynamic environments ● Perception of motion in transport systems ● Hand-arm vibration risk management ● Vision and lighting; motion sickness ● Biological control systems ● The thermal environment ● Comfort and discomfort in relation to climate and clothing ● Clothing for extreme environments ● Control of body temperature at environmental extremes ● Work and sport at altitude ● The effect of combined stressors – temperature, noise, vibration – on the human body ● Healthcare Ergonomics, e.g. building, equipment, systems and technology design ● Patient safety, eg. patient handling, falls Contact: Centre Director – Professor George Havenith E: g.havenith@lboro.ac.uk

Human Factors and Complex Systems Research Group

This group has an international reputation for its work in the area of systems ergonomics.

This focusses on creating, integrating and transferring knowledge of human factors to improve the performance of services, procedures, policies and culture.

Recent projects: ● Patient safety ● Public safety ● Occupational health and safety ● Accident analysis and investigation ● Systems mapping, modelling and simulation (especially in health services, logistics, manufacturing and construction sectors) ● Participatory ergonomics / service co-creation ● Resilience engineering ● Sustainable systems Contact: Head of group – Professor Roger Haslam E: r.a.haslam@lboro.ac.uk

Sustainable Design Research Group

Specialising in leading-edge research into issues affecting sustainability within a design context, this Group contributes to knowledge in integrating issues of sustainability into design, resulting in improvements in overall environment performance and quality of life.

Research projects: ● Methods and tools for sustainable design ● Design for sustainable behaviour ● Product, packaging, service and system design for sustainability Contact: Head of group – Dr Vicky Lofthouse E: v.a.lofthouse@lboro.ac.uk

Transport Safety Research Centre

The TSRC conducts research into all aspects of transport safety and mobility, focusing on engineering solutions and human interactions within the traffic environment. It leads European research into real-world accident studies and the impact of transport systems on road casualties and driving efficiency.

Recent projects: ● Accident and injury causation studies ● Vehicle safety systems ● Driver and other road user behaviour ● Driving support systems ● Highway design and infrastructure safety ● Health impact research ● Safety policy evaluation Contact: Head of group – Professor Pete Thomas E: p.d.thomas@lboro.ac.uk

User Centred Design Research Group

Specialising in scientific research and professional application, the Group responds to real-world design problems in diverse sectors. It focuses on the theory and practice of user centred design, continuing the best practice established over the past 40 years, since the group’s inception.

Recent projects: ● Future technologies – mobile communications, nomadic systems, in-vehicle applications, location-based services, ICT, usability, smart homes ● Design for all – inclusive design, assistive technology, web accessibility and empathy tools ● Energy use behaviours – domestic and transport ● Transport ergonomics – visibility and conspicuity, mobility and inclusion, packaging, seating, controls and display issues Contact: Head of group – Victoria Haines E: v.haines@lboro.ac.uk

“One of the best things about the School is the active relationship with industry. The courses are tailored to industry needs, meaning graduates are more employable.”

Laura Hoang MSc Systems Engineering

Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering The School The School of Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering is proud to be part of one of the UK’s largest engineering universities. We develop and nurture the world’s top engineering talent to meet the challenges of an increasingly complex world.

We have a strong research programme with state-of-the-art facilities, designed to meet three key challenges for the 21st century: Communications, Energy, and Systems.

We carefully integrate our research and education programmes in order to support the technical and commercial needs of society and to extend the boundaries of current knowledge.

Consequently, our graduates are highly sought after by industry and commerce worldwide, and our programmes are consistently ranked as excellent in student surveys, including the National Student Survey, and independent assessments.

All of our Masters programmes are accredited by one or more of the following professional bodies: the IET, IMechE, InstMC and the Energy Institute.

Funding comes from Research Councils, Government organisations, the European Commission, and from our strong partnerships with some of the world’s leading technology companies.

90% of our graduates are in work or further study

In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise, 95% of our research was judged to be of an ‘international standard’ and our current research portfolio is worth in excess of £30M.

Destinations of leavers from Higher Education (DLHE) survey 2013

www.lboro.ac.uk/eese

www.lboro.ac.uk/eese

97

Renewable Energy Systems Technology MSc 1 year full-time

Renewable Energy Systems Technology (Distance Learning) MSc 3 years (typically) by distance-learning Taught by world-leading experts in renewable energy research with personal industrial and research experience in the areas of their lectures, the MSc in Renewable Energy Systems Technology provides coverage of all the main renewable energy sources and their integration into current energy systems. You can select options to develop a chosen specialism in greater depth, including through your individual project which is often carried out with renewable energy companies or alongside the research portfolio of our international experts.

This is a very practical course backed up by strong theoretical understanding of the principles and facts behind renewable energy production. The MSc in Renewable Energy Systems Technology is enriched with guest lectures from industry partners. This masters of science provides highly transferable academic skills in research methodology and project management.

This programme is available to study on a full- or part-time basis via Distance Learning.

Compulsory Modules ● Solar Power 1 ● Wind Power 1 ● Water Power ● Biomass ● Sustainability and Energy Systems ● Integration of Renewables ● Research Project Optional Modules (choose three) ● Advanced Solar Thermal ● Advanced Photovoltaics ● Wind Power 2 ● Energy Storage ● Energy System Investment and Risk Management For a full description of the content of our modules please see the website.

Assessment Assessment is via a mixture of written and practical coursework and examinations.

The individual research project is also assessed by viva. Because of its multidisciplinary nature, assessment may be done in collaboration with academic colleagues from Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Materials.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in engineering or physical science. Other disciplines may be considered if they include strong mathematical, technological and analytical skills. Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree may also be considered.

Sponsorship and Scholarships Scholarships and bursaries are available each year for UK/EU and international students who meet the criteria for award. For full details visit our website. This programme is eligible for sponsorship through the Panasonic Trust Fellowship in both full-time and distance-learning options. For details, please see www.panasonictrust.net.

Career Prospects There is a world-wide shortage of skilled engineers in this field and so the combination of hands on experience with global industry standard tools and techniques and the strong theoretical knowledge which graduates of this course acquire, makes them highly attractive to employers.

Students may carry out their projects as part of a short-term placement in a company and graduates of this course are often fast-tracked in their applications. Consequently we have an extensive network of alumni, many in top jobs.

Programme Director: Professor Ralph Gottschalg

European Master in Renewable Energy MSc 16 months full-time The European Masters in Renewable Energy is a collaborative programme offered by 10 leading European universities.

The European Masters in Renewable Energy is composed of three sections. It begins with a core first semester that presents modules in Solar Power, Wind Power, Biomass Energy and Water Power. For the second semester students move to a second university to specialize in the subject shown below. Finally, a major individual research project internship in a renewable energy company is carried out in the final six months of the Master’s degree.

Due to the unique nature of the programme not only due students develop technical and scientific competencies in renewable energy, it also develops soft skills such as flexibility, adaptability, team spirit, and the ability to work in a multicultural environment, which are essential when working in an expanding global renewable energy market.

Modules Core Semester – studied at Loughborough University ● Solar Power ● Wind Power ● Water Power ● Biomass ● Sustainability and Energy Systems Specialisation Module taken with a European partner university ● Renewable technology six month project undertaken in a company or research centre Project ● Six month project undertaken in a company or research centre Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in engineering or physical science. Other disciplines may be considered if they include strong mathematical, technological and analytical skills. Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree may also be considered.

Programme Director: Professor Simon Watson

Student Profile

Student Profile

Ozak Esu

Pengming Feng

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/ozak

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/pengming

PhD Student

PhD Student

98

www.lboro.ac.uk/eese

Systems Engineering MSc 1 year full-time, 3 years part-time (typical) This course has been designed with industry to meet the challenge of interdependence between sophisticated engineered systems of all kinds. It is often taken in its part-time format. It is aimed at engineers who have specialised in a traditional discipline but are now expected to understand, operate in, develop and integrate entire systems that are not only increasingly complex but rapidly changing. The course is suited to BEng graduates working towards Chartership, industry based engineers needing to gain or update their systems skills or who wish to embrace a new challenge and enhance their careers. Mixed student groups are encouraged to share prior domain knowledge and benefit from their combined experience.

The curriculum stimulates thinking and extends the capabilities of technical managers and engineers to handle complexity, enabling them to remain effective in the workplace by providing: ● an integrated systems engineering view of inter-related technologies, processes, tools, techniques and their effective use ● essential systems skills such as model-based systems architecture and design, against a background of the need for traceability in managing complex projects ● knowledge and technical expertise in a range of systems technologies ● experience of the importance to ultimate success of effective, integrated, multi-skilled project teams working in extended enterprises beyond the confines of any particular organisation ● increased depth of technical and management knowledge through elective modules ● the ability to transfer systems skills and knowledge into the workplace through the industry-based individual master’s project

Compulsory Modules ● Systems Thinking ● Systems Architecture ● Systems Design ● Soft systems Engineering ● Individual Project

Optional Modules (choose four) ● Validation and Verification ● Holistic Engineering (industry-led module) ● Sensors and Actuators for Control ● Innovation and Entrepreneurship for Engineers ● Engineering and Management of Capability ● Understanding Complexity For a full description of the content of our modules please see the website.

Assessment There is the option to complete without written examinations as all compulsory modules are assessed by coursework. Where examinations are taken these are in January and May. Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in electronic / electrical engineering, physics or an equivalent qualification, or equivalent industrial experience.

Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree will also be considered.

Candidates holding CEI Part II are admitted.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Scholarships and bursaries are available each year for UK/EU and international students who meet the criteria for award. For full details visit our fees and scholarships pages.

Careers and Further Study The programme was designed in response to industry’s urgent demand for systems engineers. Graduates of this course gain capabilities that are in global demand across a range of sectors and which can be applied to the challenges and issues posed by any complex system design and operation. Promotion within their company for sponsored students is common since the course enables them to match higher job expectations and demands. Employed students often bring a work-relevant topic to their individual project giving the opportunity to display newly acquired skills.

Programme Director: Professor Ron Summers

Electronic and Electrical Engineering MSc 1 year full-time Electronic and electrical engineering lie at the heart of many areas of global importance yet is a skill set in short supply. This is a new course designed for engineers with a strong electronics component in their first degree or who wish to expand their repertoire and equip themselves for working in the field of embedded systems. It is suitable for recent graduates and engineers with experience of microelectronics who have good mathematical ability. It provides a thorough knowledge of the principles and techniques of this exciting field and has been developed in consultation with industry advisors to ensure it is relevant to today’s workplace.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● ASIC Engineering ● Sensors and Actuators ● Technology and Verification of VLSI Systems ● Embedded Software Development ● Individual Project Optional Modules (choose four) ● Communication Networks ● Information Theory and Coding ● Solar Power 1 ● Wind Power 1 ● Systems Architecture ● Advanced FPGAs ● DSP for Software Radio ● Advanced Photovoltaics ● Mobile Network Technologies ● Advanced Applications For a full description of the content of our modules please see the website.

Student Profile Laura Hoang

MSc Systems Engineering www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/laura-h

Assessment Examinations are held in January and May, with coursework and group work assessments throughout the programme. The high practical content of this course is reflected in the inclusion of laboratory assessments and practical examinations. The individual research project is assessed by written report and viva voce in September.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in electronic / electrical engineering, computer engineering, physics or an equivalent qualification or equivalent industrial experience.

Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree may also be considered.

Candidates holding CEI Part II are admitted.

Scholarships and Bursaries Scholarships and bursaries are available each year for UK/EU and international students who meet the criteria for award. For full details visit our fees and scholarships pages.

Careers and Further Study Consultation with industry to craft the syllabus ensures that you’ll have an advantage in the job market. The in-depth knowledge acquired can be applied wherever embedded electronic systems are found including mobile phones (4/5G), acoustics, defence, medical instrumentation, radio and satellite communication and networked systems, control engineering, instrumentation, signal processing and telecommunications engineering.

Programme Director: Rob Seager

For more student profiles please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/profiles

www.lboro.ac.uk/eese

99

Digital Communication Systems MSc 1 year full-time This programme is aimed at recent engineering, physics and computer science graduates and/or those with a number of years industry experience in the communications industry, who wish to acquire in-depth knowledge of this key specialism in order to progress their careers. It is taught by international experts, including Fellows of the Royal Academy of Engineering, the IEEE and the IET, with experience of working in the communications industry. A special partnership with Texas Instruments, provides industry-standard equipment for practical teaching and hands-on learning.

The programme is designed to give both deep understanding of the core technologies which underpin the industry and which are driving the latest advances in performance and capability. It allows you to develop your personal interests via a range of specialised optional modules. The individual research project is often undertaken as part of the School’s internationally respected research portfolio.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing ● Information Theory Project Semester 2 ● Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing ● Information TheorActuators Optional Modules Semester 1 ● Communication Networks ● Personal Radio Communications ● Communication Channels Semester 2 ● Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio ● Communication Network Security and e-Commerce ● Mobile Network Technologies ● Intelligent Signal Processing

Assessment Examinations are held in January and May, with coursework and group work throughout the programme. The individual research project is assessed by written report and viva voce in September.

Scholarships and Bursaries Scholarships and bursaries are available each year for UK/EU and international students who meet the criteria for award. For full details visit our website.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in electronic / electrical engineering, physics or an equivalent qualification, or equivalent industrial experience. Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree may also be considered. Candidates holding CEI Part II are admitted.

Careers and Further Study This programme is well-established and respected by industry. Its content keeps pace with and anticipates sector developments and is enriched by research-led teaching.

Students will acquire up-to-date knowledge and hands-on experience of today’s technologies and current communications standards so that they are highly attractive to employers on graduation. Graduates are prepared to work in a range of sectors, including telecoms, broadcasting and multi-media, defence and security and internet / computing.

The programme’s substantial elements of problem-solving and research methodologies, report writing and presentations, are also highly desirable and transferable to the workplace.

Job opportunities include both senior technical and managerial activities in the fields of communications engineering including high speed digital design, communication systems engineering, software/firmware engineering, algorithm development and signal processing engineering.

Programme Director: Professor Sangarapillai Lambotharan

For a full description of the content of our modules please see the website.

Mobile Communications MSc 1 year full-time This exciting masters course has emerged from our internationally recognised expertise in digital communication systems, computer networks and wireless communications.

We work closely with industry and understand the skills and knowledge required to operate successfully in this field. Our specialised curriculum comprehensively covers the principles and techniques involved. It will equip you with the toolset needed to design and develop next generation mobile communication and wireless systems. As fresh technologies emerge in this ever-expanding field, you will have the essential formal theory and confidence in your practical skills to support your long-term career development.

The course is ideally suited to those pursuing a career in telecommunications, mobile communications, radio design or wireless networks and who already have a background in a related discipline such as electronics, computer science and applied sciences.

It will also suit you if you have an engineering background and experience in a related industry or if you wish to prepare yourself for a research career.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing ● Personal Radio Communications ● Information Theory and Coding ● Communication Channels Semester 2 ● Research Project ● Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio ● Mobile Network Technologies ● Intelligent Signal Processing ● Advanced Individual Project For a full description of the content of our modules please see the website.

Assessment Examinations are held in January and May, with coursework and group work throughout the programme. The individual research project is assessed by written report and viva voce in September.

Scholarships and Bursaries Scholarships and bursaries are available each year for UK/EU and international students who meet the criteria for award. For full details visit our website.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in electronic / electrical engineering, physics or an equivalent qualification or equivalent industrial experience.

Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree may also be considered.

Candidates holding CEI Part II are admitted.

Careers and Further Study Modern mobile communications are now so popular that engineers in this field are highly sought after and opportunities exist worldwide for employment in the telecommunications and wireless industries.

Gaining this masters degree shows potential employers that you have achieved the highly developed and complex levels of knowledge, which enable you to develop indepth and creative responses to hardware and software technical challenges in this field.

Programme Director: Professor Sangarapillai Lambotharan

Contact Details Admissions Office Taught programmes: eese.pgt@lboro.ac.uk Research programmes: eese.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 227011

Related programmes are available at our London campus See pages 44-52 for more information

100

www.lboro.ac.uk/eese

Networked Communications MSc 1 year full-time This well-established programme equips you with detailed knowledge of the principles and techniques to model, design and develop the next generation of global communication networks and services. It includes advanced network security mechanisms, channel coding techniques, communications networks and e-commerce and features contributions from industry practitioners.

It is aimed at engineers and recent graduates with a background in electrical/electronic engineering, computer science and physics who wish to develop or expand their expertise in the specialism of communications networks and network security. It will also suit those with current industrial experience wishing to consolidate their theoretical knowledge.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● MATLAB as a Scientific Programming Language ● Communication Networks ● Personal Radio Communications ● Channel Coding for Networks Semester 2 ● Research Project ● Communication Network Security ● Mobile Network Technologies ● Advanced Networks ● Advanced Individual Project

Assessment Examinations in January and May, with coursework throughout the programme including network attacks and intrusion detection. The individual research project is assessed by written report and viva voce in September.

Scholarships and Bursaries Scholarships and bursaries are available each year for UK/EU and international students who meet the criteria for award. For full details visit our website.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in electronic / electrical engineering, computer engineering, physics or an equivalent qualification or equivalent industrial experience.

Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree may also be considered.

Candidates holding CEI Part II are admitted.

Careers and Further Study Graduates of this course will have the practical skills and theoretical knowledge for employment in a variety of communications engineering roles for example: network managers designers and analysts, Cisco engineers, and router design engineers.

Your graduate skill set will be particularly attractive to companies with a global or distributed workforce and operation. Many graduates stay on to study for a PhD. Programme Director: Professor Sangarapillai Lambotharan

For a full description of the content of our modules please see the website.

Signal Processing in Communication Systems MSc 1 year full-time This highly focussed course covers operations on and analysis of both analogue and digital signals and has direct application to universal engineering challenges, such as big data, health care, security, networks, the digital economy and energy. It is suitable for professional engineers already engaged in tackling these challenges and who wish to formalise and expand their existing knowledge but it is also suitable for recent graduates wishing to specialise.

You’ll gain experience in every aspect of signal processing design: from concept to commissioning including the mathematical foundations, algorithm design and implementation underpinned by a holistic understanding of the role of signal processing in communication systems. This gives the necessary skills to enable successful application and the ability to engineer tailored performance requirements.

All modules are compulsory. Block-taught, individual modules are also highly suitable as CPD for professional engineers working on signal processing projects and challenges.

Semester 1 ● Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing ● Communication Networks ● Information Theory and Coding ● Communication Channels Semester 2 ● Research Project ● Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio ● Mobile Network Technologies ● Intelligent Signal Processing ● Advanced Individual Project For a full description of the content of our modules please see the website.

Assessment Examinations are held in January and May, with coursework and group work throughout the programme. The individual research project is assessed by written report and viva voce in September.

Scholarships and Bursaries Scholarships and bursaries are available each year for UK/EU and international students who meet the criteria for award. For full details visit our website.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in electronic / electrical engineering, physics or an equivalent qualification or equivalent industrial experience.

Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree may also be considered.

Candidates holding CEI Part II are admitted.

Careers and Further Study The course keeps pace with and anticipates sector developments and is enriched by research-led teaching. You’ll acquire up-to-date knowledge and hands-on experience of today’s technologies and current signal processing standards making you highly attractive to employers on graduation. The fundamental skills and experience you develop will allow you to progress your knowledge base throughout your career.

Many graduates have gone on to attain positions in industry across the globe, in companies such as SELEX, Rolls-Royce, QinetiQ and Dstl as research engineers, communications engineers and data interpretation scientists.

The programme’s substantial elements of problem-solving and research methodologies, report writing and presentations, are highly desirable and transferable to the workplace.

It is also excellent preparation for a PhD. Programme Director: Professor Sangarapillai Lambotharan

Courses for Industry In addition to a full range of MSc courses, we also offer numerous Continuing Professional Development (CPD) courses. These courses are advantageous to employers and employees because they: ● initiate improvements in business and individual knowledge and skills ● provide access to university facilities and expertise ● require only a short period away from the workplace, often only one week ● are linked to a postgraduate qualification Each of our short courses is a module on one or more of our MSc Programmes. If a course is taken with assessment, successful delegates can gain module credits towards a postgraduate qualification.

Modules For the latest information on courses available please visit our Short Courses Calendar www.shortcourse.lboro.ac.uk Entry Qualification To get the most from our courses, you need to be a science or engineering graduate, or equivalent who is working in a relevant industry. For further details please visit www.shortcourse.lboro.ac.uk

Degrees by Research

101

PhD, MPhil or EngD PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time EngD: 4 years full-time Research Proposal

Our School has a strong and growing research programme with world-class research activities and facilities organised around three major challenges for modern society: Communications, Energy and Systems.

Prospective research students should have a strong academic background. When submitting your application, please indicate the area in which you would like to work or, if you have a specific topic in mind, define this clearly in no more than one paragraph.

Entry Qualification

Good degree at bachelor or masters levels.

Contact

Associate Dean – Research Dr Roger Dixon E: r.dixon@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 227018 Research Administrator Julie Allen E: j.d.allen@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 227087

School Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● Two supervisors with expertise in the selected research area and a Director of Research to provide additional guidance and pastoral support. Research students can also consult any other member of the School academic staff if appropriate for their research ● a desk and computer access in a shared research student office ● full laboratory facilities as needed ● photocopying and inter-library loan facilities All research students are expected to attend School conferences, divisional research seminars and training courses throughout their PhD to support their research.

Communications Division Head of Division: Dr James Flint E: j.a.flint@lboro.ac.uk The Communications Division has three major research groups and one research centre which address a range of issues of strategic importance to the future of high performance communications systems.

Our interest is focused in the areas of Antennas, Bioacoustics, Wearable Electronics, Computer Networks, Microwave Measurements, Mobile Communications, Signal Processing, and Wireless Communications.

Advanced Signal Processing

The wide-ranging activities of the Group are based upon novel algorithm design, analysis and development, together with application of signal processing to various biomedical, communications and defence problems.

The Group has particular research strengths in the fields of anomaly detection, biomimetics, cognitive and green radio, distributed and point-to-point multi-input multi-output (MIMO) systems, multimodal and multi-sensor processing, for example intelligently exploiting both audio and visual measurements, pattern classification, optimisation methods, along with acoustic and underwater technology. ● Signal processing for the networked battlespace ● Biomedical and communications signal processing ● Multimodal and multi-sensor processing ● Optimisation and game theory ● Underwater acoustics and underwater technology Contact: Professor Jonathon Chambers E: j.a.chambers@lboro.ac.uk

High Speed Networks

Current research activities focus on the performance measurement and security of communication networks.

A key aspect of the Group’s work has been the processing and usage of network measurement data to fulfil useful, often industrially relevant, purposes.

This has involved processing to identify unexpected changes in performance, visualisation of network performance data, prediction of application performance, and identification of application usage. Recently, measurement data has been used to identify network abuse. ● Network performance measurement ● Performance visualisation ● Packet classification ● Attack detection ● Network management Contact: Professor David Parish E: d.j.parish@lboro.ac.uk

Wireless Communications Research (WiCR)

Current research activities centre on advanced and novel RF and microwave applications for wireless communications. A major aspect of this work is in the usage of metamaterials where research is underway to understand and exploit the electromagnetic characteristics of these materials when, for example, they are synthesised from micro and nano particles. The Group has significant expertise in the design and utilisation of frequency selective surfaces for antenna and filtering purposes and wearable antenna systems. ● Metamaterials ● Frequency selective surfaces ● Base station antennas ● Body worn embroidered and woven antennas Contact: Professor Yiannis Vardaxoglou E: j.c.vardaxoglou@lboro.ac.uk

Centre for Mobile Communications Research (CMCR)

The main goal of CMCR is to generate engagement with industry and by doing so keep knowledge both up to date and relevant. Activities include short courses, measurement campaigns and expert advice on the modelling and design of specialised antennas for mobile usage. The centre also welcomes academic visitors for collaborative research via sabbaticals and study visits. Interest areas are: ● Antenna design ● Radiofrequency radiation from handsets and towers ● On-body antennas – Biometric Radio ● Signal Processing for Communications Engineering Contact: Dr Robert Edwards E: r.m.edwards@lboro.ac.uk www.lboro.ac.uk/research/cmcr

Energy Division Head of Division: Professor Ralph Gottschlag E: r.gottschalg@lboro.ac.uk The Division has two research groups and a research centre addressing three areas of energy: how plasma power may be used to enable advances in applications such as medicine; how high energy pulses can be harnessed in a wide range of applications and how electricity can be generated from renewable energy sources and integrated into the grid.

Plasma and Pulsed Power

Current research activities of the Plasma and Pulsed Power Group (P3G) centre on the systematic development of low-temperature plasma systems with equal focus on both fundamental science and engineering implementation. This is underpinned by a range of established and emerging application needs in, for example, medicine, healthcare, energy sector and chemical industries.

Expertise includes experimental and computational plasma physics and engineering, with special emphasis on microplasmas and atmospheric discharges for biomedical, chemical and environmental applications. ● Microplasmas ● Atmospheric pressure plasmas ● Plasma-liquid interactions ● Plasma medicine ● Plasma-driven chemical processes ● Power electronics engineering Contact: Dr Felipe Iza E: f.iza@lboro.ac.uk

Pulsed Power

The Pulsed Power Group has been at the forefront of pulsed power physics and technology in the UK for the last 25 years and has an unequivocal international reputation. During this period, state-of-the-art pulsed power systems have been developed and many important novel technologies at the cutting edge of the field have been investigated.

The excellent technical facilities available and the high-level security clearance of several staff enables classified work to be undertaken. A broad range of applications is actively pursued, in such fields as the aerospace and defence industries, medicine, and biology.

The group is among the largest in the UK researching high energy, pulsed power technologies. ● Compact and repetitive high-power generators ● Explosively-driven flux-compression generators ● Fast transient diagnostics: high voltage, high current and photonic (electro-optical and magneto-optical) sensors ● Ultrahigh magnetic field indoor generation (up to 350T) ● Exploding wire physics and technology ● 2D filamentary modelling ● Applications of electromagnetic launchers ● Electromagnetic protection ● Magnetic insulation ● Repetitive UWB sources ● Opening switches: plasma and explosive ● Unconventional microwave generators ● Pulsed Electric Field industrial food processing ● High-energy inductive storage Contact: Professor Bucur Novac E: b.m.novac@lboro.ac.uk

Centre for Renewable Energy Systems Technology (CREST)

Current activities cover a wide spectrum of renewable energy research with emphasis on wind power, energy storage, photovoltaics and their integration into electricity systems.

This research is enhanced by extensive and substantial collaborative links with multinational energy companies and with major academic research institutions in Asia, Australia, Europe and the USA.

102

www.lboro.ac.uk/eese

CREST is widely known as a leading international research centre for renewable energy systems and is currently a core member of three EPSRC Supergen consortia and the EPSRC funded grand challenge in Energy Storage, Integrated, Market-fit and Affordable Grid-scale Energy Storage (Images) project, and the EPSRC funded End Use Energy Demand centre i-STUTE. It has recently opened a world-class PV Laboratory, is establishing a range of thermal energy storage test facilities and celebrated its 20th anniversary.

Research areas: ● Wind turbines ● Wind flow computation, wind site assessment ● Energy storage for weak grids ● Grid Scale storage ● Thermal Energy Storage ● Concentrating Solar Power ● Building integrated energy systems ● Stand-alone power systems ● Performance and Durability of Photovoltaic Modules and Devices ● Characterisation of PV systems ● Wafer-based PV devices and modules ● Thin film PV devices ● Inverters for grid connected PV ● Distributed generation ● Renewable powered desalination ● Hydrogen systems and Renewable Energy for Development Contact: Professor Philip Eames E: p.c.eames@lboro.ac.uk www.lboro.ac.uk/research/crest

The ESoS group researches the interoperability, sustainability and re-configurability of such systems to improve their predictability, design, and usability. This includes research into: ● Modelling complex systems ● Knowledge management ● Enterprise modelling ● The impact of cultural diversity on performance ● Capability engineering and Network Enabled Capabilities ● Command and Control ● Decision making and decision support ● Cyber-security ● Autonomous systems ● Ergonomics ● Systems Engineering education and training Contact: Professor Michael Henshaw E: m.j.d.henshaw@lboro.ac.uk

Systems Division

Advanced Systems, Modelling and Simulation

Head of Division: Professor Michael Henshaw E: m.j.d.henshaw@lboro.ac.uk The Division researches various aspects of the design and operation of complex systems. One strand is concerned with the science and development of systems technologies, such as microelectronic devices, reliability, photonic sensors, robotics; the other with the key skills and approaches of systems engineering, which constitutes an essential discipline for the development and operation of modern industrial systems.

Reflecting the diverse skills and technologies required for complex systems, the research addresses model-based systems design, visualisation and simulation techniques, advanced control techniques, and system of systems operation at the network, semantic, and enterprise levels.

The strength of the Division lies in its ability to conduct high quality applied research, usually in close collaboration with industry, across a range of sectors, including: aerospace, automotive, manufacturing, health and biomedical, transport (especially rail), energy, robotics, security, and communications.

Control Systems

The primary research focus is upon practical applications of advanced techniques for both control and fault monitoring systems. This is enhanced by means of a number of industrial collaborations, in particular with the aerospace, energy and railway industries. ● Control systems engineering ● Controller implementation techniques ● Applications of advanced control ● Control of active suspensions ● Actuator and sensor systems ● Fault tolerant control ● Robust multivariable control ● Optimisation ● Condition monitoring ● Modelling and simulation ● Robot navigation ● Real-time machine learning Contact: Dr Roger Dixon E: r.dixon@lboro.ac.uk

Electronic Systems Design

The Group researches and develops high performance embedded and System-on-Chip solutions for consumer, communications and healthcare applications.

As a result of two major European contracts, the Group has developed novel flows that allow high-level design representations to be transformed to embedded hardware / software systems. This has resulted in the formation of a spin-out company to commercialise these activities.

A major research effort is the development of a very high performance configurable, extensible SPARC compliant processing platform and ESL-based tools and methodologies which are expected to play a very important role in post-90nm silicon nodes.

The Group develops novel hardware and software implementations of machine learning algorithms and has implemented a number of visually-supported speech recognition approaches. We have also secured a number of grants to support work in establishing remote health monitoring in India.

The main technology areas of the Group are listed below. ● Scalar, superscalar, vector and VLIW processors ● UML design of embedded hardware / software systems ● Instruction-level parallelism ● Data-level parallelism ● Vectorisation and threading ● Instruction Set Architecture design ● Hardwarebased machine learning ● Hardware design (VHDL, RTL, SystemC, ESL) ● Evolvable hardware ● Fault-tolerant systems ● Real-time embedded software Contact: Dr David Mulvaney E: d.j.mulvaney@lboro.ac.uk

Engineering Systems of Systems (ESoS)

Systems of Systems are complex, socio-technical structures in which individually viable systems co-operate with each other to realise new capabilities that the individual systems cannot achieve working in isolation. For example: the emergency services, airports, military operations, etc. All systems such as these require people and technology to interoperate effectively.

Systems Architecture

The Systems Architecture Engineering Group researches model driven methods for systems architecting and engineering and engages in application of model driven architecture methods to fundamental engineering problems. ● Model Driven Architecture (MDA) for Systems Engineering ● Computational Formalisms for Model Transformation ● System of Systems Architecture ● Virtual Engineering for Design and Prototyping ● Integration of Software and Systems Engineering Contact: Professor Charles Dickerson E: c.dickerson@lboro.ac.uk Our internationally-leading high impact research advances innovative engineering system designs and solutions in order to solve previously intractable complex system challenges. By applying multi-disciplinary systems thinking methods to cross-domain trade-offs, we are able to deliver optimal solutions across a range of sectors / domains (e.g. aerospace / defence, automotive, construction, critical infrastructures, energy, healthcare, medical technologies, sport, transport and the utility sectors).

We employ abstract mathematical representations, multi-scale (spatial and time) modelling, system architecture representation, next generation model based systems engineering tools, cross domain coupled simulations through to hardware in the loop prototypes. Importantly, we our tools allow us to represent and understand extremely complicated system related problems. We established and continue to host the UK’s first virtual engineering centre that is forefront in its available immersive visualisation facilities. These are key to undertaking system modelling and simulation including development of working prototypes tested in real application environments. Examples include new optical sensing modalities for healthcare applications, next generation model based systems engineering tools, wearable computing systems, executable system architectures, advanced vehicle simulators (ground and air) including semiautonomous vehicles.

Contact: Professor Roy Kalawsky E: r.s.kalawsky@lboro.ac.uk

Photonics Engineering and Health Technology

The Group conducts research into the use of light for sensing and characterising dynamic systems of industrial and biological origin. The group works closely with industrial, healthcare and research end-users to provide enabling technologies.

Generic expertise in optical, electronic and software design at component and systems levels, combined with a team approach to problem solving, allows for a clear and rapid progression from fundamental research ideas to robust industrial prototypes. ● Tissue Optics, Sensing for Physiological Monitoring ● Biomedical Signal / image Processing ● Plethysmography and Pulse Oximetry ● Instrumentation for In-vitro Diagnosis and in-vivo Physiological Assessment ● Biomedical Systems Engineering Health Technology Innovation Contact: Dr Sijung Hu E: s.hu@lboro.ac.uk

Specialist Research Centre: Advanced VR Research Centre (AVRRC)

Established in 1995, the AVRRC undertakes research into the development and application of next generation modelling, simulation and visualization techniques to help solve extremely complex and previously intractable problems in sectors including aerospace / defence, automotive, construction, energy, healthcare, medical technologies, sport, transport and the utility sectors. Tackling these challenges has necessitated a paradigm shift over a decade ago, from traditional engineering approaches to model based engineering environments, involving a heterogeneous mix of closely coupled models and simulations. Our model based systems engineering approach covers the full life-cycle from concept modelling, system architecture design, full system simulation to deployable systems.

Our research has been extremely successful with the result that the AVRRC has built up extensive, and probably unrivalled virtual engineering facilities allowing domain experts to collaborate in order to deal with multi-disciplinary design problems.

Our over-riding aim is to: ● fully understand highly complex system behaviour (involving people, processes and technology) in a way that allows us to predict and control system performance whilst managing undesirable emergent properties. ● research optimal integration of the human into complex systems ● co-develop innovative next generation system modelling and simulation environments (including their enabling tools) ● to establish reliable and verifiable models of system behaviour Contact: Professor Roy Kalawsky E: r.s.kalawsky@lboro.ac.uk www.lboro.ac.uk/research/avrrc

“I have been able to join several of my tutors on their trips to conferences, inspiring and invigorating my own research ideas.”

Jenna Townend MA English, Early-Modern Writing Pathway

English and Drama The Department The Department of English and Drama is a thriving and supportive community with a proven record for publications of international excellence. The most recent Research Assessment Exercise classified 90% of our research as of international significance, and more than 15% of our outputs as world-leading.

The Department’s staff supervise research in post-medieval literature in English, American Literature and Film, Linguistics, and Theatre and Performance Studies. A number of recent graduates have taken up university lectureships; several current postgraduates have been published in academic journals; and our research students have organised successful conferences.

Staff-organised symposia have been held on diverse topics, and visitors in the departmental lecture series include; Isobel Armstrong, Dame Gillian Beer, Valentine Cunningham, Jacques Derrida, Terry Eagleton, Germaine Greer, Sir Frank Kermode, Tom Paulin, Peter Porter, David Norbrook, Donna Landry, David Edgar, Richard Foreman, Andrew Motion, Alan Sinfield, Ailbhe Smyth, Jean-Michel Rabaté, Maureen Duffy, Sue Townsend, Howard Barker, Catherine Bernard and Corinne Fowler.

94% of our graduates are in work or further study

The University Library’s resources include huge electronic databases, such as Literature Online (LION), Early-English Books Online (EEBO), and Eighteenth-Century Collections Online (ECCO).

We also subscribe to JStor and Project Muse. Research in theatre studies is enhanced by our excellent facilities, which meet industry standards, and the Department houses the Richard Foreman archive. Drama staff also work with the University to provide research-oriented theatre events, and arrangements are in hand for collaboration with the Curve Theatre in Leicester for students to work closely with the profession on collaborative projects.

Destinations of leavers from Higher Education (DLHE) survey 2013

www.lboro.ac.uk/englishdrama

104

www.lboro.ac.uk/englishanddrama

Information applicable to all taught programmes Assessment Dissertation of 15,000 words. Other modules normally assessed by two 3,000 word essays (20 credits), or by two 4,000 word essays (30 credits), or equivalent.

Selection Based on application form, sample of written work (2,000-4,000 words), CV, personal statement, and confidential reports from two named referees.

Bursaries and Scholarships All self-funded UK / EU students accepted for a full-time Master’s programme in this Department receive a bursary of 20% of fees.

All self-funded, part-time students receive a bursary of £600 per annum. All self-funded, full-time international students receive a bursary of 20% of international fees.

Modules listed are correct at the time of publication. Changes may be made to the structure and delivery of programmes, but content will remain broadly the same.

English MA 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time This programme offers students the opportunity to study one of a number of named pathways:

Negotiated Pathway Pathway Co-ordinator: Professor Nigel Wood Modern and Contemporary Pathway Pathway Co-ordinator: Dr Jennifer Cooke American Pathway Pathway Co-ordinator: Dr Andrew Dix Victorian Pathway Pathway Co-ordinator: Dr Nick Freeman Early-Modern Writing Pathway Pathway Co-ordinator: Dr Catie Gill Creative Writing Pathway Pathway Co-ordinator: Ms Carolyn Scott-Jeffs Negotiated Pathway Students choosing this Pathway need to select, with guidance from the Pathway Co-ordinators, a combination of modules that is not available on any other Pathway, but which has academic coherence.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods Semester 2 ● Dissertation Optional Modules Semester 1 (choose two, but no more than one * module) ● Departures* ● Victorian Views ● Special Subject 1 (by arrangement only) ● History, Nation and Difference ● Modernist and Contemporary Genres ● Early-Modern Texts in Performance ● Early-Modern Contexts: Power, Gender, Religion and Race ● Discourse as Social Practice ● Critical Thinking ● Perspectives* ● Texts in Performance: Contexts ● On the Road: American Travel and its Meanings Semester 2 (choose two, but no more than one * module) ● Diversions* ● Modern and Contemporary Texts in Performance ● Special Subject 2 ● The American Novel Now ● Writing and the English Revolution ● Restoration Writings ● Court Cultures ● (Impoliteness): Theories and Applications ● Exploring the EarlyModern Body ● Writers and the Writing Industries* ● Romantic Representations of the South Pacific ● Food and Early-Modern Literature ● Literary Londons ● The Romantic Orient ● Romantic Lives and Afterlives ● Weird Fiction ● Thinking Feeling: Contemporary Bodies and the Affective Turn ● Poetry in the 20th and 21st Centuries Modern and Contemporary Pathway Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods ● Modernist and Contemporary Genres Semester 2 ● Dissertation Optional Modules Semester 1 (choose one) ● History, Nation and Difference ● Critical Thinking Semester 2 (choose one or two *) ● Modern and Contemporary Texts in Performance ● The American Novel Now ● Literary Londons ● Romantic Representations of the South Pacific ● The Romantic Orient ● Romantic Lives and Afterlives ● Weird Fiction ● Thinking Feeling: Contemporary Bodies and the Affective Turn ● Poetry in the 20th and 21st Centuries * One option may be chosen from those available on the Negotiated Pathway.

American Pathway Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods ● On the Road: American Travel and its Meanings Semester 2 ● Dissertation Optional Modules Semester 1 (choose one) ● History, Nation and Difference ● Critical Thinking Semester 2 (choose one or two*) ● The American Novel Now ● Poetry in the 20th and 21st Centuries * One option may be chosen from those available on the Negotiated Pathway.

Victorian Pathway Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods ● Victorian Views Semester 2 ● Dissertation Optional Modules Semester 1 (choose one) ● History, Nation and Difference ● Critical Thinking Semester 2 (choose one or two*) ● Literary Londons ● Weird Fiction * One option may be chosen from those available on the Negotiated Pathway.

Early-Modern Writing Pathway Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods ● Early-Modern Texts in Performance ● Early-Modern Contexts: Gender, Religion and Race Semester 2 ● Dissertation Optional Modules Semester 2 (choose one or two*) ● Writing and the English Revolution ● Restoration Writings ● Court Cultures ● Exploring the Early-Modern Body ● Food and Early-Modern Literature * One option may be chosen from those available on the Negotiated Pathway.

Creative Writing Pathway Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Departures ● Research Methods Semester 2 ● Diversions ● Dissertation Optional Modules Please note that it is not possible to study both Perspectives, and Writers and the Writing Industries.

Semester 1 (choose one) ● See the Negotiated Pathway list Semester 2 (choose one) ● See the Negotiated Pathway list Entry Qualification Upper second honours degree or equivalent in English, Drama or a related subject.

Applicants with other qualifications and suitable experience may be considered, and are encouraged to apply. Applicants will be expected to provide a sample of written work as part of the selection process.

Careers and Further Study This programme meets the needs of students seeking to qualify for entry to a research degree, teachers of literature and / or creative writing, and those wishing to update their knowledge or develop their own research skills.

www.lboro.ac.uk/englishanddrama

Creative Writing MA 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time This programme provides students with an opportunity to develop their own writing in a stimulating and encouraging environment, enhance their creative self-consciousness, or familiarise themselves with some aspects of publishing.

As well as workshops and tuition on your writing, the programme also features the Writers and the Writing Industries module which equips our students for life after the programme, as well as encouraging them to realise their potential as writers.

The programme features opportunities to try out many styles and forms including poetry, short and long fiction, travel writing, memoir, and scriptwriting.

The Department includes practitioners and researchers who contribute to teaching, and features guest speakers from the sector. There is an informal creative group and the opportunity to perform your work.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Departures ● Research Methods ● Perspectives Semester 2 ● Diversions ● Dissertation

Optional Modules (choose one) Semester 2 ● Special Subject 2 ● Writers and the Writing Industries ● Poetry in the 20th and 21st Centuries Entry Qualification Upper second honours degree or equivalent in English, Drama or a related subject.

Applicants with other qualifications and suitable experience may be considered, and are encouraged to apply. This may be experience of writing, publishing or work in the writing industries.

These applications will be considered on a case-by-case basis, in which the CV and sample of written work will be expected to provide evidence of this experience.

Careers and Further Study This is a professional-preparation programme which meets the needs of those wishing to develop their own writing or who wish to work in the writing industries.

Our graduates work in a range of area from freelance creative project management to publishing and media. Students from this programme, and the Creative Writing Pathway on the MA in English, are eligible for PhD study in areas that correspond with their Masters experience.

Student Profile

Student Profile

Amanda Bigler

Adam Leigh Shea

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/amanda

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/adam-s

Student Profile

Student Profile

Jenna Townend

Sophie-Louise Hyde

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/jenna

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/sophie-louise

MA Creative Writing

MA English, Early Modern Writing Pathway

Contact Details Admissions Office Taught Programmes: englishdrama.pgt@lboro.ac.uk Research Programmes: englishdrama.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222951

MA English

PhD Student

105

106

Degrees by Research

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time Research Proposal

You must include a detailed research proposal with your application. This should give the title of your research, the degree for which it is intended, and a 300-700 word description of your topic.

In this description you should include: ● the basic question that forms the core of your enquiry ● a summary of the overall scope of your topic ● some information on the methods, approach, and theory you will adopt ● a set of chapter headings, with a short outline of each chapter’s likely content ● a bibliography of the reading you consider relevant to your research, using an asterisk to mark titles you have already consulted ● a plan of work with the separate stages of your research, indicating how long each stage will last, and in what order they will be undertaken It should be possible to fit your proposal onto two / three typed sheets of A4 paper.

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience. Normally a master’s level qualification is also expected.

Contact

Research Co-ordinator Dr Nick Freeman Programme Administrator Caroline Flynn-Ryan E: englishdrama.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222951

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students Research students: ● share the Department’s postgraduate room which has several networked computers ● are provided with photocopying and inter-library loan facilities ● have a supervisor with expertise in the selected research area and a Director of Research Degree Programmes to provide additional guidance and pastoral support as well as opportunities to consultant other departmental academic staff if appropriate ● join one or more of three departmental research groups, depending on their area of research ● are invited to attend regular departmental research seminars where academic staff from Loughborough and elsewhere present papers on their current research ● must attend appropriate training courses throughout their PhD to support their research ● can apply for assistance with funding for conferences ● may have the opportunity for some paid undergraduate teaching

Bursaries and Studentships

All self-funded, full-time research students receive a bursary of £1,000 per annum.

All self-funded, part-time research students receive a bursary of £500 per annum.

Every year, studentships are available on a competitive basis.

Research Groups Early-Modern Culture and Writing

The Group’s work focuses on Early-Modern Writing, textual editing – for example, of plays, midwifery manuals and poems – and investigates a wide range of cultural and literary activity of the period, including patronage, Quaker writing and writing of the English Revolution, and 18th-century verse forms and genres. ● Original practices and theatre history of early-modern drama ● Theory and practice of editing Shakespeare in the 20th and 21st centuries ● Food and Shakespeare ● Religious prose writing (1650-1700) ● Early-modern women’s writing (1640-1690) ● Life writing ● Historicity of literature ● History of early-modern midwifery (1540-1720) ● 18th-century verse – genre and verse form ● History of crime, particularly highway robbery and banditry ● 18th-century literature – drama and the Augustan satirists

● Staging Shakespeare ● Literary theory Academic staff: Professor John Feather, Dr Joan Fitzpatrick, Dr Catie Gill, Professor Elaine Hobby, Professor Mick Mangan, Dr Gillian Spraggs, Professor Nigel Wood Contacts: c.j.gill@lboro.ac.uk

Modern and Contemporary Writing

Includes a geographical as well as a historical diversity, with Modern being defined as culture post-1780. It focuses on contemporary American, Asian, British and Irish literatures as well as a variety of theoretical and cultural contexts for 19th- and 20th-century literary study. ● The Victorian novel, and women’s writing ● The British Romantic period and colonial politics ● Study of literature, politics, sociology, history and theory ● Pragmatic theories in the analysis of performances of gender and politeness in cultural texts – spoken and written ● American literature and film ● African-American culture ● Native American fiction ● Travel writing ● Introduction to film studies ● Representation of race in US writing (1750-2000) ● Contemporary travel writing and globalisation ● Contemporary French poetry ● The pedagogy of creative writing ● 19th- and 20th-century representations of landscape, identity and Englishness ● Literature and culture of the late 19th and early 20th century ● 20th-century Irish literature and book history (1891-2000) ● Cultural geography ● Tim O’Brien’s Vietnam fiction ● 9/11 and cultural politics ● Fictions of crime and punishment in popular culture ● Representations of colonial life 1850-1930 ● 20th-century and contemporary Irish prose fiction ● Contemporary Irish theatre and 20th-century British drama ● Female writers of radio drama from 1922 to the present day ● Politics and poetics of identity, place and cultural memory in post-1780 English literature and culture Academic staff: Dr Anne-Marie Beller, Dr Carol Bolton, Dr Mary Brewer, Dr Christine Christie, Dr Jennifer Cooke, Dr Andrew Dix, Dr Kerry Featherstone, Dr Nick Freeman, Dr Clare Hutton, Dr Brian Jarvis, Dr Paul Jenner, Dr Arianna Maiorani, Dr Deirdre O’Byrne, Dr Catherine Rees, Ms Carolyn Scott-Jeffs, Dr Dan Watt, Professor Nigel Wood Contacts: c.j.bolton@lboro.ac.uk

Performance

Draws on established strengths in Performance, Technical Theatre, Continental Philosophy, Film, and Pragmatics. Some projects involve computerised editing of theatre texts, multi-media performance, and the history of film. ● Women’s, African-American, Black British, and gay / lesbian theatre ● Performance ● Postcolonial theory ● South Asian studies ● Application and development of pragmatic theories in the analysis of performances of gender and politeness ● Original practices and theatre history of early-modern drama ● Contemporary performance poetry ● Multimodal semiotic theory ● Theatre studies and cultural geography ● Female writers of radio drama from 1922 to the present day ● Narrative in performance ● Contemporary Shakespeare ● Radical text ● Creative writing – particularly life writing, prose fiction, music and literature, science and literature ● Philosophical and literary influences on theatre and performance ● Nature of the puppet, or abject object, in 20th-century performance ● Staging Shakespeare ● Literary theories of performance and reception Academic staff: Dr Mary Brewer, Mr Robert Brocklehurst, Dr Sudipto Chatterjee, Dr Chris Christie, Dr Jennifer Cooke, Dr Kerry Featherstone, Dr Arianna Maiorani, Professor Mick Mangan, Dr Deirdre O’Byrne, Dr Catherine Rees, Ms Carolyn Scott-Jeffs, Dr Dan Watt, Professor Nigel Wood Contacts: n.p.wood@lboro.ac.uk

“The teaching quality is very high here. Lecturers in the Department are very supportive and are always there to help.�

Okezi Akpokene MSc Environmental Monitoring for Management

Geography The Department The Department of Geography is a dynamic and vibrant place to be a postgraduate student and we are proud of our reputation for creating a friendly, supportive working environment.

We have over 25 academic staff who are all leading international experts in their fields.

For example, our human geographers are a pioneering group conducting research that informs government policy on student housing, alcohol policy and community cohesion.

More widely, the work undertaken in our Department spans the breadth of contemporary physical and human geographical research (and involves strong connections into other disciplines) and deals with many of the most striking environmental, social and economic challenges facing our world, as demonstrated by our innovative programmes.

The vibrancy of our research, writing and teaching, ensures a stimulating and engaging intellectual atmosphere within the Department, and staff are easily accessible to all our postgraduate students.

We have a lively and established postgraduate community of over 70 students who enjoy dedicated facilities and accommodation.

Ranked 4th for Geography and Environmental Science National Student Survey 2013

Postgraduate research, whether at PhD or MSc dissertation level, is a very important part of the academic life of our Department, and we invest a great deal of time and resources in supporting postgraduate students in their research.

www.lboro.ac.uk/geography

108

www.lboro.ac.uk/geography

Globalization and Society MSc 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time Globalization impacts all our lives. Never before have local economies and communities been shaped so greatly by global change. If we wish to understand the future of our local world, whether for success in business, work for local government or benefit for the community, it makes sense to learn more about the processes of contemporary globalization.

This programme provides a comprehensive and critical understanding of how globalization is transforming social, cultural and political life. Inter-disciplinary in focus, the programme is designed to help you gain expertise and skills in the processes that shape the modern world. It provides a detailed and wide-ranging analysis of the key features of contemporary economic, political, social and cultural globalization. The programme is taught by staff, recognised as leading international scholars in the study of globalization.

The Globalization and World Cities (GaWC) research network is based here and we also have a reputation for research into the implications of globalization for the developing world, citizenship and identity, global geopolitics and other facets of globalization.

The research expertise of staff spans the globe and includes experience in regions as diverse as Central and Latin America, Western and Eastern Europe, Sub-Saharan Africa, and Australia.

The programme is particularly relevant for recent graduates in social sciences disciplines, as well as business people, government and voluntary sector employees, planners, teachers and local community representatives who are interested in extending their knowledge and skills in globalization studies.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1* ● Globalization: Key Debates and Issues Semester 2* ● Doing Global Research ● Globalization and Society ● Dissertation * Semesters in which modules are taken are subject to possible change.

Assessment Coursework, examination and class presentations as well as a dissertation of up to 50 pages on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification High lower second class degree of at least 55% or upper second class honours degree in geography or other social sciences / humanities discipline, or international equivalent.

Other applicants will be given due consideration if they have professional or work experience commensurate with the programme’s aims and content.

Selection Applicants are encouraged to attend open events, and informal interviews are sometimes conducted.

Overseas students are often accepted on their grades and strong recommendation from suitable references.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Support may be available in the form of scholarships, and studentships are awarded on a competitive basis. Please see the Geography website for further information.

Globalization and Sport MSc 1 year full-time Loughborough is recognised as a world leader for research in the fields of globalization and the sociology of sport.

This ground-breaking masters programme brings together experts from these fields from the Department of Geography and the School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences.

It provides students with a critical understanding of the wide-ranging debates over the nature and significance of globalization, as well as an appreciation of its on-going impacts on sports and leisure.

It also focuses upon the development of the research skills needed to investigate the complexities of global processes and provides a thorough grounding in issues of sporting participation, exclusion and identity.

The programme provides students with a qualification unique to Loughborough and gives an obvious entry point to careers in research, development and consultancy.

The programme provides transferable knowledge and skills appropriate to a wide variety of careers in sports and leisure management, particularly where employers have a global or international remit.

The growing cultural, economic and political significance of sport has unquestionably led to greater demand for qualified specialists to provide both basic and applied knowledge in this area: this programme directly addresses these requirements.

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes All Human Geography Programmes Dr Ed Brown E: geography@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222738 Environmental Monitoring for Management Dr David Ryves E: pgt.geography@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228192

Compulsory Modules Semester 1* ● Theory, Sport and Society ● Globalization: Key Debates and Issues Semester 2* ● Doing Global Research ● Sport and Globalization ● Globalization and Society ● Dissertation * Semesters in which modules are taken are subject to possible change.

Assessment Coursework and examination plus a dissertation of up to 50 pages on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification High lower second class degree, of 55% or above, or upper second class honours degree in geography, sports science or other social sciences / humanities discipline, or international equivalent.

Other applicants will be given due consideration if they have professional or work experience commensurate with the programme’s aims and content.

Selection Applicants are encouraged to attend open events, and informal interviews are sometimes conducted.

Overseas students are often accepted on their grades and strong recommendation from suitable references.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Support may be available in the form of scholarships, and studentships are awarded on a competitive basis. Please see the Geography website for further information.

Student Profile Ryoko Kawabe

MSc Globalization and Sport www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/ryoko

Student Profile Chris Newman

MSc International Financial and Political Relations www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/chris

www.lboro.ac.uk/geography

109

International Financial and Political Relations MSc 1 year full-time This programme explores this intersection of finance and politics, offering an overview of the changing nature of finance systems and the governance of the global economy, with a specific focus on the forms of money space created across the globe. Combining the disciplinary expertise of geographers, economists and political scientists, it provides a unique understanding of the making of the contemporary world.

It has vocational relevance for those seeking employment in government, commerce or industry, making it ideal for recent graduates in social sciences disciplines, as well as business people, government and voluntary sector employees, planners, teachers and local community representatives who are interested in extending their knowledge and skills. *This is an interdisciplinary MSc.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1* ● International Relations Theory ● The Financial System ● Globalization: Key Debates and Issues Semester 2* ● Doing Global Research ● International Politics: Issues and Policies ● Comparative

Foreign Policy: Issues and Cases ● Banking and Financial Markets or; ● Regulation of International Banking ● Dissertation * Semesters in which modules are taken are subject to possible change.

Assessment Examination, coursework and class presentations as well as a dissertation on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification High lower second class degree, of 55% or over, or upper second class honours degree or equivalent in economics, finance, geography, politics or cognate subjects.

For degrees where the honours system is not used, good grades will be required. Other applicants will be given due consideration if they have professional or work experience commensurate with the programme’s aims and content.

Selection Applicants are encouraged to attend open events, and informal interviews are sometimes conducted. Overseas students are often accepted on their grades and strong recommendation from suitable references.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Support may be available in the form of scholarships, and studentships are awarded on a competitive basis. Please see the Geography website for further information.

Human Geography Research MSc 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time This programme offers an overview of contemporary methods and techniques in human geography, meeting the needs of those considering research at graduate level.

Combining hands-on experience of planning and executing research projects in the social sciences with a critical overview of debates in methodology, the programme offers the ideal grounding for students wishing to pursue a PhD in human geography.

More broadly, it equips students from a wide range of backgrounds with general and subject-specific research skills opening employment opportunities in a research position in the private, public or voluntary sectors.

Research interests span cultural, economic, development, historical, political, feminist, social and urban geography. We have a longstanding reputation for conducting leadingedge, policy-relevant research organized around two main themes: Children, Youth and Families, and Migration; Identity and the State.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1* ● Globalization: Key Debates and Issues ● Textual Analysis: Research Techniques ● Research Methods

Semester 2* ● Dissertation ● Doing Global Research ● Globalization and Society * Semesters in which modules are taken are subject to possible change.

Assessment Coursework and examination as well as a dissertation of up to 50 pages on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification High lower second class degree, of 55% of above, or upper second class honours degree in geography or other social sciences / humanities discipline or international equivalent.

Selection Applicants are encouraged to attend open events, and informal interviews are sometimes conducted. Overseas students are often accepted on their grades and on strong recommendation from suitable referees.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Support may be available in the form of scholarships, and studentships are awarded on a competitive basis. Please see the Geography website for further information.

Environmental Monitoring for Management MSc 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time This programme is for graduates who wish to pursue a career in the environment sector in the UK or internationally, or those already working in the sector seeking to enhance their skills and employability. Graduates have an excellent track record of securing jobs in environmental consultancy, research and government agencies.

The unique emphasis of this programme is the practical challenge of measuring, analysing and evaluating dynamic environmental data for environmental problemsolving and management purposes. A key element of the programme is the dissertation, for which students undertake research relating to any special interests they have in environmental management.

Research expertise within the Department spans a wide range of specialisms including hydrology, climatology, limnology, aquatic and terrestrial ecology, glaciology and geomorphology, informed by fieldwork in key environmental systems, including rivers, lakes, estuaries, forests, deserts, coastal dunes and glaciers.

Environment-specific theory and skills ● Tools for River Management ● Lake Monitoring and Management ● Wind Erosion Measurement and Mitigation Generic skills ● Natural Hazard and Catastrophe Modelling for Environmental Management ● Applied Environmental GIS ● Hydroclimatological Monitoring and Modelling

● Evidence-based Environmental Management ● Research Design ● Professional Practice in Environmental Management

Research Project ● Dissertation Assessment Coursework reports and a dissertation of up to 50 pages on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in geography or other science / engineering discipline or international equivalent. Other applicants will be given due consideration if they have professional or work experience commensurate with the programme’s aims and content.

Selection Interviews may be held on consideration of a prospective student’s application form.

Overseas students are often accepted on their grades and strong recommendation from suitable referees.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Support may be available in the form of scholarships, and studentships awarded on a competitive basis. Please see our website for further information.

Career Prospects Our graduates have outstanding employment prospects. Recent graduates are working in research, consultancy and government agencies in the fields of flood risk modelling and engineering, catastrophe risk analysis, water quality monitoring and transport planning.

110

Degrees by Research

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time Research Proposal

Candidates should submit a research proposal with their application. Two-three pages, with references, is normally sufficient.

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience. Interviews may be held on consideration of a prospective student’s application form. Overseas students are often accepted on their grades and strong recommendation from suitable referees.

Contact

Research Co-ordinator Dr Paul Wood Post Graduate Secretary Mrs Sue Clarke E: geography.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223724 F: +44 (0)1509 223930

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students The lively departmental postgraduate community enjoys dedicated facilities and accommodation.

Research students are provided with: ● a shared office with networked PC and specialist software ● access to the Department’s extensive library of over 10,000 maps and atlases ● a wide range of laboratory resources, field equipment and support facilities to support physical geography research ● laptop computers, dictaphones, video cameras, a variety of digital equipment for field and archival research, and use of the Qualitative Research Laboratory to support human geography research All research students: ● are assigned two supervisors who provide academic guidance and pastoral support ● attend an extensive programme of research training ● attend regular research seminars and discussion groups that help to integrate postgraduates into the Department’s academic community ● have opportunities to earn money and gain experience through assisting with undergraduate teaching

Human Geography Research Group

This Group brings together leading researchers to provide two distinct, and cross-cutting, views on: Children, Youth and Families (CYF), and Migration, Identity and States (MIS).

Research under this theme explores the way ideas about, and the experiences of, childhood, youth and families are shaped within and reshape diverse geographical contexts in the Global North and South. We view the spaces within which sociospatial ideas and practices emerge – be they homes, schools, workplaces, community organisations etc – as interconnected, in the same way as the wider places in which we undertake research (neighbourhoods, cities, countries, global regions) are made through their links with other time/locations.

Working across a variety of spatial scales, members of MIS are progressing and deepening understandings of the inter-connections between Migration, Identity and the State in today’s globalising society. We are leading on conceptual and theoretical understandings of global migration and diaspora, citizenship and identity, transnational academic mobilities, health, disease and travel, state spatialities and power, territories and belonging, flows and city connectivity, global urban networks, and planning and governance of cities and regions. A key hallmark of our research is a focus on politicallyrelevant issues including biometric residence permits, the integration of immigrants in Europe, geographies of Palestine-Israel, migration and urbanisation in the Global South, cities’ global network connectivity, and the un/bounding of the state. The group also hosts the Globalization and World Cities (GaWC) research network, the leading international academic think-tank on understanding the role of cities in globalisation.

Human Geography Academic staff: Dr Marco Antonsich, Professor Morag Bell, Dr Matej Blazek, Dr Ed Brown, Dr Karenjit Clare, Dr Jon Cloke, Professor Kate Gough, Dr John Harrison, Professor Sarah Holloway, Dr Louise Holt, Michael Hoyler, Dr Heike Jons, Dr Elizabeth Mavroudi, Dr Helena Pimlott-Wilson, Dr Sarah Mills, Professor Darren Smith, Dr Adam Warren Contact: geography.pgr@lboro.ac.uk

Physical Geography Research Group

This Group brings together leading researchers to provide two distinct, and cross-cutting, views on: Polar and Alpine Research (PARC) and Hydroloigcal and Ecosystem Research (CHES).

Research within the Polar and Alpine Research Centre (PARC) research (led by Professor John Anderson Dr Richard Hodgkins) focuses on a wide range of environmental processes and changes that characterise the world’s cold places: high latitudes and high altitudes. The priority is inter-disciplinary research on biogeochemical and sediment transfer processes amongst terrestrial, marine, lacustrine, cryospheric and atmospheric systems. Key research foci include: ● High-latitude lakes and catchment systems ● Aeolian processes ● Climate change and ice sheet retreat ● Process geomorphology on semi-arid hillslopes ● Quaternary environmental change ● Geochemistry ● Dating sediment fluxes ● Alpine ecosystems ● Glacial geomorphology and hydrology ● Glaciology The Centre for Hydrological and Ecosystem Research (CHES) is a multi-disciplinary group (led by Professor Rob Wilby) with core interests in monitoring, modelling and managing hydrological and ecological systems. Our research spans three main themes: geomorphological processes that shape fluvial and terrestrial environments; ecological and hydrological processes involved in the maintenance and functioning of healthy ecosystems; and hydroclimatic modelling and water management under climate variability and change.

Key research foci include: ● Palaeolimnology ● Climate change scenarios and impacts on freshwaters ● Hydromorphology of river systems ● Lotic habitats and river ecology ● Groundwater ecology ● Woodland nutrient dynamics ● Nutrition of carnivorous plants ● Flood inundation and water resource modelling ● Water management Physical Geography Academic staff: Professor John Anderson, Professor Joanna Bullard, Dr Jeff Evans, Dr David Graham, Dr John Hillier, Dr Richard Hodgkins, Dr Jon Millett, Professor Helen Rendell, Professor Steve Rice, Dr David Ryves, Professor Rob Wilby, Dr Paul Wood, Dr Dapeng Yu Contact: geography.pgr@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile

Student Profile

Andrew Pledger

Okezi Akpokene

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/andrew

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/okezi

Student Profile

Student Profile

Katie Loakes

Kate Mathers

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/katie

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/kate-m

PhD Student

PhD Student

MSc Environmental Monitoring for Management

MSc Environmental Monitoring for Management

“It’s been really good to get handson experience in the labs and the modules have a good balance whether you’re interested in polymers, metals or ceramics.”

Matthew Bowles MSc Materials Science and Technology

Materials The Department The Department has contributed to the advancement and application of knowledge for well over 40 years. With 19 academics and a large support team, we have about 85 full and part-time MSc students, 70 PhD students and 20 research associates.

Our philosophy is based on the engineering application and use of materials which, when processed, are altered in structure and properties. Our approach includes materials selection and design considerations as well as business implications. We are immensely proud that our students voted us number one in our subject in the National Student Survey for five of the last six years.

Collaborations with industry Our programmes and research are enhanced by our close contacts and collaborations with industry, from which our students benefit greatly. Many of our PhD and MSc projects are industrially sponsored.

We offer a variety of research study options and two flexible MSc taught courses, with Postgraduate Diploma and Certificate awards for shorter periods of study. They aim to provide a fundamental understanding of the relevant materials and to prepare students for employment.

We have long enjoyed an international reputation for our research.

Ranked 2 for Materials Technology nd

The Guardian University Guide 2014

World-class facilities We are also home to the Loughborough Materials Characterisation Centre – its state-of-theart equipment makes it one of the best suites of its kind in Europe used by academia and our industrial partners. The Centre supports our research and teaching activities developing understanding of the interactions of structure and properties with processing and product performance. We were ranked 7th in the UK Research Assessment Exercise with 20% of our research classed as ‘world-leading’ and 95% being of an ‘international standard’. These results are testimony to the quality of learning we provide.

www.lboro.ac.uk/materials

112

www.lboro.ac.uk/materials

Information applicable to all taught programmes Course structure The MSc comprises a combination of semester-long and one week modules for full-time students, whilst part-time students study a mix of one week and distancelearning modules.

MSc students undertake a major project many of which are sponsored by our industrial partners. Part-time student projects are often specified in conjunction with their sponsoring company and undertaken at their place of work.

All modules are 15 credits. The MSc project is 60 credits.

MSc: 180 credits – six core and two optional modules, plus the MSc project.

PG Diploma: 120 credits – six core and two optional modules.

PG Certificate: 60 credits – four core modules.

Accreditation Both MSc programmes are accredited by the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining (IOM3), allowing progression towards professional chartered status (CEng) after a period of relevant graduate-level employment.

Entry Qualification Normally an upper second class honours degree or equivalent in a science or engineering subject. Applicants with a good lower second class degree will be considered. For part-time applicants, working in industry, lower level qualifications along with relevant industrial experience will be considered.

Selection Interviews may be held on consideration of a prospective student’s application form.

Overseas students are often accepted on their grades and strong recommendation from suitable referees.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of written examination, set coursework exercises and laboratory reports. The project is assessed by a dissertation, literature review and oral presentation.

Bursaries and Scholarships Bursaries are available for both UK / EU and international students, and scholarships are available for good overseas applicants.

Materials Science and Technology MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 1 year full-time, 3-4 years part-time Diploma: 2-3 years part-time Certificate: 1-2 years part-time This challenging inter-disciplinary programme spans the major classes of engineering materials used in modern high technology manufacturing and industry. The course has considerable variety and offers career opportunities across a wide range of industry sectors, where qualified materials scientists and engineers are highly sought after.

Full-time Modules Core Modules ● Advanced Characterisation Techniques (SL) ● Surface Engineering (SL) ● Ceramics: Processing and Properties (SL) ● Design with Engineering Materials (SL) ● Sustainable Use of Materials (OW) ● Metals: Processing and Properties (SL) ● MSc Project Optional Modules ● Plastics Processing Technology (OW) ● Industrial Case Studies (OW) ● Materials Modelling (SL)

Part-time Modules Core Modules ● Ceramics: Processing and Properties (DL) ● Design with Engineering Materials (DL) ● Sustainable Use of Materials (OW or DL) ● Metals: Processing and Properties (DL) ● Surface Engineering (DL) ● Plastics Processing Technology (OW) ● MSc Project Optional Modules ● Industrial Case Studies (OW) ● Adhesive Bonding (OW) ● Rubber Compounding and Processing (OW or DL) Alternative modules* ● Polymer Properties (DL) ● Advanced Characterisation Techniques (SL) ● Materials Modelling (SL) Key: SL = Semester-long, OW = One week, DL = Distance-learning Alternative modules* are only available under certain circumstances by agreement with the Programme Director.

Careers and Further Study Typical careers span many industrial sectors, including aerospace, power generation, automotive, construction and transport. Possible roles include technical and project management, R&D, technical support to manufacturing as well as sales and marketing.

Many of our best masters students continue their studies with us, joining our thriving community of PhD students engaged in materials projects of real-world significance.

Polymer Science and Technology MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 1 year full-time, 3-4 years part-time Diploma: 2-3 years part-time Certificate: 1-2 years part-time This programme provides professional training in polymer science and technology for graduates of science, engineering and technology subjects.

Lectures are supplemented by an extensive variety of laboratory exercises, spanning chemical and physical characterisation, and compounding and processing technology experiments on pilot-scale laboratory equipment.

Full-time Modules Core Modules ● Polymer Science (SL) ● Polymer Process Engineering (SL) ● Plastics and Composites Applications (SL) ● Polymer Properties (SL) ● Polymer Characterisation (OW) ● Polymerisation and Polymer Blends (SL) ● MSc Project Optional Modules ● Plastics Processing Technology (OW) ● Rubber Compounding and Processing (OW) ● Adhesive Bonding (OW) Part-time Modules Core Modules ● Polymer Science (DL) ● Plastics and Composites Applications (DL) ● Polymer Properties (DL) ● Polymer Characterisation (OW) ● Polymerisation and Polymer Blends (DL) ● Plastics Processing Technology (OW) ● MSc Project

Optional Modules ● Rubber Compounding and Processing (OW or DL) ● Adhesive Bonding (OW) ● Sustainable use of Materials (OW or DL)

Alternative modules* ● Design with Engineering Materials (DL) ● Polymer Process Engineering (SL) ● Materials Modelling (SL) Key: SL = Semester-long, OW = One week, DL = Distance-learning Alternative modules* are only available under certain circumstances by agreement with the Programme Director.

Careers and Further Study Typical careers span many industrial sectors, including plastics, rubber, chemical and additives industries and packaging.

Possible roles include technical and project management, R&D, technical support to manufacturing as well as sales and marketing. Many of our best masters students who are interested in research stay with us to study for a PhD.

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes Department Admissions E: materials.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223331

Degrees by Research

113

PhD, MPhil or EngD PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time EngD: 4 years Research Proposal

Applicants need not submit a detailed research proposal with their application, but are welcome to do so. However, they should indicate which area of research they wish to pursue and/or the names of staff they would be interested in working with.

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience.

Contact

Research Theme Leader Dr Houzheng Wu E: h.wu2@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223342

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● their own desk and storage space in a communal research student office ● access to photocopying and inter-library loan facilities ● opportunities to attend conferences in the UK and overseas ● academic, pastoral and progress support from their project supervisor as well as a Director of Research Degree Programme Research students: ● must complete 30 days of technical, business and presentation skills training, prior to submission of a PhD thesis (20 days for an MPhil) ● are expected to attend all departmental seminars, typically six a year, and the departmental Research Day in May/June ● have employment opportunities as laboratory demonstrators ● enjoy a healthy departmental social life, largely run by postgraduate and undergraduate students via the Materials Engineering Social Society (MESS)

Research Groups

Current research topics include: ● Electrodeposition based on non-aqueous ionic liquid electrolytes ● Mitigating tin and zinc whisker growth in electronics ● Surface modifying processes for adhesive bonding ● Creating surfaces characterised by adhesive qualities ● Environmentally friendly anodising processes ● Co-depositing nano-particles into metallic and organic coatings Academic staff: Dr Geoff Wilcox E: g.d.wilcox@lboro.ac.uk

Advanced Polymers

This is the largest and probably broadest research group in the Department. Activities range from polymerisation processes, through formulation and additive development, to manufacturing and recycling technologies.

Current research topics include: ● New Polymerisation processes and techniques ● Polymers in fuel cell applications ● Incorporation of nano-fillers and nanotechnology ● Biodegradable polymers ● Polymer weathering and degradation ● Recycling of polymers and use of recycled materials ● Surface polymerisation and thin films ● Rubber and elastomer formulation and processing ● Interfacial adhesion enhancement and adhesion failure ● Polymer processing; simulation and optimisation Contact: Dr Noreen Thomas E: n.l.thomas@lboro.ac.uk

Research Areas In addition to our research groups many interdisciplinary projects and topics of particular emphasis are underpinned by the academic expertise of our staff across a number of research areas.

Sustainability

Research expertise in materials’ selection, replacement, processing, application and modification is helping to solve many sustainability issues, including reduced emissions, recycling and re-use, and replacing toxic components.

Contact: Dr Noreen Thomas E: n.l.thomas@lboro.ac.uk

Nanomaterials

Nanotechnology has the potential to create many new materials and devices with wideranging applications. Our research group mainly focuses on synthesis, characterisation and applications of nanomaterials.

Contact: Professor Mo Song E: m.song@lboro.ac.uk

With an annual research income of £3M, our activities centre on the interactions of structure and properties with processing and product performance for polymers, metals, ceramics and their composites.

Our work covers both fundamental and applied aspects and is often multidisciplinary in nature, involving partners from our extensive network of industrial and academic contacts around the globe.

Our work benefits from excellent support staff and extensive facilities ranging from materials synthesis to processing and characterisation. The latter is provided by the Loughborough Materials Characterisation Centre which houses state-of-the-art, worldclass facilities.

Microstructural Characterisation

Energy Materials

Specialist Research Centres

Energy Materials is a strategic research area, and the Group addresses key challenges, particularly in the area of lifetime extension for conventional power plants, and high temperature materials for more efficient power generation.

Current research topics include: ● Microstructural evolution in steels ● Materials modelling for sustainable power generation ● Thermal and radiation induced interfacial segregation ● Oxide scales on steels ● Photovoltaic cells ● Ceramic materials for fuel cell applications Academic staff: Professor Rachel Thomson E: r.c.thomson@lboro.ac.uk

Advanced Ceramics

The Group focuses on processing, properties and characterisation of engineering ceramic materials. Projects include ultra-high temperature heat shielding, ceramic braking systems and improved ceramic / nanoceramic processing techniques.

Current research topics include: ● Processing of nanostructured ceramics ● Processing of interpenetrating ceramicmetal composites ● Processing of ultra-high temperature ceramic (UHTC) composites ● Carbon fibre reinforced ceramic composites for friction brake applications ● Developing ceramics for biomedical use Academic staff: Professor Jon Binner E: j.binner@lboro.ac.uk

Surface Engineering

Many of the important properties of materials are dependent on their surface structure and chemistry. The Group are particularly concerned with techniques to modify surfaces to increase their performance within processing and in service.

Microstructural characterisation covers a number of key microscopy-based analytical processes. Our team of experts uses the world-class facilities of the Loughborough Materials Characterisation Centre (LMCC) to push the boundaries of these techniques.

Contact: Professor Rachel Thomson E: r.c.thomson@lboro.ac.uk

Corrosion and Degradation

Corrosion and degradation are key failure mechanisms. Our research reflects a materialwide understanding and combating of the major causes, spanning electrochemical reactions, high temperature oxidation and aggressive environments.

Contact: Dr Geoff Wilcox E: g.d.wilcox@lboro.ac.uk

Loughborough Materials Characterisation Centre (LMCC)

The Centre provides a co-ordinated advanced materials characterisation service to the research groups in the Department, other University departments, and to industry.

It encompasses the Institute of Surface Science Technology, the Advanced Thermal Methods Unit, the Electron and Optical Microscopy Unit, and the X-ray Unit.

Across the four sub-units, the Centre has a wide array of surface analysis techniques such as AES and XPS; thermal methods including micro-TA, electron and optical microscopy (including FEGSEM and FEGTEM with a full range of quantitative microstructural analysis capabilities); and X-ray facilities with a high temperature stage.

In all, over 40 characterisation techniques are available.

LMCC Staff: Mr Scott Doak, Dr Gary Critchlow, Dr David Grandy, Dr Keith Yendall, Dr Zhoaxia Zhou Contact: E: lmcc@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223387

For more student profiles please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/profiles

“I hope to get a position in industry working in research and development. The skills I’ve gained from my PhD will be essential for this kind of role.�

Adam Hughes PhD

Mathematics The Department Mathematics at Loughborough has a long history of innovation in teaching, and we have a firm research base with strengths in both pure and applied mathematics as well as mathematics education.

The Department comprises more than 34 academic staff, whose work is complemented and underpinned by senior visiting academics, research associates and a large support team.

The programmes on offer reflect our acknowledged strengths in pure and applied research in mathematics, and in some cases represent established collaborative training ventures with industrial partners.

With two different MSc pathways there is enough flexibility for students to tailor their course to the career direction they wish to take. The MPhil and PhD opportunities are very similar, allowing six different research themes to be studied.

100% of our graduates are in work or further study

Mathematics Education Centre (MEC) The Mathematics Education Centre (MEC) at Loughborough University is an internationally renowned centre of research, teaching, learning and support. It is a key player in many high-profile national initiatives. With a growing number of academic staff and research students, the MEC provides a vibrant, supportive community with a wealth of experience upon which to draw.

We encourage inquiries from students who are interested in engaging in research into aspects of learning and teaching mathematics at Masters, PhD and Post Doc levels.

Please see our website for available studentships and current projects that might be of interest. www.lboro.ac.uk/mec

Destinations of leavers from Higher Education (DLHE) survey 2013

www.lboro.ac.uk/maths

www.lboro.ac.uk/maths

115

Industrial Mathematical Modelling MSc 1 year full-time This programme develops mathematical modelling skills and provides mathematical techniques required by industry.

The period October to June is devoted to lectures, tutorials and practical sessions comprising the core modules.

This is followed by a period of about 14 weeks devoted to an individual project either in an industrial or engineering company or at the University.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Mathematical Modelling I ● Regular and Chaotic Dynamics ● Programming and Numerical Methods ● Advanced Reliability, Availability and Maintainability Semester 2 ● Mathematical Modelling II ● Elements of Partial Differential Equations ● Static and Dynamic Optimisation ● Fluid Mechanics

Assessment A combination of written examinations, reports, individual and group projects, and verbal presentations.

Entry Qualification Normally upper second class honours degree in mathematics or an engineering or science subject with a high mathematical content. Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree will be considered.

Scholarships and Sponsorships A limited number of scholarships are available for this programme as well as the loyalty bonus scheme which reduces fees for Loughborough graduates.

Careers and Further Study Graduate employment over a wide range of industries encompassing aerospace, automotive electronics, and computer interests as well as software houses, insurance companies, and research establishments and institutions.

Programme Tutor: Professor Roger Smith E: r.smith@lboro.ac.uk

Mathematical Finance MSc 1 year full-time The programme provides graduates with strong mathematical skills, the necessary computational techniques and finance background relevant to subsequent employment in a sector of finance such as investment banks, hedge funds, insurance companies and the finance departments of large corporations where mathematics plays a key role.

The depth of the mathematics taught should enable graduates to pursue research careers in stochastic analysis, financial mathematics or other relevant areas.

The period October to June is devoted to lectures, tutorials and practical sessions comprising the core and optional modules. This is followed by a period of about 14 weeks devoted to an individual project.

Semester 1 Compulsory Modules ● Introduction to Measure Theory and Martingales ● Stochastic Models in Finance Optional Modules (choose two) ● Programming and Numerical Methods ● Regular and Chaotic Dynamics ● Financial Economics

Semester 2 Compulsory Modules ● Stochastic Calculus and Theory of Stochastic Pricing ● Research Project Optional Modules (choose three) ● Functional Analysis ● Elements of PDEs ● Static and Dynamic Optimisation ● Either Asset Management and Derivatives or Corporate Finance Assessment A combination of written examinations, reports, individual and group projects, and verbal presentations.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in a subject with a high mathematical content.

Scholarships and Sponsorships A number of part-fee studentships may be available to appropriately qualified international students.

Careers and Further Study This programme may lead to a wide range of employment within industry, the financial sectors, and research establishments. It may also provide an ideal background for postgraduate research in Stochastic Analysis, Probability Theory, Mathematical Finance and other relevant areas.

Programme Tutor: Dr Chunrong Feng E: c.feng@lboro.ac.uk

Mathematics with Qualified Teacher Status PGCE 1 year full-time MSc with QTS PGCE plus additional year of part-time study ● MSc in Education with Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) ● Postgraduate Diploma in Education with QTS ● Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) ● Professional Graduate Certificate in Education Loughborough University has a strong tradition of teacher education and a history of successfully producing teachers who are in great demand by schools and colleges in the UK and overseas. An assessment of its teacher training by Ofsted in 2011, graded Loughborough as outstanding and several strengths were identified, including: ● detailed attention paid to trainees’ well-being ● a highly committed team with strong leadership and extensive subject knowledge ● outstanding levels of anticipation, innovation and change in response to national, regional and local priorities Loughborough trains secondary school teachers in Mathematics and in Physical Education* where it enjoys a national reputation. The PGCE prepares students to teach the 11-18 age range and is offered as a full-time one year course of 36 weeks.

It provides practical professional preparation for teaching in secondary schools, and is designed and delivered in partnership with schools in up to 10 Local Authorities.

The PGCE represents the first year, and contributes to a half of an MSc in Education with Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), providing an opportunity for students to gain a relevant masters degree during their early teaching career.

Students have the opportunity to be taught and supervised by staff whose teaching and research excellence has been formally acknowledged as of national and international renown and to be at the cutting edge of educational innovation. Many of the staff who teach on the modules have written key text books in their area of expertise.

Selection In accordance with current Government requirements, all applicants must be interviewed before a place can be offered, to assess their suitability for teaching. It is normally expected that candidates should have recent and relevant experience of working with young people, preferably in a state secondary school setting, before applying for any programme leading to Qualified Teacher Status.

Applicants also have to meet Government requirements for physical and mental fitness to teach, and to have enhanced Disclosure and Barring Service clearance to work with children and young people. Applicants must also pass externally assessed Professional Skills tests in literacy and numeracy prior to commencing a PGCE course.

Application to the first year of the programme (PGCE) is made through UCAS. Full details of the procedure may be found on the UCAS Teacher Training website.

More information is also available on www.lboro.ac.uk/teacher-education Core Staff: Nick Bromell, Dr Lorraine Cale, Dr Jo Harris, Sarah Kirkham, Sarah Turner, Dr Mike Waring

116

Degrees by Research

PhD or MPhil Mathematical Sciences PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time

Global Analysis and PDEs

The Global Analysis and PDEs Group is rooted in pure mathematics and focuses on geometric and topological aspects of analysis. ● Hyperbolic equations with singularities ● Elliptic operators on singular manifolds ● Pseudodifferential operators ● Spectral geometry and quantum physics ● Microlocal and semiclassical analysis ● Scattering theory Academic staff: Dr Claudia Garetto, Dr Eugenie Hunsicker, Dr Alexander Strohmaier Contact: e.v.ferapontov@lboro.ac.uk

Linear and Nonlinear Waves

Research Proposal

Applicants need not submit a detailed research proposal with their application, but should indicate which area of research they wish to pursue and/or names of staff members they would be interested in working with. Applications should be clearly addressed to the Department of Mathematical Sciences. Please contact the Research Admissions Tutor (see below) who will put you in touch with an appropriate supervisor.

Entry Qualification

Applicants should have a good honours degree or a masters degree in mathematics, mathematics education, science or engineering, or an equivalent qualification.

Applications

Applications should be clearly addressed to the Department of Mathematical Sciences.

Please contact the Research Admissions Tutor who will put you in touch with an appropriate supervisor.

Contact

Research Admissions Tutor Professor Jenya Ferapontov E: e.v.ferapontov@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223309

School Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with a desk, computer, photocopying facilities and funds for conference attendance.

The School enjoys a dynamic research atmosphere with regular workshops, international visitors and a wide range of research seminars to which research students make regular presentations. Many research students receive training and payment to serve as tutorial assistants for undergraduate programmes.

Research Groups Dynamical Systems

The Group studies a wide range of aspects of dynamical systems theory, such as Hamiltonian and dissipative dynamics, adiabatic invariants and bifurcation theory. ● Celestial mechanics ● Perturbation theory ● Charged particles motion ● Semiclassical quantization ● Dynamics of chemical reactions ● Quantum graphs ● Random matrix theory ● Ergodic theory Academic staff: Dr Thomas Bartsch, Dr Zeng Lian, Professor Anatoly Neishtadt, Dr Brian Winn Contact: e.v.ferapontov@lboro.ac.uk

Geometry and Mathematical Physics

The theory of integrable systems studies differential equations which are, in a sense, exactly solvable and possess regular behaviour. Such systems play a fundamental role in mathematical physics, providing an approximation to various models of applied interest. ● Classical, quantum and discrete integrable systems ● Differential and algebraic geometry ● Hamiltonian dynamical systems ● Integrability tests ● Special functions ● Frobenius manifolds ● Topological solitons Academic staff: Dr Alexey Bolsinov, Dr Gavin Brown, Professor Jenya Ferapontov, Dr Martin Hallnas, Dr Marta Mazzocco, Dr Vladimir Novikov, Dr Artie Prendergast-Smith, Professor Sasha Veselov, Professor Leonid Chekhov, Sir David Wallace Contact: e.v.ferapontov@lboro.ac.uk

The Group’s interests are in wave motion in a variety of physical situations, including geophysical fluid dynamics, water waves, solid mechanics, Bose-Einstein condensates, electromagnetism and acoustics. ● Solitons ● Asymptotic and perturbation techniques ● Nonlinear waves in fluids ● Internal waves ● Existence theories for nonlinear waves ● Whitham Theory ● Scattering and radiation problems in water waves and acoustics ● Trapped waves ● Interaction of waves with structures ● Analytic and semi-analytic solutions to wave problems Academic staff: Dr Gennady El, Dr Karima Khusnutdinova, Professor Chris Linton, Dr Maureen McIver. Visiting and Part-time Professors: Professor Roger Grimshaw, Professor Mark Groves, Professor Phil McIver Contact: e.v.ferapontov@lboro.ac.uk

Mathematical Modelling

Members of the Group apply a variety of techniques from applied mathematics to diverse problems in medicine, biology, fluid dynamics, materials and soft matter science. ● Molecular dynamics ● Numerical quantum mechanics ● Modelling of complex fluids ● Long time scale dynamics ● Modelling of materials science problems ● Developmental Biology ● Tumour growth and drug transport ● Biological oscillators ● Nonlinear Dynamical Systems ● Mathematical modelling of bacterial infections ● Dynamics of simple/complex fluids at interfaces ● Wettability, capillarity, chemical reactions and phase transitions ● Mixing and chemical reactions in flows ● Dispersion of pollutants ● Thermal bar dynamics Academic staff: Dr Andrew Archer, Dr Natalia Janson, Dr Antony Kay, Dr Steven Kenny, Professor Roger Smith, Dr Dmitri Tseluiko, Dr John Ward. Visiting and Part-time Professors: Professor Uwe Thiele, Professor Edgar Knobloch Contact: e.v.ferapontov@lboro.ac.uk

Stochastic Analysis

Rooted in probability and measure theory, stochastic analysis has intrinsic and deep connections to, as well as many applications across a range of areas, including analysis and partial differential equations, geometry, dynamical systems, physics, geophysics, engineering, and biology – where many problems are modelled by stochastic differential equations or stochastic partial differential equations. ● Stochastic partial differential equations ● Random dynamical systems ● Mathematics of finance ● Stochastic analysis on geometric spaces ● Quantum stochastic analysis ● Markov processes and Dirichlet forms ● Ergodic theory ● Dynamics of financial markets ● Portfolio theory Academic staff: Dr Wael Bahsoun, Dr Chunrong Feng, Dr Mohammud Foondun, Dr Jozsef Lorinczi, Professor Huaizhong Zhao, Professor Robin Hudson Contact: e.v.ferapontov@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile

Student Profile

Hao Wu

Zainab Al Tooq

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/hao

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/zainab

MSc Mathematical Finance

PhD Student

www.lboro.ac.uk/mec

117

Mathematics Education Centre PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time Research Proposal

Please complete a University online application form and attach the following documents: ● A one-page CV summarising relevant experience and skills ● A one-page cover letter describing your reasons for wishing to undertake postgraduate study in your chosen area and the personal qualities that you will bring ● A two-page essay on one or more issues of your choice affecting teaching/learning in mathematics, related to your proposed area of research. This should be a specially constructed piece of writing, making reference to relevant books or articles you have consulted In the application form please indicate the area in which you would like to study and the person with whom you would like to work, if appropriate. You may, if you wish, contact this person ahead of making an application to discuss your interests and possibilities.

Entry Qualification

Applicants should have a good honours degree in mathematics, education, psychology, science or engineering, or a related discipline. It would be an advantage in some cases to have a masters degree in mathematics education, educational research methods or in a related discipline. Inquiries should be addressed to the Research Admissions Tutor or to one of the MEC research staff as appropriate.

Applications should be clearly addressed to the Mathematics Education Centre.

Please contact the Research Admissions Tutor who will put you in touch with an appropriate supervisor.

Contact

Research Admissions Tutor Dr Paul Hernandez-Martinez E: p.a.hernandez-martinez@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222864

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with a desk, computer, photocopying facilities and funds for some conference attendance.

The School enjoys a dynamic research atmosphere with regular workshops, international visitors and a wide range of research seminars to which research students make regular presentations.

Many research students receive training and payment to serve as tutorial assistants for undergraduate mathematics programmes.

Research Areas The MEC has broad areas of research interest in mathematical cognition and in mathematical culture, pedagogy and identity, encompassing a range of theoretical perspectives.

Research focuses upon mathematics and statistics education mainly within higher education, both for specialist mathematicians and for students of other disciplines, and more widely to include primary and secondary school levels and outreach activities.

Typically research focuses on aspects of the learning and/or teaching of mathematics and related elements, for example, the use of new technology or the special needs of some students.

Some of the current specialist research areas of MEC staff include: ● Mathematics and statistics support ● Identities of learners and teachers within a mathematics environment ● Communities of inquiry in developing mathematics learning and teaching ● Cognitive processes in developing mathematical concepts ● Approaches to teaching mathematics topics such as calculus or linear algebra ● Learning and teaching of proof ● Implementation of emerging technologies in mathematics learning and teaching ● Mathematics support of students with additional needs, especially dyscalculia ● Transition from school to university MEC Academic staff: Dr Lara Alcock, Professor Tony Croft, Dr Camilla Gilmore, Dr Paul Hernandez-Martinez, Dr David Hewitt, Dr Matthew Inglis, Professor Barbara Jaworski, Dr Ian Jones, Dr Alun Owen, Dr Carol Robinson, Dr Christopher Sangwin

www.lboro.ac.uk/mec

Student Profile

Student Profile

Kieron Moore

Adam Hughes

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/kieron

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/adam-h

PhD Student

PhD Student

“The University has inspired me to dream big and aim for higher achievements in life. It’s reminded me that nothing is impossible.”

Manharpreet Bajwa MSc Mechanical Engineering

Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering The School The School of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering is a leader in technological research and innovation, with extensive national and international industrial links, and a long standing tradition of excellent teaching.

Six MSc postgraduate degree programmes provide specialist learning in a range of design, manufacturing, mechanical, and sustainable engineering disciplines, with over 200 students registered each year.

Our Industrial Advisory Committee, comprising of engineers at senior levels in the profession, ensures that our programmes contain the optimal balance of subjects and industrial relevance, with degree content accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers and the Institution of Engineering and Technology.

The School has three of the UK manufacturing research centres (Electronics Manufacture, Intelligent Automation, Regenerative Medicine) and is a lead governing partner in the newly formed UK Manufacturing Technology Centre. Our current research portfolio extends to £50M+ of concurrent funding spread across ten internationally leading research groups.

Ranked 5th for Mechanical Engineering

The 2008 Research Assessment Exercise placed us top of our unit of assessment. 70%+ of our research is classed as international / world class level, and we collaborate with some of the world’s best known companies including adidas, Aston Martin, BAE Systems, Caterpillar, Ford, GSK, JCB, Lotus, and Rolls-Royce.

We offer outstanding UK / EU and international students funded PhD opportunities at the very forefront of technology and a number of these places go to students who have completed their MSc studies with us.

The Guardian University Guide 2014

www.lboro.ac.uk/mechman

www.lboro.ac.uk/mechman

Advanced Manufacturing Engineering and Management MSc 1 year full-time, up to 8 years part-time This programme produces engineers who are highly skilled in the techniques of manufacturing management and its related technologies, providing the basis for effective careers as managers who can meet the challenges of the rapidly changing global manufacturing industry.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● The Innovation Process and Project Management ● Manufacturing Processes and Automation ● Product Information Systems – Product Lifecycle Management ● Lean and Agile Manufacture ● Sustainable Development: The Engineering Context Semester 2 ● Engineering Management and Business Studies ● Additive Manufacturing ● Manufacturing System and Process Modelling

Semester 2 and Summer ● Project

Assessment Examinations in January and May with coursework throughout the programme.

Project assessed by written report, presentation and exhibition.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in any engineering discipline, or HND with appropriate industrial experience.

Applicants with a lower second class honours degree will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Careers and Further Study Within national or multinational manufacturing industry companies working as a Manufacturing Engineer, Project Engineer, Systems Analyst or Software Development Specialist.

Graduates may also study for an MPhil or PhD with the School’s research groups.

Engineering Design MSc 1 year full-time, up to 8 years part-time This programme enables students to work effectively in an engineering design role, whether that role concerns the design of products, processes or systems, at an overall or detail level. A balance of theory and practice is applied to the solving of real engineering design problems. All projects meet the product design requirements of one of our many co-operating companies.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● The Innovation Process and Project Management ● Engineering Design Methods ● Computer Aided Engineering ● Structural Analysis ● Sustainable Development: The Engineering Context Semester 2 ● Engineering Management and Business Studies ● Product Design and Human Factors ● Sustainable Product Design

Semester 2 and Summer ● Project

Assessment Examinations in January and May with coursework throughout the programme.

Project assessed by written report, presentation and exhibition.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in any engineering discipline, or HND with appropriate industrial experience. Applicants with a lower second class honours degree will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Careers and Further Study Engineering design related jobs in product, process and system design environments, providing project management and communication skills and direct technical input.

Graduates may also study for an MPhil or PhD with the School.

Mechanical Engineering MSc 1 year full-time, up to 8 years part-time This programme has been designed to meet the challenges of the rapidly changing global market by providing the skills and abilities to contribute to the availability of well-designed products, process and systems.

As a broad-based Mechanical Engineering degree this programme provides a wide variety of career options in the engineering sector.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● The Innovation Process and Project Management ● Structural Analysis ● Engineering Design Methods ● Sustainable Development: The Engineering Context ● Computer Aided Engineering Semester 2 ● Thermofluids ● Experimental Mechanics ● Simulation of Advanced Materials and Processes

Semester 2 and Summer ● Project

Assessment Examinations in January and May with coursework throughout the programme.

Project assessed by written report, presentation and exhibition.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in any engineering discipline, or HND with appropriate industrial experience. Applicants with a lower second class honours degree will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Careers and Further Study The programme will allow students to acquire the technical and transferable skills required to succeed in a career in industry or academic research.

Graduates may also study for an MPhil or PhD with the School.

Student Profile

Student Profile

Manharpreet Bajwa

Liz Morales Garcia

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/manharpreet

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/liz

MSc Mechanical Engineering

MSc Advanced Manufacturing Engineering and Management

119

120

www.lboro.ac.uk/mechman

Sustainable Engineering MSc 1 year full-time, up to 8 years part-time This programme's objective is to provide students with the knowledge and skills to help industry and commerce reduce their environmental impacts and support the objectives of sustainable development. The programme is both technology and management based and acknowledges the challenges of a rapidly changing global manufacturing industry. The programme enables students to acquire the technical and transferable skills required to succeed in a career in industry, commerce or academic research by demonstrating their knowledge and ability in the field of sustainable engineering at the highest level.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● The Innovation Process and Project Management ● Sustainable Development: The Engineering Context ● Life Cycle Assessment ● Sustainable Energy Systems ● Waste Management and Product Recovery Semester 2 ● Environmental Management Standards, Legislation and Directives ● Sustainable Business Management ● Sustainable Product Design Semester 2 and Summer ● Project

Assessment Examinations in January and May with coursework throughout the programme.

Project assessed by written report, presentation and exhibition.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in any engineering discipline, or HND with appropriate industrial experience. Applicants with a lower second class honours degree will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Careers and Further Study Students who take our MSc in Sustainable Engineering have typically either recently finished their undergraduate studies and wish to gain additional education in this particular field, or have worked in industry for a number of years and having realised the need and opportunities for sustainability in industry, wish to advance their career through the development of their knowledge in this field.

Sustainability is now one of the key areas of development for all industry sectors around the world, and therefore students who have attended our MSc in Sustainable Engineering are well aligned with the demands these companies. As sustainable manufacturing is also a key research area within our department, graduates may also have the opportunity to study for an MPhil or PhD with the School.

Engineering Design and Manufacture (Distance Learning) MSc Up to 8 years part-time This programme is particularly suitable for engineers in product design and manufacturing roles who wish to gain further skills and take on more responsibility in the workplace.

It provides a thorough knowledge of engineering design and manufacture and associated management principles. A fully distance-learning programme, it is designed to enable students to study at home or in the workplace.

Resources for study include specially designed sets of written lecture notes, often supported by computer-based material on CD-ROM. Tutorial and study support is provided online.

Compulsory Modules ● Engineering Design Methods ● Design of Machine Elements ● Design for Assembly ● Operations Management ● Advanced Manufacturing Technology ● Lean and Agile

Manufacturing ● Quality Management ● Business Strategy ● Marketing for Engineers ● Project, undertaken as a work-based project

Assessment Examination and practical coursework. Individual project assessed by dissertation, presentation and exhibition.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in any engineering discipline, or HND with appropriate industrial experience. Applicants with a lower second class honours degree will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Careers and Further Study This programme is intended for engineers or scientists with a degree or equivalent qualification who wish to continue their professional development and update their knowledge of advances in technology.

They may be working in a range of engineering or manufacturing occupations, or wishing to change career direction.

Advanced Engineering MSc Up to 8 years part-time This part-time programme provides an exceptionally wide and flexible choice of study, particularly for continuing professional development purposes.

Modules A coherent set of modules chosen from the postgraduate programmes of this and the other Engineering schools can be negotiated with the Programme Director to meet individual needs and educational objectives.

Assessment Examinations in January and May with coursework throughout the programme.

Project assessed by written report, presentation and exhibition.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in any engineering discipline, or HND with appropriate industrial experience. Applicants with a lower second class honours degree will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Careers and Further Study This flexible part-time programme offers an exceptional range of choices and is intended for engineers or scientists with a degree or equivalent level qualification who wish to broaden their interdisciplinary engineering skills or specialise in specific areas.

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes Programme Administrator E: mechman.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 227511 F: +44 (0)1509 227513

Student Profile Rahul Mandal PhD Student

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/rahul

Degrees by Research

121

PhD, MPhil or EngD PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time EngD: 4 years full-time Research Proposal

Please contact the School for an information and application pack. You are encouraged to approach appropriate members of academic staff to discuss your proposal prior to submission.

Entry Qualification

A good degree in a relevant discipline or equivalent substantial relevant experience.

Contact

Director of Research Degrees David Whalley E: d.c.whalley@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 227661

School Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● a computer, photocopying and inter-library loan facilities and supervisor(s) with expertise in the chosen research area ● additional guidance and pastoral support via the Director of Research Degree Programmes ● support from any other departmental academic staff if appropriate ● a structured induction programme to familiarise them with the School and University All research students: ● are encouraged to attend regular departmental research seminars ● must attend training courses throughout their PhD to support their research and develop transferable skills ● are represented on the Staff Research Student Committee

Additive Manufacturing

Loughborough University has a long-established global profile in this field. We have comprehensive additive manufacturing laboratories, supported by state-of-the-art testing and analysis facilities, both within the School and elsewhere across the University.

Our broad scope of research activities spans fundamental investigations to translational activities. The majority of our research is conducted in collaboration with industrial partners across a range of sectors including aerospace, automotive, consumer, sports and medical. Much of our work is cross-disciplinary, conducted in collaboration with academic colleagues world-wide. We have a number of PhD opportunities available, including those through the EPSRC Centre for Doctoral Training in Additive Manufacturing.

Academic staff: Dr Ross Friel, Professor Russell Harris, Dr Robert Kay, Dr Darren Watts Contact: r.a.harris@lboro.ac.uk

Dynamics

This Group focuses on accurate measurement; advanced analysis, including modelling and simulation; and efficient motion control, both active and passive, which are key to success in the design and development of dynamic systems. ● Multi-body dynamics of vehicles, machines and mechanisms, medical devices and biomechanics ● Application of strongly non-linear dynamic phenomena ● Autoresonant excitation ● Engines and powertrains, rotors, bearings and vehicle dynamics ● Noise, vibration, harshness and refinement ● Tribology: Hydrodynamics, Elastohydrodynamics ● Nano-tribolgy with applications in MEMS and pharmaceutical devices ● Non-contact vibration measurement using laser techniques ● Noise and vibration measurement including modal analysis Academic staff: Professor Memis Acar, Dr Miguel De La Cruz, Paul King, Professor Homer Rahnejat, Dr Ramin Rahmani, Professor Steve Rothberg, Dr Stephanos Theodossiades Contact: h.rahnejat@lboro.ac.uk

Healthcare Engineering

A cross-disciplinary Group with a significant life science and bio-technology capability, researching the design, manufacture and exploitation of medical devices and translation of emerging technologies, especially regenerative medicine and tissue engineering.

Leader of the EPSRC Centre for Innovative Manufacturing in Regenerative Medicine.

Partner in the EPSRC Doctoral Training Centre in Regenerative Medicine and the UK RMP Pluripotent Stem Cell Platform. ● Pre-clinical cell and gene therapy development ● Innovative cell sources and improving cell function in vivo ● Manufacturing system and bioprocess design for tissue engineering and stem cell expansion ● Variation control and design for manufacture including quality by design ● Rapid real-time sensors for biomanufacturing and healthcare diagnostics ● Biomarker and theranostic marker development ● Device and drug interactions in drug and stem cell delivery ● Exploitation and adoption of healthcare technology Academic staff: Dr Sourav Ghosh, Dr Yang Liu, Professor Nicholas Medcalf, Dr Alexandra Stolzing, Dr Rob Thomas, Professor David Williams Contact: d.j.williams@lboro.ac.uk

Intelligent Automation

Intelligent Automation provides supervisory functionality as well as production functionality.

The Group brings together expertise in mechatronics and manufacturing systems integration, and is one of the leading centres for intelligent machinery research in Europe, having made prominent contributions to enterprise modelling and large-scale systems engineering concepts and methods for the last two decades. ● Medical applications – robotic surgery, novel instruments ● Advanced robotics in manufacturing ● Machine vision ● Machine vision directed laser materials processing ● Manufacturing engineering led computer science for intelligent automation ● Intelligent machine maintenance systems ● Systems integration technologies ● Design and control of component-based machines ● Design of distributed engineering environments ● Virtual modelling of automation systems and manufacturing processes ● Human factors in automation and semi-automation of complex tasks Academic staff: Professor Memis Acar, Dr Kaddour Bouazza-Marouf, Professor Keith Case, Dr John Edwards, Dr Mey Goh, Professor Jenny Harding, Professor Mike Jackson, Dr Laura Justham, Dr David Kerr, Dr Radmehr Monfared, Professor Robert Parkin, Andy Taylor, Professor Andy West, Bob Wood, Dr Robert Young Contact: m.r.jackson@lboro.ac.uk

Interconnection

The Group addresses the mechanical, manufacturing and materials issues in the physical realisation of electronic products including those containing MEMS and micro-fluidic components. Major research themes include joining, manufacturing processes, and packaging. ● Understanding novel adhesive systems in fine pitch applications ● Lead-free solders in nano-scale micro-joining and flux-free soldering ● Development of new processes ● Control and instrumentation ● Computational process modelling and process configuration ● Packaging of electronics in new areas, eg. medical, automotive ● Substrate development and packaging design ● Electronics and the environment ● Design and costing tools ● Technology forecasting and modelling ● Strategic globalisation issues for electronics manufacture Academic staff: Professor Paul Conway, Dr David Hutt, Professor Changqing Liu, David Whalley Contact: p.p.conway@lboro.ac.uk

Manufacturing Organisation

The Manufacturing Organisation Research Group is concerned with improving the capability of organisations to develop and deploy efficient and effective business processes through a better understanding of organisational and human factors. The Group aims to ensure integration of all elements of organisational capability (control, people, process, structure and tools) required to deliver new products and services that fulfil time, cost, quality, functional and environmental requirements throughout the value chain. ● Innovation, Entrepreneurship and Leadership ● Operations Management ● Resilience ● Ambidextrous organisations ● Antifragility ● Servitization ● Motivation and Performance Measures Academic staff: Professor Chris Backhouse, Dr Ran Bhamra, Dr Sue Morton Contact: c.j.backhouse@lboro.ac.uk

122

www.lboro.ac.uk/mechman

Mechanics of Advanced Materials

This Group conducts multi-disciplinary research into the response of advanced engineering materials to various types of external loading and environmental conditions, using a combination of analytical, numerical and experimental techniques.

Analysis of deformation and flow processes, damage evolution as well as failure initiation and development allows us to predict and optimise the properties, performance, reliability and structural integrity of modern materials and the components and structures made from them. Among the materials we are currently working with are: composites and nanocomposites; polymers; materials for microelectronics; steels, alloys and superalloys; bio- and biomedical materials; sports materials; ceramics and ceramic coatings; polymeric foams; non-woven fabrics; metallic glasses. ● Computational mechanics and micromechanics of microstructured materials ● Multi-scale analysis of damage and failure evolution in advanced engineering materials ● Effect of in-service loading and environmental conditions on performance of components and structures ● Effect of microstructure on effective properties and performance of advanced engineering materials ● Mechanics of advanced materials under vibro-impact loading ● Impact fatigue ● Ultrasonically-assisted machining ● Mechanics of biomaterials and tissues Academic staff: Dr Adel Abdel-Wahab, Dr Emrah Demirci, Dr Anish Roy, Professor Vadim Silberschmidt, Dr Liguo Zhao Contact: v.silberschmidt@lboro.ac.uk

Optical Engineering

A Queen’s Anniversary Prize acknowledges the eminence of this Group’s work which is concerned with the development of laser and optical technology for industrial applications.

The Group leads optical metrology research initiatives with the Engineering Technology Institute (ETI), the International Institute for Cavitation Research (with City University and Delft Technical University) and is a key research partner with the UK’s National Measurement Standards Institute - the National Physical Laboratory (NPL). Research projects include: ● Optical diagnostics in fluid and solid mechanics ● Particle image velocimetry ● Laser vibrometry ● Laser induced fluorescence ● Digital holography ● Digital image and fringe processing techniques ● Optical surface measurement ● Computational optics ● High power laser processing, diffractive optics ● Laser safety Academic staff: Professor Jeremy Coupland, Professor Graham Hargrave, Professor Jon Huntley, Dr David Kerr, Dr Sundar Marimuthu, Dr Jon Petzing, Professor Steve Rothberg, Dr Pablo Ruiz, Professor John Tyrer Contact: j.m.coupland@lboro.ac.uk

Sports Technology

One of the leading international centres focussing on technology and engineering applied within sport. Founded as a research activity in 1986, the Institute was formed in 2007 as part of a £15M investment. The Institute partners with numerous leading multinational sporting goods brands, as well as National and International Governing Bodies and a global network of University partners. Current research interests include: ● Computer aided design, simulation and manufacture of sports equipment ● Virtual and augmented training systems for enhanced elite sports performance ● Personal protection and injury prevention in sport ● Human and equipment interaction with natural and artificial surfaces ● Design of footwear, apparel and hard goods ● Development of exercise performance technologies ● Instrumentation, testing and data analysis in sport ● Robotic emulation of sports movements ● Experimental aerodynamics of sports equipment Academic staff: Professor Mike Caine, Dr Paul Fleming, Dr Steph Forrester, Dr Ben Halkon, Dr Andy Harland, Dr Laura Justham, Dr Paul Leaney, Dr Sean Mitchell, Dr Jon Roberts, Professor Steve Rothberg, Dr Paul Sherratt, Professor Andy West Contact: a.r.harland@lboro.ac.uk

Sustainable Manufacturing

This group aims to develop strategies, methodologies and enabling technologies that safeguard long-term economic sustainability through added value and improved production capability, as well as supporting environmental sustainability through a decrease in the consumption of natural resources. The main research goal is to provide industry with the opportunity to achieve a progressive change away from traditional manufacturing approaches to high value-added sustainable manufacturing methods.

The scope of our research activities therefore covers the complete lifecycle of not only the products, but also their production systems.

The group has a wide range of expertise including projects in: ● Life-cycle analysis ● Sustainable product and process design ● Resource-efficient manufacturing technologies ● Sustainable business models and servitisation ● Zero-Waste Manufacturing ● Eco-Intelligent manufacturing ● Sustainable resilient supply chain management ● Remanufacturing, reuse and recycling technologies Academic staff: Dr James Colwill, Professor Shahin Rahimifard, Leila Sheldrick, Andy Taylor, Dr Elliot Woolley Contact: s.rahimifard@lboro.ac.uk

Thermofluids and Combustion

The Group is engaged in industrially and environmentally relevant research into thermodynamics, fluid dynamics, heat transfer and combustion, with a strong emphasis on computational modelling and advanced optical diagnostic techniques.

We have a high level of support for our research from major international vehicle and engine manufactures and fuel companies, as well government. Research projects are associated with the automotive, internal combustion engine, environmental, power and medical industries, including. ● Combustion and emissions modelling ● Development of radiative heat transfer CFD techniques ● Diesel particulate trap / filter regeneration systems ● Engine cooling systems ● Heat transfer in high power laser processing ● Human upper airway modelling ● IC engine fluid flow and combustion ● Internal flows in gasoline direct injection fuel injectors ● Medical aerosol sprays CFD modelling and experiments ● Natural gas and dual fuel engine combustion ● PIV, LIF and high-speed imaging ● Turbocharging Academic staff: Dr Andy Clarke, Professor Colin Garner, Professor Graham Hargrave, Professor Weeratunge Malalasekera, Dr Joanna Szmelter, Henk Versteeg, Dr Andrew Williams, Dr Huayong Zhao Contact: c.p.garner@lboro.ac.uk

International Centre on Vibro-Impact Systems (ICoVIS)

The Centre provides a forum for, and builds collaboration between, academia and industry from around the globe in the broad area of vibro-impact systems and processes, providing a source of expertise on vibro-impact systems and processes. ● Vibro-impact processes in mechanisms, machines and structures ● Vibration protection of operators and structures in harsh environments ● Impact fatigue ● Ultrasonically assisted machining ● Vibration transportation and separation of granular media ● Percussive drilling for gas and oil ● Percussive tools ● Dynamic friction ● Measurements of vibro-impact processes Academic staff: Dr Gary Critchlow, Professor Jonathan Huntley, Professor Victor Krylov, Professor Homer Rahnejat, Professor Steve Rothberg, Dr Anish Roy, Professor Vadim Silberschmidt, Dr Gerry Swallowe, Dr Stephanos Theodossiades Contact: v.silberschmidt@lboro.ac.uk

Innovative Electronics Manufacture Research Centre (IeMRC)

IeMRC’s mission is to establish a centre of expertise through which UK industry can access and influence research in electronics manufacturing.

The Centre is one of 16 Innovative Manufacturing Research Centres supported by the EPSRC with IeMRC focusing on the electronics manufacturing sector.

With more than £10M funding over 10 years, IeMRC is distributed among a number of universities including Bath, Brunel, Greenwich, Lancaster, Sheffield and Strathclyde, with a hub at Loughborough.

Academic staff: Professor Paul Conway Contact: p.p.conway@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile

Student Profile

Saleh Basharahil

Shamiso Kacelenga

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/saleh

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/shamiso

MSc Engineering Design

MSc Sustainable Engineering

www.lboro.ac.uk/mechman

EPSRC Centre for Doctoral Training in Embedded Intelligence

Embedded Intelligence is characterised as the ability of a product, process or service to reflect on its own operational performance, usage load, or in relation to the end-user or environment in terms of satisfactory experience. This self-reflection is facilitated by information collected by sensors and processed locally or remotely to derive insight. These aspects must be considered from the design stage such as to enhance product lifetime and performance, increase quality of process or service delivery, or ensure customer satisfaction and market acceptance. Examples include: body sensor networks applied to elite athletes to measure performance; RFID and intelligent tags in manufacturing and supply chains to derive efficiencies, productivity and cost savings; embedded sensors and processing to deliver intelligent products that can negotiate their own production.

This Centre is providing 15 industry-sponsored studentships each year from October 2014. These 4-year PhDs include integrated technical, personal, professional and business training with individual training budgets. The research area is broad and multidisciplinary with opportunities for students to undertake research in: ● Design for embedded intelligence ● Manufacturing processes and technology to embed intelligent features, such as sensors, processors, etc. ● ICT for manufacturing, making the machines ‘talk’ ● Systems integration ● Electronics and sensors packaging and integration ● Embedded systems ● Reliability and resilience strategies ● Business processes Academic staff: Professor Paul Conway, Dr Ross Friel, Professor Russell Harris, Dr David Hutt, Dr Robert Kay, Dr Carmen Torres-Sanchez, Professor Andy West, David Whalley Contact: cdt-ei@lboro.ac.uk

EPSRC Centre for Innovative Manufacturing in Regenerative Medicine

A Loughborough-led collaboration with Nottingham and Keele universities, working with a network of industrial partners to address the manufacturing problems of a new generation of cell and tissue based therapies.

Work in Loughborough addresses quality-by-design approaches to cell processing, the creation of alternative processing platforms for stem cell processing, near patient cell processing, tissue processing under mechanical stimulation, cell therapy product characterisation, regulatory science, and reimbursement.

Academic staff: David Williams Contact: d.j.williams@lboro.ac.uk

EPSRC Doctoral Training Centre in Regenerative Medicine

A Loughborough-led collaboration with Nottingham and Keele universities focusing on translational research training for engineers and physical scientists wishing to work in the emerging regenerative medicine industry.

DTC research students at Loughborough focus on cell, stem cell and tissue processing, cell therapy product characterisation, regulatory science, reimbursement and cost of goods issues.

Academic staff: Professor Chris Hewitt Contact: c.j.hewitt@lboro.ac.uk

EPSRC Centre for Innovative Manufacturing in Intelligent Automation

A Loughborough-led collaboration with Cranfield University, Rolls-Royce, Airbus UK, Aero Engine Controls, and the Manufacturing Technology Centre.

The Centre’s vision is to undertake research to provide the capability to design and deploy right-first-time automation systems for complex high-value manufacture.

The Centre will create, deliver, disseminate and exploit high-quality intelligent automation solutions.

Centre academics, covering a wide range of engineering and science disciplines, are involved in: ● Understanding human contribution to high value manufacturing processes ● Virtual modelling of automation systems and manufacturing processes ● Realisation and extensive testing of intelligent automation exemplars ● Human / automation system cooperative working ● ICT and computer science for intelligent automation that is manufacturing engineering led Academic staff: Dr Mey Goh, Professor Jenny Harding, Professor Mike Jackson, Dr Laura Justham, Dr David Kerr, Dr Niels Lohse, Dr Sundar Marimuthu, Dr Radmehr Monfared, Professor Robert Parkin, Dr Jon Petzing, Dr Anish Roy, Professor Vadim Silberschmidt, Professor Andy West, Dr Robert Young Contact: m.r.jackson@lboro.ac.uk

Other EPSRC Centres The School are collaborators in three further EPSRC Centres for Innovative Manufacturing:

EPSRC Centre for Industrial Sustainability

A £4.75M initiative between Cambridge, Cranfield, and Loughborough Universities with Imperial College London. The Centre aims to reduce the resource and energy intensity of the production of existing goods, and to investigate options for redesign of industrial systems.

Academic staff: Professor Shahin Rahimifard Contact: s.rahimifard@lboro.ac.uk

EPSRC Centre for Additive Manufacturing

A 5-year £6M initiative which aims to research into next generation additive manufacturing production technologies and design systems, with a focus on multi functional parts.

Academic staff: Professor Russ Harris Contact: r.a.harris@lboro.ac.uk

EPSRC Centre for Innovative Manufacturing in Food

A collaboration with Nottingham and Birmingham that involves such companies as AB Sugar (British Sugar Group), Cargill R&D Centre Europe, Mars UK Ltd, McCain Foods Ltd, Nestle SA, PepsiCo, etc.

Academic staff: Professor Shahin Rahimifard Contact: s.rahimifard@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile

Student Profile

Daniel Peter

Eugene Kalt

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/daniel-p

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/eugene

Student Profile

Student Profile

Tom Bamber

Alex Lyness

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/tom-b

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/alex

MSc Advanced Manufacturing Engineering and Management

PhD Student

123

PhD Student

PhD Student

“We do a lot of interesting experiments in the Department and we get the chance to experience a very high level of education.�

Juan Du MSc Physics

Physics The Department A friendly Department, we aim to provide an academically stimulating and supportive environment for our postgraduate students. We are a community of approximately 170 undergraduates, 30 postgraduates, 16 full-time academic staff, seven support staff, and several visiting and part-time academic staff.

Our large research student population and wide international links make the Department a lively place to work. Our research strengths are in the areas of condensed matter and materials, with a good balance between theory and experiment.

The quality of our researchers is recognised internationally and we publish in highly ranked physics journals; one of our former Visiting Professors, Alexei Abrikosov, was awarded the 2003 Nobel Prize in Physics.

Our research-oriented masters programmes are strongly linked to our research activities.

The international dimension to our research gives students the opportunity to work on major projects and visit major laboratories, maximising their career prospects.

Experimental research activities are supported by a team of enthusiastic and highly capable technicians.

100% of our graduates are in work or further study Destinations of leavers from Higher Education (DLHE) survey 2013

www.lboro.ac.uk/physics

www.lboro.ac.uk/physics

125

Advanced Physics MSc 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time The Department gives MSc students an opportunity to study and perform a research project under the supervision of recognized experts in fields of condensed matter physics and astrophysics, and to acquire specialist knowledge of one or a few topics at the cutting edge of contemporary physics.

The aim of the course is to equip students with key skills they need for employment in industry, public service or academic research. This course contains a combination of directed research work, development of research skills and taught material. The project will be devoted to one of several topical areas of modern physics including hightemperature superconductivity, terahertz semiconductor and superconductor electronics, physics of extreme conditions and astrophysics.

Compulsory Modules ● Mathematical Methods for Interdisciplinary Sciences ● Research Methods in Physics ● Research Project

Optional Modules ● General Relativity and Cosmology ● Quantum Physics ● Condensed Matter Physics ● Modern Optics ● Elementary Particle Physics ● Climate Physics ● Statistical and Low Temperature Physics ● Surfaces, Thin Films and High Vacuum ● Fundamentals of Quantum Information ● Superconductivity and Nanoscience ● Quantum Computing ● Regular and Chaotic Dynamics ● Programming and Numerical Methods ● Mathematical Modelling for Industrial Problems ● Static and Dynamic Optimisation ● Fluid Mechanics Learning and Teaching Knowledge and understanding are acquired through lectures, tutorials, problem classes and guided independent study. Assessment in taught modules is by a combination of examination and coursework. The MSc includes a significant research project completed through guided independent study with a research supervisor.

Entry Qualification Normally upper second class honours degree or equivalent in science or engineering, or appropriate professional experience. Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree will also be considered.

Quantum and Mathematical Physics MSc 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time One of the prime research directions of the Department is the new and promising field of quantum engineering, where the Department is one of the pioneers. The Department also has a strong international reputation in interdisciplinary research areas such as econophysics, which applies theories and methods originally developed by physicists in order to solve problems in economics, and network theory, which studies the evolution and statistical properties of big networks, often by applying physical ideas. Students will be given an opportunity to work on an original research project under the supervision of experts in one of the above areas.

The aim of the course is to equip students with key skills they need for employment in industry, public service or academic research. The programme comprises a set of taught modules and a research project, which relates to one of the hot topics in quantum computing, quantum information, quantum metamaterials, or interdisciplinary sciences such as econophysics or science of the Internet.

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes Programme Administrator E: physics.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 228409

Compulsory Modules ● Quantum Physics ● Statistical and Low Temperature Physics ● Fundamentals of Quantum Information ● Quantum Computing ● Research Methods in Physics ● Research Project Depending on their Undergraduate experience students will also take either Mathematical Methods for Interdisciplinary Science or Programming and Numerical Methods.

Learning and Teaching Knowledge and understanding are acquired through lectures, tutorials, problem classes and guided independent study. Assessment in taught modules is by a combination of examination and coursework. The MSc includes a significant research project completed through guided independent study with a research supervisor.

Entry Qualification Normally upper second class honours degree or equivalent in science or engineering, or appropriate professional experience. Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree will also be considered.

126

www.lboro.ac.uk/physics

Engineering Physics MSc 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time This course will hugely benefit from the strength of the wide range of engineering expertise in Loughborough University. It provides a unique opportunity to obtain an MSc degree for those who are interested in applying advanced physical knowledge for solution of engineering problems.

This course is intended to provide students with a ground for developing skills needed for employment in industry, public service or academic research based on training at the interface between Physics and Engineering Sciences. The taught modules support the projects, which require application of physical methods and theories for solution of problems in different areas of mechanical and electronic engineering.

Examples include thin films and surface coating, using use of nanoparticles in medicine, shape memory compounds, design of elements and circuitry for subterahertz and terahertz electronics, development of the equipment for measuring at low temperatures and/or high-pressure.

Compulsory Modules ● Mathematical Methods for Interdisciplinary Sciences ● Research Methods in Physics ● Research Project

Optional Modules ● Quantum Physics ● Fundamentals of Quantum Information ● Quantum Computing ● Condensed Matter Physics ● Modern Optics ● Elementary Particle Physics ● General Relativity and Cosmology ● Statistical and Low Temperature Physics ● Surfaces, Thin Films and High Vacuum ● Superconductivity and Nanoscience ● Climate Physics ● Regular and Chaotic Dynamics ● Programming and Numerical Methods ● Mathematical Modelling for Industrial Problems ● Static and Dynamic Optimisation ● Fluid Mechanics ● Materials Modelling ● Structural Analysis ● Laser and Optical Measurements Learning and Teaching Knowledge and understanding are acquired through lectures, tutorials, problem classes and guided independent study. Assessment in taught modules is by a combination of examination and coursework. The MSc includes a significant research project completed through guided independent study with a research supervisor.

Entry Qualification Normally upper second class honours degree or equivalent in science or engineering, or appropriate professional experience. Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree will also be considered.

Physics of Materials MSc 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time We have a long history of internationally recognized research in the study and development of new materials. This course gives the possibility of working with and learning from expert researchers in the physics of materials in a friendly and vibrant research atmosphere provided by the international team of scientists at the Department of Physics.

This programme contains a combination of supervised research work, development of research skills and taught material. The programme involves a set of taught modules and an experimental or theoretical research project. The theme of project will be dedicated to one of the topical areas in physics of materials including graphenebased materials, thin film materials, shape memory compounds or nanomaterials or experimental study of the mechanical properties of composite and plastic materials.

Compulsory Modules ● Condensed Matter Physics ● Statistical and Low Temperature Physics ● Surfaces, Thin Films and High Vacuum ● Superconductivity and Nanoscience ● Mathematical Methods for Interdisciplinary Science ● Research Methods in Physics ● Research Project Learning and Teaching Knowledge and understanding are acquired through lectures, tutorials, problem classes and guided independent study. Assessment in taught modules is by a combination of examination and coursework. The MSc includes a significant research project completed through guided independent study with a research supervisor.

Entry Qualification Normally upper second class honours degree or equivalent in science or engineering, or appropriate professional experience. Applicants with a good lower second class honours degree will also be considered.

Student Profile

Student Profile

Juan Du

Kofo Awodele

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/juan

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/kofo

MSc Research Studies (in Physics)

PhD Student

Degrees by Research

127

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time Research Proposal

Applicants should give an indication of their general research field of interest, but are advised not to provide a detailed research proposal.

Entry Qualification

Good degree in physics or related discipline.

Contact

Research Admissions Dr B Sobnack Research Contact Mrs M Mistry E: physics.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223301

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● desk and computer in a shared research student office or laboratory ● photocopying and inter-library loan facilities ● supervisor(s) with expertise in the selected research area and a Director of Research to provide additional guidance and pastoral support as well as opportunities to consult other departmental academic staff if appropriate.

Research students: ● are expected to attend regular departmental research seminars ● are expected to attend training courses throughout their PhD to support their research ● may help support undergraduate teaching through employment as laboratory assistants or small group tutors

Research Themes Novel Materials

Novel materials including graphene, cuprates, manganites, nickelates, ruthenates, Invar and others with strongly correlated electrons and strong electron-phonon interactions.

Terahertz Superconducting and Semiconducting Electronics

The recent growing interest in terahertz science and technology is due to its many important applications in physics, astronomy, chemistry, biology, and medicine, including THz imaging, spectroscopy, tomography, medical diagnosis, health monitoring, environmental control, as well as chemical and biological identification.

Quantum Computing

In contrast to the “standard” Divincenzo paradigm, in which a sequence of oneand two-bit unitary operations evolves a collection of qubits from a known initial state to a state that encodes the output, an adiabatic quantum computer maintains a system of qubits in the ground state of a slowly varying Hamiltonian and is less prone to decoherence.

Spintronics

Our research is focused on the control and the use of spin degrees of freedom, on fundamentals of the development of spin electronic devices and on the possibility of injecting spin polarised currents. The well known Rashba effect plays a central role in this research.

Materials and Structures

Research has concentrated on the development and use of a range of novel high strain rate test equipment which places the department among the most comprehensively equipped high strain rate test laboratories in the UK. This equipment has been used to investigate the behaviour of polymers at high strain rates and has led to the discovery of unusual crystallisation phenomena at high rates and temperatures.

Biophysics and Psychophysics

Our research is focused on the modelling of biological processes and on the development of methods for their control. The research areas include neural networks, drug delivery physics, population dynamics and psychoacoustics.

Quantum Metamaterials

The project aims to make use of quantum metamaterials as a test bed for novel ideas and experiments relating to the foundations of the theory of quantum mechanics.

Graphene

In our research we yearn for new and exciting ways to unlock graphene’s and other twodimensional materials such as silicene, germanene and various topological insulators true potential. They harbour many unique properties, making them viable candidates for use in optoelectronic and semiconducting devices, which we are developing in the department. We study how these materials can be used to ‘trap’ light and alter the incident wavelength, forming the basis of the plasmonic devices. We also highlight upon graphene’s nonlinear optical response to an applied electric field, and the phenomenon of saturable absorption. We also design transistors, and exploit the idea of quantum tunnelling. Finally, we are developing high frequency devices, incorporating graphene which do not require a predefined band-gap.

“Straight away it was obvious that the staff teaching the course absolutely love what they’re doing.

It has opened up a whole new perspective on international crises for me.”

Philippa Hardcastle MRes International Crisis Management

Politics, History and International Relations The Department The Department of Politics, History and International Relations provides a convivial environment for postgraduate study with excellent facilities and supervision.

Standards of teaching on postgraduate programmes have been ranked very highly and are delivered by subject area specialists.

Academics, both established and new researchers, have an impressive research record and are well regarded in their fields of expertise. The Department also profits from associations and friendships with a number of important international organisations.

Masters students who choose to study in the Department develop a range of academic and personal skills. They benefit from small group teaching, and have ample opportunity to interact with other students and staff during the Department’s lively research seminars and the student-led colloquia.

There is also the possibility of visiting London and Brussels to see Europe’s key institutions, and to meet alumni and friends of the Department who have used skills developed on the Masters programme to launch their careers in a wide range of governmental and non-governmental settings.

92% ‘Overall Satisfaction’ for History and Politics National Student Survey 2013

www.lboro.ac.uk/phir

www.lboro.ac.uk/phir

International Crisis Management MRes 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time The programme focuses on the study of the academic and practitioner orientated fields of International Crisis Management (ICM).

Drawing on the Department’s expertise in the study of International Relations, International Security, Intelligence Studies, Foreign Policy Analysis, Diplomacy and the European Union, a distinctive feature of this programme is that it enables the study of international crises from foreign policy and International Relations perspectives.

The programme will thus have contemporary and professional relevance for those interested in, or working for governmental and non-governmental agencies, international institutions and organisations.

A notable feature of this programme is that, alongside a combination of research design and content specific modules on International Crisis Management, students also undertake a 15,000 word research dissertation on an approved subject of International Crisis Management.

Semester 1 Research Methods The aim of this module is to enable Masters’ students to explore various research methods and techniques and to apply these to International Crisis Management.

This module explores various analytical perspectives; ontology and epistemology; explanation versus understanding; research sources - institutional documentation; the web; statistical and graphical sources.

The Politics and Practice of International Crisis Management The aim of the module is to introduce students to the key theories, concepts and applications of the emerging field of the International Crisis Management.

Semester 2 Research Design in European and International Settings The aim of this module is to introduce students to the major research traditions and principles of research design in European and international settings, with particular reference to International Crisis Management.

Comparative Foreign Policy: Issues and Cases The aim of this module is to acquire the conceptual tools and specific knowledge relevant to an understanding of the foreign policies of key state actors in the global arena, and of the issues and policy contexts that shape these policies.

Dissertation The module aims to bring together the foundational principles of International Crisis Management encountered in the taught elements of the programme, and enable the student to select and apply key theories and techniques in an independent piece of research. Dissertation of 15,000 words to be submitted by mid-September in the year in which the Dissertation was begun.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, policy briefs and other coursework, as well as presentations.

Entry Qualification A minimum of a good second class honours degree or international equivalent in a relevant social science or humanities discipline (politics, international relations, European studies and related fields).

Normally based on the application form and references. Interviews may also be arranged where further information is needed.

Scholarships and Sponsorships International scholarships and bursaries available. See the department’s website for more information.

Careers and Further Study Graduates will be prepared for a wide variety of careers: public and international organisations in the UK and EU; governmental and non-governmental agencies, civil service, think tanks and consultancy, business, teaching, the voluntary sector and further academic research.

International Relations MSc 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time The programme draws on the Department’s expertise in the study of International Relations, International Security, Intelligence Studies, Foreign Policy, Diplomacy and the European Union and its member states. It focuses on policy and institutional analysis, with contemporary and professional relevance.

The programme normally includes a one week subsidised visit to the EU’s institutions in Brussels for all interested students and can be taken with language training.

Students study a combination of compulsory and optional modules. In addition, all MSc students undertake a 15,000 word dissertation on an approved subject related to the award for which they are registered.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● International Relations Theory ● Research Methods Semester 2 ● Research Design ● International Politics: Issues and Policies Optional Modules (choose two) ● Institutions and Policy Making in the European Union ● Modern languages – eg. French, German, Spanish

Student Profile Emily Clews

MSc International Relations www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/emily

● Comparative Foreign Policy: Issues and Cases ● Independent Study ● Jean Monnet Module (Europe) Not all options appear each year and depend on staff availability.

Assessment Modules are assessed by a combination of essays, group exercises, presentations and time-constrained assignments.

Entry Qualification A minimum of a good second class honours degree or international equivalent in a relevant social sciences or humanities discipline (Politics, International Relations, European studies and related fields).

Normally based on the application form and references. Interviews may also be arranged where further information is needed.

Scholarships and Sponsorships International scholarships and bursaries available. See the department’s website for more information.

Careers and Further Study Graduates have gone into a wide variety of careers: public and international organisations in the UK and EU; business, teaching, the voluntary sector and further academic research.

For more student profiles please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/profiles

129

130

www.lboro.ac.uk/phir

International Financial and Political Relations MSc 1 year full-time The contemporary world is connected by global networks of finance as never before, yet it remains a world where nation-states still exert considerable control. Global flows of money are pivotal in the making of our modern world, but are shaped by regulation in geographically-specific ways to produce a financial landscape of opportunity and threat.

This programme explores this intersection of finance and politics, offering an overview of the changing nature of finance systems and the governance of the global economy, with a specific focus on the forms of money space created across the globe.

Combining the disciplinary expertise of geographers, economists and political scientists, it provides a unique understanding of the making of the contemporary world.

It has vocational relevance for those seeking employment in government, commerce or industry, making it ideal for recent graduates in social sciences disciplines, as well as business people, government and voluntary sector employees, planners, teachers and local community representatives who are interested in extending their knowledge and skills.

This is an interdisciplinary MSc.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1* ● International Relations Theory ● The Financial System ● Globalization: Key Debates and Issues

Semester 2* ● Doing Global Research ● Banking and Financial Markets or ● Regulation of International Banking ● International Politics: Issues and Policies ● Comparative Foreign Policy: Issues and Cases ● Dissertation * Semesters in which modules are taken are subject to possible change.

Assessment Examination, coursework and class presentations as well as a dissertation on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification High lower second class degree, of 55% or over, or upper second class honours degree or equivalent in economics, finance, geography, politics or cognate subjects.

For degrees where the honours system is not used, good grades will be required. Other applicants will be given due consideration if they have professional or work experience commensurate with the programme’s aims and content.

Selection Applicants are encouraged to attend open events, and informal interviews are sometimes conducted. Overseas students are often accepted on their grades and strong recommendation from suitable references.

Scholarships and Sponsorships Support may be available in the form of scholarships, and studentships are awarded on a competitive basis. Please see our website for further information.

Student Profile

Student Profile

Philippa Hardcastle

Nikola Tomic

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/philippa

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/nikola

MRes International Crisis Management

Contact Details Admissions Office Taught Programmes: phir.pgt@lboro.ac.uk Research Programmes: phir.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222991

PhD Student

Degrees by Research

131

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time Research Proposal

Applicants are asked to submit a full research proposal when they apply, and are encouraged to contact the Director of Postgraduate Research Programmes to discuss this informally beforehand.

Guidelines for your Research Proposal

● Introduction: the background; the general field or problematic you wish to research; your specific research problem, aims and objectives ● Literature review: identify the gap you believe exists in the existing knowledge ● Your proposed research questions and / or preliminary hypothesis ● Your anticipated contribution to knowledge in the field ● Methodology: your approach; application of particular perspectives or specific research methods; their appropriateness to the objectives of the research; the location of any fieldwork that you would need to undertake; access to prospective interviewees, etc ● Provisional chapter plan outlining how you plan to structure the research project and develop the argument of the thesis ● Your bibliographical references

Area studies uses multidisciplinary approaches to interpret contemporary national issues, social movements and policy issues. Established interests are in Austria, Britain, France, and Germany. ● Euroscepticism ● France and the EU ● French politics and the French left ● EU and smaller states; the enlargement process ● European Commission ● European Central Bank ● European integration history ● Electoral behaviour ● Nordic Countries ● Foreign policy and the EU Academic staff: Dr Dave Berry, Dr Helen Drake, Dr Robert Knight, Dr Jeremy Leaman, Professor Lee Miles, Professor Mike Smith Contact: i.fraser@lboro.ac.uk

History

Good degree or equivalent experience.

History covers modern and contemporary European and world history and historiography. ● Cold war history – Austria, the GDR, German Unification ● History and culture – film and music ● History and theory ● European socialism – labour history, French socialist and labour movements ● Modern German and Austrian history – Nazism and the Holocaust and de-Nazification, post-1945 divisions ● Modern British history – especially permissiveness, national identity, gender and sexuality ● Modern South Asian history – the history of women, gender and Islam ● World History ● China ● Religion ● Russian History to 1917 ● Czech, Slovak, Czechoslovak History ● Spatial History ● Nationalism ● Colonial North America and the United States in the 18th and 19th centuries Academic staff: Dr Catherine Armstrong, Dr Dave Berry, Dr Marcus Collins, Dr Ruth Kinna, Dr Thoralf Klein, Dr Robert Knight, Dr Siobhan Lambert-Hurley, Professor Chris Szejnmann Contact: i.fraser@lboro.ac.uk

Contact

International Relations

Entry Qualification

Director of Research Dr Ian Fraser E: i.fraser@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222979 Admissions Secretary Audrey Pridmore E: a.e.pridmore@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 222981

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● Supervisor(s) with expertise in the selected research area and an independent reviewer to provide additional guidance and feedback as well as access to other academic staff in the Department if appropriate ● Administrative support from the Director of Postgraduate Research Programmes ● A desk and computer in a shared research student office ● Photocopying and inter-library loan facilities ● Financial support to participate in conferences and other research-related activities and, where possible, to assist with the costs of fieldwork ● Where possible the Department provides opportunities for PhD students to assist in undergraduate teaching, normally in their second year.

All research students are expected to: ● Live in the vicinity of the University and work regularly in the Department, unless otherwise engaged in fieldwork or similar research activities ● Attend regular departmental Research Seminars addressed by academic staff, research students, invited speakers from other University departments, and from outside the University ● Attend and contribute to the Department’s regular Research Colloquia, organised by postgraduate research students to provide a friendly and informal opportunity to discuss the research of PHIR students and staff ● Present a seminar paper to the Department at the end of their first year of research ● Attend training courses throughout their PhD to support their research activities ● Participate in and contribute to the research methods programme

Research Groups Anarchism Research Group

The Group facilitates the study of anarchism across scholarly disciplines in the University.

It promotes international collaborative work on anarchism and provides a centre for postgraduate researchers working on anarchist history and politics.

Academic staff: Dr Dave Berry, Dr Alexandre Christoyannopoulos and Dr Ruth Kinna Contact: d.g.berry@lboro.ac.uk

European Union and Area Studies

European Union studies examines concepts and processes of Europeanisation in comparative perspectives in Britain and the EU.

The work of this interdisciplinary Group contributes to our understanding of politics, policy-making and international relations; security, peace and conflict; and the evolution of global institutions. ● Asia-Pacific relations ● EU as an international actor; EU-US relations; external economic policy of the EU; EU relations with Brazil, Russia, India and China ● Globalisation, global governance and negotiation ● Intelligence Studies ● International Relations theory ● NATO and European Security ● Peace studies ● Problems of European order ● Regional trade blocs and EU-WTO relations ● Transition in Eastern Europe and South Africa ● Religion and Politics ● Postconflict peacebuilding ● Ideational power and violence in the international system ● Cambodian politics Academic staff: Dr Alexandre Christoyannopoulos, Dr Robert Dover, Dr David Roberts, Professor Mike Smith, Dr Taku Tamaki Contact: i.fraser@lboro.ac.uk

Political Theory and Politics

This Group has particular interests in contemporary political theory and political philosophy – Anglo-American and continental traditions, contemporary feminism, gender and sexualities, and the history of ideas. ● Alter-globalisation and anti-capitalism ● Art and politics ● Democratic theory ● Human rights and theories of justice ● Ideology: anarchism, Marxism, socialism, liberalism and conservatism ● Nationalism, ethnicity and identity politics ● Utopianism ● Religion Academic staff: Dr Dave Berry, Dr Alexandre Christoyannopoulos, Dr Ian Fraser, Dr Ruth Kinna, Dr Robert Knight, Dr Siobhan Lambert-Hurley, Professor Moya Lloyd, Dr Phil Parvin Contact: i.fraser@lboro.ac.uk

Centre for Public Scholarship

The newly-formed Centre for Public Scholarship is concerned with three research areas: public policy (the formulation and administration of laws and policies, the workings of government); public participation (citizenship, political parties, social movements, radical politics, political culture, relationship between public and private); and public engagement (pedagogy, outreach, campaigning).

Academic staff: Marcus Collins Contact: marcus.collins@lboro.ac.uk

Centre for the Study of International Governance (CSIG)

The Centre promotes research activities across the Department by supporting conferences, workshops and seminars. It also provides a venue for Visiting Fellows, and a focus for inter-disciplinary scholarship within the UK and internationally.

CSIG currently supports two major network-based research projects which focus on diplomatic coordination: the Jean Monnet project on the diplomatic system of the EU, and the Marie Curie programme project on institutional cooperation within the EU. Academic staff: Professor Mike Smith Contact: m.h.smith@lboro.ac.uk

“I was able to work alongside some of the lecturers on a project for the BBC, giving me the chance to work with many experts and learn about working in the research industry.”

Mina Chrysanthou MA Global Media and Cultural Industries

Social Sciences The Department The Department of Social Sciences has long been recognised as an international centre of academic excellence and for its cutting-edge interdisciplinary work. The Research Assessment Exercise 2008 rated 25% of our work the maximum 4*, placing it in the highest category of ‘world-leading’.

This recognition of excellence has been a major factor in enabling the Department to recruit a lively community of postgraduate students that currently numbers around 100.

All of our academic staff are active researchers, working within and across the following disciplinary boundaries – Communication and Media Studies, Criminology, Cultural Studies, Discourse and Rhetoric, Social Policy, Social Psychology, and Sociology.

We are home to three major research centres: ● Centre for Research in Social Policy ● Communications Research Centre ● Centre for Child and Family Research We also have a number of research groups with established research programmes.

Ranked 2 for Sociology nd

Research seminar series are active both at departmental level and around particular research interest groups such as the Discourse and Rhetoric Group and the Cultural and Media Analysis Research Group.

The Times/Sunday Times Good University Guide 2014

www.lboro.ac.uk/socialsci

www.lboro.ac.uk/socialsci

133

Global Media and Cultural Industries MA 1 year full-time Global media and cultural industries are important sources of employment and economic growth internationally. They are also important carriers of meaning about the world. This programme focuses on the growth of these global industries and the roles that states play in governing them. The products of media and cultural industries are increasingly produced, governed, and consumed transnationally.

The programme draws on the enduring strength of transnational and comparative research as well as research in the political economy of communication within the Department.

Compulsory Modules ● Media and Cultural Industries ● Digital Futures ● Media and Cultural Work ● Textual Analysis Research Techniques ● Production and Reception Analysis ● Dissertation

Optional Modules ● Politics of Representation ● Media and Modernity ● Communication and Citizenship ● Sex Industries ● Global Communications ● Popular Music and Modern Times ● Media, Nations, and Nationalisms ● Digital Cultures ● Digital Economics ● Cultural Memory and the Heritage Industries ● Marketing Politics Assessment Coursework plus a dissertation of 10,000 words on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification Good upper second class honours degree in the social sciences or humanities, but applicants with appropriate professional expertise will also be considered.

Careers and Further Study The degree is designed to enhance specialist knowledge and methodological expertise of relevance to professionals working in communications, to students interested in media and cultural studies, and those wishing to progress to a research degree in these fields.

Digital Media and Society MA 1 year full-time This programme offers a comprehensive understanding of current developments in digital media and their wider social significance. Smartphones; social networking, blogging and tweeting; online shopping; communication by email; and the delivery of news, film, music and e-books over the Internet: these are just some of the most striking ways in which the digital is penetrating and transforming contemporary society.

The programme is delivered by a diverse interdisciplinary team with a strong profile in, for example, digital culture, media, sociology, anthropology and communication studies.

Compulsory Modules ● Digital Cultures ● Digital Futures: explorations in new media ● Production and Reception Analysis ● Digital Economies ● Digital Methodologies ● Dissertation Optional Modules A selection of the following options will be available:

● Media and Modernity ● Media and Cultural Industries ● The Politics of Representation ● Popular Music and Modern Times ● Citizenship and Communications ● Media, Nations and Nationalisms ● Global Communications ● Media and Cultural Work ● Tourism, Culture and Society ● Sex Industries ● Cultural Memory and the Heritage Industries ● Marketing Politics

Assessment Coursework plus a dissertation of 10,000 words on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification Good upper second class honours degree in the social sciences or humanities, but applicants with appropriate professional expertise will also be considered.

Careers and Further Study The degree is designed to develop specialist understanding of contemporary developments in digital media and culture. This will be relevant to anyone pursuing a professional career in this rapidly growing sector and to those with an interest in these significant social changes. Students will also acquire research skills which will be of value in both media-related and academic careers.

Media and Cultural Analysis MA 1 year full-time The programme offers a comprehensive understanding of social sciences media and cultural analysis. Interdisciplinary in conception, it provides students with a critical introduction to key areas of media and cultural analysis, including the media and political economy; modernity and post-modernity; and cultural ‘difference’, prejudice and power.

While there are several core modules, students undertake research directly related to their specialist interests in the dissertation. There are also a number of optional modules, covering such areas as globalisation, visual cultures, media and nationalisms, citizenship, digital media, popular music, cultural policy, and consumption.

Compulsory Modules ● Media and Modernity ● The Politics of Representation ● Production and Reception Analysis ● Media and Cultural Industries ● Textual Analysis Research Techniques ● Dissertation

Optional Modules ● Popular Music and Modern Times ● Citizenship and Communications ● Media, Nations and Nationalisms ● Global Communications ● Digital Futures ● Media and Cultural Work ● Digital Cultures ● Digital Economics ● Cultural Memory and the Heritage Industries ● Marketing Politics Assessment Coursework plus a dissertation of 10,000 words on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification Good upper second class honours degree in the social sciences or humanities, but applicants with appropriate professional expertise will also be considered.

Careers and Further Study The degree is designed to enhance specialist knowledge and methodological expertise of relevance to professionals working in communications, to students interested in media and cultural studies, and those wishing to progress to a research degree in these fields.

Contact Details Admissions Office Taught Programmes: socialsci.pgt@lboro.ac.uk Research Programmes: socialsci.pgr@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223365

Related programmes are available at our London campus See pages 44-52 for more information

134

www.lboro.ac.uk/socialsci

Global Political Communication MA 1 year full-time Communication lies at the heart of politics and is essential to understanding it in contemporary media saturated countries. This course focuses on political communication in a global context, looking at the development of message production, transmission, and reception across nations as well as key theories, themes and controversies. In a multi-country perspective, it examines the strategies used by political advocates to build and maintain support, especially during election campaigns, and analyses the relationships between key political actors, media actors and citizens, as well as exploring the wider issues of influence and representation. The course draws on the enduring strength of the School’s research specialism in political communication and media studies.

Compulsory Modules ● Global Communications ● Marketing Politics ● Politics of Representation ● Textual Analysis Research Techniques ● Production and Reception Analysis ● Dissertation

Optional Modules A selection of the following options will be available: ● Media and Modernity ● Communication and Citizenship ● Sex Industries ● Global Communications ● Popular Music and Modern Times ● Media, Nations and Nationalisms ● Digital Cultures ● Digital Economies ● Cultural Memory and the Heritage Industries Assessment Coursework plus a dissertation of 10,000 words on an agreed topic.

Entry Qualification Good upper second class honours degree in the social sciences or humanities, but applicants with appropriate professional expertise will also be considered.

Careers and Further Study The degree is designed to enhance specialist knowledge and methodological expertise of relevance to professionals working in communications, to students interested in global political communication and to those wishing to progress to a research degree in these fields.

Conversation Analysis MSc/Diploma/Certificate 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Conversation analysis is the study of the ways in which speakers manage the subtle features of conversation to perform their social actions.

This unique programme provides you with the opportunity to develop not only your research skills, but also your analysis of language, social interaction and society. The programme is taught by staff who are among the world’s leading figures in the field, providing you with the unique opportunity to be taught by those who have, and continue to, shape the discipline.

The programme will delve into the major traditions, theories and debates surrounding the field of conversation analysis. Modules taken will cover the process of collecting, transcribing and analysing data – from everyday phone calls, family mealtimes and playground interactions, to clinical encounters, emergency helplines and courtrooms.

Other modules will investigate the role that various forms of software and technology support analysis, as well as teaching you how to generate findings that are useful to practitioners. Programme content also teaches you how to work with practitioners to evaluate and improve practice.

Provisional modules Semester 1 ● Studying Discourse ● Methods for Interaction Research ● Understanding Communication in Interaction ● Communication Practices in Institutional Settings Semester 2 ● Applications of Interaction Research ● Advanced Topics in Conversation Analysis ● Advance studies in Professional and Clinical Interaction ● Dissertation Please note: This programme is subject to change.

Assessment Assessment will mainly take the form of essays, practical reports, presentations, group exercises and a fully supported dissertation. This advanced dissertation will be modelled on a journal article structure, preparing you to integrate your work into the field of conversation analysis.

Entry Qualification All applicants are required to have an upper-second class BA or BSc degree in Social or Health Sciences, Humanities, Linguistics, or associated subjects.

International students, whose first language is not English, must have an IELTS score of at least 6.5. For further information and clarification, please contact us.

Discursive Psychology MSc/Diploma 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Discursive psychology is the study of how psychological phenomena such as knowledge, memory, motivation, attitudes and feelings are constructed and managed in talk and texts, and the consequences for people's’ relationships with one another. This unique programme provides you with the opportunity to develop not only your research skills, but also your analysis of language, social interaction and society.

The programme is taught by staff who are among the world’s leading figures in the field, providing you with the unique opportunity to be taught by those who have, and continue to, shape the discipline.

The programme will delve into the major traditions, theories and debates surrounding the field of discursive psychology. Modules taken will cover the process of collecting, transcribing and analysing data – from everyday phone calls, family mealtimes and playground interactions to clinical encounters, emergency helplines and courtrooms.

Other modules will investigate the role that various forms of software and technology support analysis, as well as teaching you how to generate findings that are useful to practitioners. Programme content also teaches you how to work with practitioners to evaluate and improve practice.

Provisional modules Semester 1 ● Studying Discourse ● Methods for Interaction Research ● Understanding Communication in Interaction ● Communication Practices in Institutional Settings

Semester 2 ● Applications of Interaction Research ● Understanding Discursive Psychology ● Discursive Psychology: Advanced Topics ● Dissertation Please note: This programme is subject to change.

Assessment Assessment will mainly take the form of essays, practical reports, presentations, group exercises and a fully supported dissertation. This advanced dissertation will be modelled on a journal article structure, preparing you to integrate your work into the field of discursive psychology.

Entry Qualification All applicants are required to have an upper-second class BA or BSc degree in Social or Health Sciences, Humanities, Linguistics, or associated subjects.

International students, whose first language is not English, must have an IELTS score of at least 6.5. For further information and clarification, please contact us.

Student Profile Amie Weedon

MA Digital Media and Society www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/amie

Degrees by Research

135

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time Research Proposal

Applicants should have an idea for a project before they contact the Department for further guidance on developing a research proposal which should address the following: ● Aims and objectives – what are the major research questions, and why is the subject worth investigating? ● Literature review – what work has already been done on the topic? ● Methodology – what approach offers the most feasible as well as the most appropriate means of conducting the research? What, if any, fieldwork might be involved? ● Data – what might this be and how will it be collected and analysed?

Entry Qualification

Good degree or equivalent experience. These are in addition to the General Entrance Requirements.

Contact

Postgraduate Administrator Deirdre Lombard E: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 223879

Departmental Support and Training for Research Students All full-time research students are provided with: ● access to a shared office and labs ● allowances for photocopying and inter-library loans ● opportunities to apply for funding for conference attendance ● a supervisor and Director of Research who provide academic and pastoral support All research students: ● can attend our regular seminars and events, including those organised by the Social Sciences Postgraduate Research Forum ● have access to research methods and transferable skills training throughout their studies ● have possible opportunities to gain teaching experience

Social Psychology

The Group is well known for its leading-edge research and publications in the areas of discourse analysis and feminist psychology. Individual members apply psychological theory to many contemporary issues, and all publish widely. ● Explanations and accounts ● Conversation analysis ● Political psychology ● Rhetoric and argumentation ● Prejudice and nationalism ● Mental health ● Psychotherapy and counselling ● Personal relationships ● Personality ● Problems with cognitivism ● Racism ● Discourse analysis ● Social psychological theory ● Constructionism ● Talk ● Family and child interactions ● Health and illness ● Feminist psychology ● Sexuality Academic staff: Professor Charles Antaki, Professor Michael Billig, Dr Carly Butler, Professor Susan Condor, Professor Paul Drew, Dr Alexa Hepburn, Professor Paul Heritage, Professor Jonathan Potter, Professor Liz Stokoe, Dr Cristian Tileaga, Professor Sue Wilkinson Contact: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk

Sociology

Members are recognised internationally for contributions to their specialist fields in the development and application of theoretical and empirical research. Their research, covering contemporary society and culture, is often of interdisciplinary significance. ● Health and Illness ● Gender ● Culture and cultural policy ● Racism and Nationalism ● Capitalism ● Tourism ● Contemporary migration ● Religion ● Citizenship ● Women’s movements and other social movements ● Everyday life ● Theoretical and ethnographic approaches to place ● Technology ● Sustainability in towns ● Activism ● New media ● Television and social issues ● Media practices ● Globalisation ● Modernity and post-modernity ● Social and sociological theory ● Advances in contemporary critical theory ● Feminist theory ● Cultural studies ● Epistemology and methodology in social sciences ● Historical Sociology ● Ethnography ● Visual and sensory methodologies ● Postcolonial theory ● Critical realism ● Economic sociology ● Digital culture and economy / society ● Normativity ● Philosophy of the social sciences Academic staff: Dr Dave Elder-Vass, Dr Daniel Chernilo, Dr Christian Greiffenhagen, Dr Karen Lumsden, Professor Jim McGuigan, Professor Karen O’Reilly, Dr Line Nyhagen Predelli, Dr Paula Saukko, Dr Iris Wigger Contact: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk

Centre for Child and Family Research

Research Groups

The Centre conducts a programme of research and development work to inform, influence and support policy and practice for children and families. The current programme covers three streams: Safeguarding and promoting the wellbeing of children in need; Transitions from care to adulthood; and Exploring costs and outcomes. ● Looked-after children ● Significant harm ● Costs and consequences of child welfare provision ● Cost calculator for children’s services ● Inter-agency programmes for assessment, planning, intervention and review Contact: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk

Communication and Media Studies

Centre for Research in Social Policy (CRSP)

This Group uses multidisciplinary approaches to analyse media and the communications industries, and to develop theory. Comparative perspectives feature strongly in much of its work and members are internationally renowned for their research and publications. Interests include: ● Journalism ● Political communications ● Cinema ● Information and communication technologies ● Critical theory ● International communications ● Social issues and policies in the media ● Media and nationalism ● Media rituals ● Symbolic geographies ● Political economy of communication ● Gender and media ● Popular culture Academic staff: Dr Frederick Attenborough, Professor David Deacon, Professor John Downey, Dr Sabina Mihelj, Dr Emily Keightley, Professor Graham Murdock, Professor Mike Pickering, Dr John Richardson, Dr James Stanyer, Professor Liesbet van Zoonen, Dr Dominic Wring Contact: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk

Criminology and Social Policy

Analysis of issues associated with crime and social policy, and on the evaluation of policy in practice. Members of the Group have been invited to contribute to Government policy debates and proposals, and have published widely in their areas of specialism. ● Crime prevention ● Sex industry ● Drug policy ● Crime reduction ● Neighbourhood policing ● Sentencing and offender management ● Surveillance studies ● Professional governance and malpractice ● Children and young people ● Asylum and migration ● Poverty, social exclusion and social justice ● Gender and welfare ● Mentally disordered offender patients ● Equal opportunities ● Education ● Racism and ethnicity Academic staff: Professor Jo Aldridge, Dr Martyn Chamberlain, Dr Jamie Cleland, Dr Louise Grove, Dr Mike Stephens Contact: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk

CRSP is one of the UK’s most established centres specialising in innovative and applied social policy research and critical policy analysis. Our core business is undertaking research for the Government, so we are always involved in the burning issues of the day. As the welfare state faces fundamental change the Centre’s work has never been more urgent.

Our central interests include: ● Income and poverty studies ● Well-being, inequality and the life course ● Welfare reform and social security Contact: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk

Communications Research Centre

Comprises the internationally renowned Discourse and Rhetoric Group (DARG), led by members of Social Psychology staff; and the Culture and Media Analysis Research Group (CAMARG) which involves various staff, notably those from the Communication and Media Studies as well as the Sociology groups.

Contact: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk

Crime Science Research Group (CSRG)

A newly established multi-disciplinary group, it brings together expertise to find real world solutions to a broad range of crime problems using scientific methodologies. ● Chemistry ● Computer Science ● Crime Prevention ● Design ● Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering ● Information Science ● Mechanical Engineering ● Social Policy ● Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences ● Sustainability Contact: pgr.socialsci@lboro.ac.uk

Student Profile Michael Cotter PhD Student

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/michael-c

“Studying in Loughborough this year inspired me to be lifelong learner. The more I learnt, the more questions I found in the scientific world.”

Joseph Ching MSc Exercise Physiology

Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences The School Staff within the School are renowned internationally for the quality of their teaching and research, which has influenced policy and practice around the world.

Research within the School is classified broadly into four themes: Behavioural Medicine, Biomedical Sciences, Sport Science, and Social Sciences and Sport.

Knowledge gained from this research underpins the teaching and variety of learning experiences offered through the School’s comprehensive range of postgraduate taught and research degrees.

Our staff expertise, combined with on-going investment in buildings, teaching facilities, laboratories and equipment, makes the School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences a stimulating, multidisciplinary environment in which to study.

Best University for Sport The Times / Sunday Times Good University Guide 2014

www.lboro.ac.uk/ssehs

www.lboro.ac.uk/ssehs

Exercise Physiology MSc 1 year full-time The programme provides you with the opportunity to gain an in-depth understanding of the physiological, nutritional and metabolic demands of exercise and training, and their implications for participation in sport and for the maintenance of good health.

It is designed for graduates possessing a good degree in sports science or other relevant biological science, and offers study at a high level in the defined areas, with emphasis on the research literature and hands-on experience of traditional and novel laboratory techniques. It is an excellent basis for research or for a career in teaching in further or higher education.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Physiology of Exercise and Sport ● Sport and Exercise Nutrition ● Exercise and Immunology ● Vocational Skills in Sport and Exercise Nutrition and Physiology

Semester 2 ● Quantitative Research ● Current Research in Exercise Physiology ● Laboratory Techniques in Sport and Exercise Physiology Summer ● Research Project

Assessment Examination, coursework and a research paper.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in sports science or other relevant biological science that contains a substantial element of exercise physiology such as applied human physiology or physiotherapy.

Careers and Further Study Typical destinations include: exercise physiology teaching in higher education, sport science support with the English Institute of Sport, professional football and rugby clubs, research, and PhD study.

Programme Contact: Dr Nicolette Bishop

Psychology Human Biology MRes/Diploma Full-time: MRes 12 months Diploma: 9 months, not including the final dissertation Part-time: MRes recommended 24 months Diploma: 20 months Our MRes programmes are unique in the UK because of the multidisciplinary environment in which they are offered. Students are exposed to a wide range of research approaches and traditions, under the guidance of enthusiastic, internationally leading academic staff.

The programmes are suitable for individuals from a wide range of academic backgrounds, as well as professionals from industry, social or health services. The latter group, for example, might include practitioners who wish to develop or enhance their research knowledge, skills and careers. The multidisciplinary character of our research allows students to collaborate in leading international research in human development and ageing, sleep research, work and health, and environmental ergonomics, influencing policy and practice around the world.

We welcome in particular international students interested in participating in our research in India, Bangladesh, South Africa and Indonesia. On-going research in these countries is investigating the factors that influence human health from child development to ageing; in studies concerned with genetics, body composition, nutrition, cognition, sports, bone mass, metabolism, dementia and psychosocial well-being.

Teaching is through one-to-one tutorials, workshops and interactive seminars.

Students gain in-depth knowledge of research skills in quantitative and qualitative research methods. They then go on to apply these skills in several projects under close supervision of a member of academic staff.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methodologies and Methods ● Critical Literature Review for Human Sciences Research ● Meta-analyses ● Human Sciences Research Skills and Design 1 Semester 2 ● Human Sciences Short Project ● Human Sciences Research Skills and Design 2 ● Qualitative Research ● Quantitative Research Summer ● Project Assessment Coursework and examination, project reports and dissertation.

Entry Qualification Psychology: Upper second class honours degree in psychology, social sciences or a related discipline.

Human Biology: Upper second class honours degree in human biology, biology, anthropology, physiology, epidemiology, nutrition, sports science, demography or a related discipline.

Selection Confirmation of satisfactory academic background, personal statement, English language, experience, references, and possibly an interview.

Scholarships and Sponsorships A limited number of bursaries may be available to help pay tuition fees through funds available to individual project supervisors. Applicants should contact potential supervisors directly to discuss these. A number of scholarships, to the value of 25% of the programme tuition fee, are available for high-calibre international students.

Careers and Further Studies MRes programmes are designed to equip students with the research skills necessary to complete a PhD or to work as a researcher in commerce, industry, health or the government sector.

Programme Contact: Professor Eef Hogervorst

Contact Details for all Taught Programmes E: ssehs.pgt@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 226388

Related programmes are available at our London campus See pages 44-52 for more information

137

138

www.lboro.ac.uk/ssehs

Sociology of Sport MSc 1 year full-time (part-time available) This programme is designed for graduates with a social science background or who have studied social aspects of sports within a sports science degree.

It explores the ways in which sport and society intersect, focussing on the globalisation of sport, sport for development and national identity, and the social construction of the human body through media and medical representations of ‘fitness’ and ‘disability’.

It is designed to meet the growing demand for specialists providing knowledge regarding the relationship between sport and society.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methodologies and Methods ● Theory, Sport and Society ● Sport, Health, Medicine and Society

Semester 2 ● Sports, Nations and Nationalism or Qualitative Research ● Sport and Globalisation ● Sport, the Body and Disability ● Sport for Development and Peace Summer ● Research Project

Assessment Examination, coursework and a thesis of 16,000-20,000 words.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in sports science or social science discipline.

Applicants with a lower second class honours degree will also be considered if they can show expertise in the relevant areas.

Programme Contact: Dr Dominic Malcolm

Physical Activity and Public Health MSc 1 year full-time (part-time available) This programme provides the opportunity to gain greater understanding of the psychological, behavioural and physiological bases of physical activity and public health, and issues in the measurement and promotion of physical activity for different populations and settings.

The programme offers study at a high level with emphasis on research literature and practical applications. It is an excellent basis for further research or practitioners in the field.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methodologies and Methods ● Epidemiology of Physical Activity ● Physical Activity and the Environment ● Measurement of Physical Activity and Sedentary Behaviour Semester 2 ● Psychology of Physical Activity and Public Health ● Interventions for Physical Activity Promotion ● Bio-Social Influences on Physical Activity and Health ● Quantitative Research

Summer ● Research Project

Assessment Examination, coursework and a research paper.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in sport and exercise science, health sciences or other relevant degree. In exceptional circumstances, applicants who fall below this requirement but have appropriate work experience may be considered.

Selection Confirmation of satisfactory academic background, personal statement, experience, references, and possibly an interview.

Careers and Further Study Graduate destinations include health promotion organisations, lecturing in further and higher education, research, and PhD study.

Programme Contact: Dr Clare Stevinson

Sports Biomechanics MSc 1 year full-time (part-time available) This programme provides the opportunity to gain an in-depth understanding of sports biomechanics. All aspects of sports biomechanics are covered, ranging from experimental equipment requirements and utilisation through to the latest theoretical considerations and research problems.

Work consists of hands-on laboratory and field techniques, theoretical modelling and computer simulation of human movement, as well as critical analysis, discussion and presentation of research projects.

This is an end-on programme suitable for students from a field where a fundamental grasp of mechanics has been displayed, and with an interest in applying this knowledge to the sports research arena.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methodologies and Methods ● Experimental Biomechanics Semester 2 ● Quantitative Research ● Theoretical Biomechanics Semesters 1 and 2 ● Current Research in Sports Biomechanics

Summer ● Research Project

Assessment Examination, coursework and a research paper.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in sports science with a strong biomechanics component, engineering, maths, physics or similar field.

Selection You may be selected upon confirmation of satisfactory academic background, experience and references.

Careers and Further Study Typical destinations include biomechanics teaching in higher education, athlete support within the English Institute of Sport, and PhD research.

Programme Contact: Dr Mark King

Student Profile Matt Llewellyn-Jones

Msc Sports Biomechancs www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/matt

www.lboro.ac.uk/ssehs

139

Sport Coaching MSc/Diploma/Certificate MSc: 12 months full-time, minimum 24 months part-time Diploma: 8 months full-time, minimum 20 months part-time – some distance learning Certificate: 6 months full-time, 8 months part-time This programme supports the continuing professional development of sports coaches and those working in closely related fields.

With three awards available, we look to offer a flexible programme of professional development. Core modules focus on the development of professional practice and knowledge for both coaches and coach tutor / educators. More specialist modules in the areas of psychology, physiology and biomechanics, as well as practitioner research and individual projects, are offered for the full masters degree.

A coaching placement opportunity is offered on the full-time programme. The programme is most suitable for experienced coaches from a development or performance domain, or those who work in coach education.

Teachers who are coaching within a school framework and other candidates with recent and relevant coaching experience will also be considered.

Year 1 Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● The Learning Coach ● The Coaching Process: Concepts and Applications ● Psychology of Sports Coaching ● Physiology of Sport for Coaches Semester 2 ● The Coaching Process: Pedagogy and Practice ● Coach Development and Mentoring* ● Practitioner Research ● Sports Biomechanics for Coaches *Available as a stand-alone short course

Summer ● Research Project

Assessment Coursework and a project thesis of 16,000-20,000 words.

Entry Qualification Upper second class to lower second class honours degree or equivalent.

The NGB coaching award is highly desirable. Applicants will be asked to provide documentary evidence of qualifications and may be invited for interview.

Programme Contact: Dr Chris Cushion

Sport and Exercise Nutrition MSc 1 year full-time This programme provides an opportunity to gain in-depth understanding of the nutritional and metabolic demands of exercise, of the interactions between diet, exercise and health, and of how nutrition influences sports performance.

It is designed to provide graduates with training in sport and exercise nutrition which will equip them for future careers in research, teaching in higher education, in industry, or in applied sports nutrition support.

It is not a substitute for a dietetic qualification.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Sport and Exercise Nutrition ● Exercise and Immunology ● Physiology of Exercise and Sport ● Vocational Skills in Sport and Exercise Nutrition and Physiology

Semester 2 ● Advanced Statistical Analysis ● Current Research in Sport and Exercise Nutrition ● Laboratory Techniques in Sport and Exercise Nutrition Summer ● Research Project

Assessment Examination, coursework and a research paper.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree in nutrition, dietetics, physiology, sports science with a strong biological sciences component, or a related subject.

Careers and Further Study Recent graduates have found employment with National and Regional Institutes of Sport, Professional clubs in football, rugby and other sports, National Governing Bodies, the sports nutrition / exercise physiology industry and within research and higher education.

Programme Director: Dr Phillip Watson

Psychology of Sport and Exercise* MSc 1 year full-time * British Psychological Society Accreditation through Partnership This programme provides students with a critical understanding of sport and exercise psychology. It is designed and delivered primarily with a view to best preparing students for two specific career pathways: ● a Sport and Exercise Psychologist / Sport and Exercise Scientist ● a lecturer / professor of sport and exercise psychology / sport and exercise science, specialising in psychology Further information is available on the MSc Sport and Exercise Psychology web pages, under Postgraduate Taught study.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Research Methods and Methodologies ● Performance Psychology ● Applied Sport Psychology ● Motivation and Individual Differences in Exercise and Sport Semester 2 ● Quantitative Research or Qualitative Research ● Applied Sport Psychology ● Psychology of Physical Activity and Public Health ● Mental Health and Physical Activity Summer ● Research Project Assessment Examination, coursework and a research paper.

Entry Qualification Minimum of an upper second class honours degree in sport and exercise science, psychology or a related field.

Programme Director: Dr David Fletcher

Student Profile

Student Profile

Anni Pekie

Joseph Ching

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/anni

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/joseph

MSc Sociology of Sport

MSc Exercise Physiology

140

www.lboro.ac.uk/ssehs

Sport Management MSc 1 year full-time: part-time also available This programme prepares you for a career in sport management. It is taught jointly by the School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences and the Business School.

Sport provision is a major industry in most countries, and sport resources are in great demand.

Strong links exist with practitioners in the management field, and staff have conducted research for a range of respected organisations including the Sports Councils, the International Olympic Committee, and the European Commission.

Many projects are undertaken in collaboration with outside organisations. Candidates with work experience are encouraged to apply, as are younger graduates of high academic quality.

Compulsory Modules Semester 1 ● Sport Markets and Industries ● Managing Service Quality in Sport ● Economics of Sport and Leisure ● Management of Human Resources ● Research Methods for Sport Management Semester 2 ● Sport Management: Theory and Practice ● Introduction to Financial Management ● Marketing Management ● Strategic Management Summer ● Project

Assessment Examination, coursework and project.

Entry Qualification Upper second class honours degree or equivalent in a wide range of subjects. In exceptional circumstances, applicants who fall below these requirements but have appropriate work experience may be considered.

Selection You may be selected upon confirmation of satisfactory academic background, experience and references.

Careers and Further Study Typical destinations include sport policy officers, health and fitness / facility management, sport and leisure consultancies, sports development officers, local authority sport and leisure officers, Sports Council officers, and national sport federation officers. A small number of graduates go on to undertake PhD research as a gateway into academic or high level policy research roles.

Programme Director: Professor Ian Henry

Physical Education with Qualified Teacher Status PGCE 1 year full-time MSc with QTS PGCE plus additional year of part-time study ● MSc in Education with Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) ● Postgraduate Diploma in Education with QTS ● Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) ● Professional Graduate Certificate in Education Loughborough University has a strong tradition of teacher education and a history of successfully producing teachers who are in great demand by schools and colleges in the UK and overseas.

An assessment of its teacher training by Ofsted in 2011, graded Loughborough as outstanding and several strengths were identified, including: ● detailed attention paid to trainees’ well-being ● a highly committed University team with strong leadership and extensive subject knowledge ● outstanding levels of anticipation, innovation and change in response to national, regional and local priorities On behalf of the School of Science and the School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences, Loughborough trains secondary school teachers in Mathematics and in Physical Education where it enjoys a national reputation. The PGCE prepares students to teach the 11-18 age range and is offered as a full-time one year course of 36 weeks.

It provides practical professional preparation for teaching in secondary schools, and is designed and delivered in partnership with schools in up to 10 Local Authorities.

The PGCE represents the first year, and contributes to a half of an MSc in Education with Qualified Teacher Status (QTS), providing an opportunity for students to gain a relevant masters degree during their early teaching career.

Students have the opportunity to be taught and supervised by staff whose teaching and research excellence has been formally acknowledged as of national and international renown and to be at the cutting edge of educational innovation. Many of the staff who teach on the modules have written key text books in their area of expertise.

Selection In accordance with current Government requirements, all applicants must be interviewed before a place can be offered, to assess their suitability for teaching.

It is normally expected that candidates should have recent and relevant experience of working with young people, preferably in a state secondary school setting, before applying for any programme leading to Qualified Teacher Status.

Applicants also have to meet Government requirements for physical and mental fitness to teach, and to have enhanced Disclosure and Barring Service clearance to work with children and young people.

Applicants must also pass externally assessed Professional Skills tests in literacy and numeracy prior to commencing a PGCE course.

Application to the first year of the programme (PGCE) is made through UCAS. Full details of the procedure may be found on the UCAS Teacher Training website.

More information is also available on www.lboro.ac.uk/teacher-education Core Staff: Nick Bromell, Dr Lorraine Cale, Dr Jo Harris, Sarah Kirkham, Sarah Turner, Dr Mike Waring

Student Profile

Student Profile

Ross Wickens

Shane Kerr

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/ross

www.lboro.ac.uk/pg2015/shane

MSc in Education with QTS in Physical Education

PhD Student

Degrees by Research

www.lboro.ac.uk

PhD or MPhil PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time The School of Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences offers research opportunities in the areas of Behavioural Medicine, Biomedical Sciences, Sport Science, and Social Science and Sport.

Research Proposal

Applicants should submit a research proposal with their application. This should be no more than 1,000 words in length and include the aims of the study, a brief literature review, an outline of the proposed research methods, and an indication of how research costs will be met.

Entry Qualification

Applicants are normally required to have at least a 2:1 degree at undergraduate level.

Having a masters degree is advantageous in terms of experience and research training.

Contact

Director of Research Degrees Dr Sophia Jowett Programme Contact E: pg-ssehs@lboro.ac.uk T: +44 (0)1509 226323

School Support and Training for Research Students All research students are provided with: ● A Supervisor who provides academic and personal support and a Director of Research Degree Programme who oversees progress ● International and UK / EU student representatives who sit on the School’s Postgraduate Research Degree Programme Committee ● Research training, including seminars and taught modules in advanced research methods ● Research events, including SSEHS Research Student Conference and Research Café, which provide opportunities for exchange and network ● The Graduate School and other related services which support research, teaching, and enterprise skills development ● A desk and workstation ● An allowance for photocopying and inter-library loans ● The opportunity to apply for conference travel grants ● The chance to assist with tutorials or laboratory practicals for undergraduate students

Research Areas Behavioural Medicine: Understanding lifestyles, reducing risk factors and combating chronic disease The groups, centres and institutes working within this field of research include the: ● Physical Activity and Public Health Research Group ● British Heart Foundation National Centre for Physical Activity and Health ● Sleep Research Centre ● Clinical Sleep Research Unit ● Work and Health Research Centre

Biomedical Sciences: Understanding determinants of health throughout the lifespan

The groups, centres and institutes working within this field of research include the: ● Centre for Global Health and Human Development ● Applied Cognitive Research Group ● Centre for Research into Eating Disorders (LUCRED) ● Inflammation Exercise and Metabolism Research Group

Sport Science: Understanding and optimising sport performance at all levels

The groups, centres and institutes working within this field of research include the: ● Institute of Youth Sport ● Paediatric Exercise Physiology Research Group ● Musculo-Skeletal Biology Research Group ● Peter Harrison Centre for Disability Sport ● Physiology and Nutrition Research Group ● Sport Psychology Research Group ● Sports Biomechanics and Motor Control Research Group ● Centre for Gymnastics Research

Social Sciences and Sport: Understanding the critical role of sport and education in society

The groups, centres and institutes working within this field of research include the: ● Sociology of Sport Research Group ● Sport Pedagogy and Physical Education Research Group ● Sport Policy and Management Research Group ● Centre for Olympic Studies and Research ● Institute of Sport and Leisure Policy

141

142

www.lboro.ac.uk

Index of Taught Programmes D

A Advanced Chemical Engineering with Information Technology and Management (Chemical Engineering) Advanced Computer Science (Computer Science) Advanced Engineering (Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering) Advanced Manufacturing Engineering and Management (Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering) Advanced Physics (Physics) Advanced Process Engineering (Chemical Engineering) American – see English Analytical Chemistry (Chemistry) Analytical and Pharmaceutical Science (Chemistry) Art and Design (Studio Practice) (The Arts) Automotive Systems Engineering (Aeronautical and Automotive Engineering)

75 90 120 119 125 75 78 78 60 57

B Banking and Finance (Business and Economics) Banking and Finance Banking – see Biology – see Human Biology Biomechanics – see Sports Biomechanics Low Carbon Building Design and Modelling Building – see

Low Energy Building Services Engineering Built Environment: Energy Demand Studies (Civil and Building Engineering) Business Analysis and Management (Business and Economics) Business Analytics Consulting (Business and Economics) Business Psychology (Business and Economics) Business – see Construction Business Management

Information Management and Business Technology

Master of Business Administration

Internet Media Clouds with Business

Internet Technology with Business

Sport Business Management

71

84 65 67 68

C

Chemical Engineering – see Advanced Chemical Engineering with

Information Technology and Management Chemistry – see Analytical Chemistry

Pharmaceutical Science and Medicinal Chemistry Coaching – see Sport Coaching Computing – see Department section (page 89) Communication – see Department section (page 99) Construction Business Management (Civil and Building Engineering) 82 Construction Management (Civil and Building Engineering) 82 Construction Project Management (Civil and Building Engineering) 82 Conversation Analysis (Social Sciences) 134 70 Corporate Finance (Business and Economics) Creative Writing (English and Drama) 105 Cultural – see Design and Culture

Global Media and Cultural Industries

Media and Cultural Analysis

* Distance learning

Design and Culture (London) 46 Design and Innovation for Sustainability (Design) 94 Design Innovation (London) 47 46 Design Innovation Management (London) Design – see Art and Design

Engineering Design

Engineering Design and Manufacture

Entrepreneurial Design Management

Low Carbon Building Design and Modelling

Department section (page 92) Digital Communication Systems (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering) 99 Digital Media and Society (Social Sciences) 133 Digital Media Systems (London) 48 Discursive Psychology (Social Sciences) 134

E Early-Modern Writing – see English Economics and Finance (Business and Economics) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering) Built Environment: Energy Demand Studies Energy – see

European Master in Renewable Energy

Renewable Energy Systems Technology Engineering Design (Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering) Engineering Design and Manufacture* (Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering) Engineering Physics (Physics) English (English and Drama) Entrepreneurial Design Management (London) Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management (London) Environmental Monitoring for Management (Geography) Environmental Studies (Chemistry) Environmental – see Built Environment: Energy Demand Studies

Water and Environmental Management Ergonomics / Human Factors (Design) Ergonomics in Health and Community Care (Design) Exercise Physiology (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Exercise – see Sport and Exercise Nutrition

Sport and Exercise Psychology

Sport and Exercise Science European Master in Renewable Energy (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering)

71 98

119 120 126 104 47 44 109 79

93 93 137

97

F Finance (Business and Economics) Finance and Investment (Business and Economics) Finance and Management (Business and Economics) Finance – see Banking and Finance

Corporate Finance

Economics and Finance

Mathematical Finance

69 70 69

www.lboro.ac.uk

G Geography – see Human Geography Research Global Media and Cultural Industries (Social Sciences) Global Political Communication (Social Sciences) Globalization and Society (Geography) Globalization and Sport (Geography) Government – see Department section (page 128)

133 134 108 108

H Health – see Ergonomics for Health and Community Care

Physical Activity and Public Health Human Biology (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Human Factors for Inclusive Design (Design) Human Factors in Transport (Design) Human Geography Research (Geography)

137 93 93 109

I Industrial Design and Technology (Design) 94 Industrial Mathematical Modelling (Mathematics) 115 Information Management and Business Technology (Business and Economics) 67 IT – see Advanced Chemical Engineering with IT and Management 86 Infrastructure in Emergencies* (Civil and Building Engineering) Interaction Design (Design) 94 International Crisis Management (Politics, History and International Relations) 129 International Financial and Political Relations (Geography) 109 International Financial and Political Relations 130 (Politics, History and International Relations) International Management (Business and Economics) 66 129 International Relations (Politics, History and International Relations) Internet Computing and Network Security (Computer Science) 90 Internet and Media Clouds (London) 49 Internet Media Clouds with Business (London) 48 Internet Technologies with Business (London) 49 Innovation– see Design Innovation

Design Innovation Management

Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management

Managing Innovation in Creative Organisations

Sport Business Innovation Internet– see Mobile Internet Investment – see Finance and Investment

L Low Carbon Building Design and Modelling (Civil and Building Engineering) Low Energy Building Services Engineering (Civil and Building Engineering)

84 83

M Management (Business and Economics) 65 Management – see Advanced Chemical Engineering with

Advanced Manufacturing Engineering and Management

Business Analysis and Management

Construction Business Management

Construction Management

Construction Project Management

Design Innovation Management

Entrepreneurial Design Management

Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management

Environmental Monitoring for Management

Finance and Management

Information Management and Business Technology

International Management

Marketing and Management

Sport Management

Water and Environmental Management

143

Managing Innovation in Creative Organisations (London) 44 Manufacturing – see Advanced Manufacturing Engineering and Management

Engineering Design and Manufacture 66 Marketing and Management (Business and Economics) Mathematical Finance (Mathematics) 115 Mathematical – see Industrial Mathematical Modelling

Quantum and Mathematical Physics Mathematics with Qualified Teacher Status (Mathematics) 115 Materials Science and Technology (Materials) 112 Master of Business Administration – MBA Full-time 63 (Business and Economics) Master of Business Administration – MBA Part-time 64 (Business and Economics) Master of Business Administration with Internship – MBA Full-time 63 (Business and Economics) Mechanical Engineering (Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering) 119 Media and Creative Industries (London) 51 133 Media and Cultural Analysis (Social Sciences) Media – see Digital Media and Society

Digital Media Systems

Internet and Media Clouds

Internet Media Clouds with Business Medicinal – see Pharmaceutical Science and Medicinal Chemistry Mobile Communications (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering) 99 Mobile Internet (London) 49 Modern and Contemporary – see English

N Networked Communications (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering) 100 Networks – see Internet Computing and Network Security Nutrition – see Sport and Exercise Nutrition

P PGCE – see pages 115 and 140 Pharmaceutical Science and Medicinal Chemistry (Chemistry) 79 Pharmaceutical – see Analytical and Pharmaceutical Science Physical Activity and Public Health (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) 138 Physical Education with QTS (Teacher Education) 140 Physics of Materials (Physics) 126 Physics – see Department section (page 124) Physiology – see Exercise Physiology Political – see International Financial and Political Relations Polymer Science and Technology (Materials) 112 Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) (Teacher Education) 115 & 140 Postgraduate Diploma in Education with QTS (Teacher Education) 115 & 140 Process – see Advanced Process Engineering Professional Graduate Certificate in Education (Teacher Education) 115 & 140 137 Psychology (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Psychology – see Business Psychology

Discursive Psychology

Work Psychology Psychology of Sport and Exercise (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) 139

Q Quantum and Mathematical Physics (Physics)

125

* Distance learning

144

www.lboro.ac.uk

R

T

Renewable Energy Systems Technology 97 (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering) Renewable Energy Systems Technology* 97 (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering) RESEARCH – all schools and departments offer PhD and MPhil research degrees; EngD opportunities are also offered by some departments (page 87, page 101, page 113 and page 121)

Teaching – see page 115 and page 140 Technology – see Industrial Design and Technology

Information Management and Business Technology

Internet Technology with Business

Materials Science and Technology

Polymer Science and Technology

Renewable Energy Systems Technology Transport (Civil and Building Engineering) 83 Transport – see Human Factors in Transport

S Security – see Internet Computing and Network Security Signal Processing in Communication Systems (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering) Sociology of Sport (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Sport and Exercise Nutrition (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Sport and Exercise Psychology (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Sport Business Innovation (London) Sport Coaching (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Sport Leadership (London) Sport Management (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Sports Biomechanics (Sport, Exercise and Health Sciences) Sport – see Globalization and Sport

Sociology of Sport

School section (page 136) Sustainable Engineering (Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering) Sustainability – see Design and Innovation for Sustainability

Renewable Energy Systems Technology Systems Engineering (Electronic, Electrical and Systems Engineering) Systems – see Automotive Systems Engineering

Digital Communication Systems

Digital Media Systems

Renewable Energy Systems Technology

Signal Processing in Communication Systems

100 138 139 139 52 139 52 140 138

V Victorian – see English Visualisation, 2D and 3D (The Arts) Visualisation, 2D and 3D (Design)

60 93

W Water and Environmental Management (Civil and Building Engineering) Water and Environmental Management* (Civil and Building Engineering) Water and Waste Engineering (Civil and Building Engineering) Water and Waste Engineering* (Civil and Building Engineering) Work Psychology (Business and Economics) Writing – see Creative Writing

85 86 85 86 68

120

98

* Distance learning

Diversity The University is committed to achieving an educational and working environment which provides equality of opportunity, and freedom from discrimination on the grounds of race, religion, sex, class, sexual orientation, age, disability or special need.

This publication is available in large print. Please contact +44 (0)1509 222190 and quote reference T57471 to request a copy.

The small print This prospectus was prepared for printing in June 2014, more than a year before term starts in October 2015. The information it contains is correct at the time of printing, but new programmes are continually being introduced, while others may sometimes be replaced or withdrawn.

For the latest information on all programmes, please visit www.lboro.ac.uk/pg Loughborough University has taken care that this prospectus is as accurate as possible at the time of going to press. It is intended as a general guide to the University’s programmes and facilities and forms no part of a contract. The University reserves the right to make changes or withdraw without notice any of the programmes or facilities described. If this becomes necessary, as much notice as is practicable will be given. Should you become a student at Loughborough University, this notice shall be a term of the contract between you and Loughborough University. Any offer of a place made to you by the University is made on the basis that in accepting such an offer you signify your consent to the incorporation of this notice as a term of any such contract.

Additional photography by Andy Weekes and AndyThomsonPhotography.com Published: July 2014

57471/DPS/July 14

© Loughborough University 2014. Editorial, Design and Photography: Marketing and Communications. Print by A McLay and Company Limited.

Editorial: Vicky Meldrum (Marketing). Contributors: Jarrah Webster (Marketing) Design: Esther Bexon and Ian Jepson (Design and Print). Photography: Phil Wilson (Design and Print).

AN INSPIRING NEW POSTGRADUATE C AMPUS ON THE

QUEEN ELIZABETH OLYMPIC PARK

S E E PA G E S 3 8 - 5 3

/lborolondon

@lborolondon

#InspiringWinners since 1909

PG Taught Programmes T: +44 (0)1509 222496 E: pgtaught@lboro.ac.uk PG Research Opportunities T: +44 (0)1509 228292 E: pgresearch@lboro.ac.uk International Students T: +44 (0)1509 222201 E: international-office@lboro.ac.uk

www.lboro.ac.uk www.lborolondon.ac.uk

@lborouniversity @lborolondon /lborouniversity /lborolondon /lborouniversity